Hancock Whitney
Annual Report 2015

Plain-text annual report

Building on Momentum HONOR & INTEGRITY | STRENGTH & STABILITY | COMMITMENT TO SERVICE | TEAMWORK | PERSONAL RESPONSIBILITY 2 0 1 6 A N N U A L R E P O R T hancockwhitney.com B u i l d i n g o n M o m e n t u m H a n c o c k H o l d i n g C o m p a n y 2 0 1 6 A n n u a l R e p o r t Core PTPP Income(a) (in millions) $334.8 $258.7 $267.1 $219.5 $194.0 Total Loans (in billions) $16.8 $15.7 $13.9 $11.6 $12.3 20 15 10 5 0 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 YTD ACTUAL 2016 GOAL +25% 334.8 323.4 $90 Total Deposits (in billions) $19.4 $18.3 $15.7 $15.4 $16.6 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 20 15 10 5 0 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 20 15 10 5 0 S N O I L L I M $ $350 $300 $250 $200 $150 $100 $50 $0 S N O I L L I M $ $350 $300 $250 $200 $150 $100 $50 $0 258.7 267.1 2014 2015 Core PTPP Income(a) (in millions) $334.8 $258.7 $267.1 $219.5 $194.0 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 Total Deposits (in billions) $19.4 $18.3 $15.7 $15.4 $16.6 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 20 350 20 300 15 250 15 200 10 10 150 100 5 5 50 0 0 0 2.5 20 2.0 15 1.5 10 1.0 5 0.5 0.0 0 Earnings Per Share – Diluted (diluted) $2.10 $1.93 $1.75 $1.87 $1.64 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY Financial Highlights (unaudited, amounts in thousands, except per share data) 2016 2015 Corporate Information ANNUAL MEETING FINANCIAL INFORMATION The annual meeting of stockholders will be held at 11:00 a.m. Central Time, Copies of Hancock Holding Company financial reports, including the Annual Wednesday, April 26, 2017, One Hancock Plaza, Gulfport, Mississippi. Report to the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 10-K, are available Total Common Stockholders’ Equity $2,719,768 $2,413,143 INCOME DATA Net Income Net Interest Income (te)* Pre-Tax, Pre-Provision (PTPP) Profit (te) (core)*(a) PER COMMON SHARE DATA Net Income – Diluted Book Value (End of Period) Total Loans +28% Tangible Book Value (End of Period) (in billions) Cash Dividends Paid PERIOD-END BALANCE SHEET DATA $13.9 $15.7 $16.8 Total Securities $12.3 $11.6 Total Loans 1Q16 2Q16 3Q16 4Q16 2Q15 3Q15 4Q15 Total Earning Assets Total Assets Total Deposits 2012 2013 KEY RATIOS 2014 2015 2016 Return on Average Assets Return on Average Common Equity Total Loans Net Interest Margin (te)* (in billions) Earnings Per Share – Diluted Core Net Interest Margin (te)*(b) (diluted) $16.8 Efficiency Ratio (c) $2.10 $1.93 $15.7 Allowance for Loan Losses to Period-End Loans $1.75 $1.64 $11.6 Tangible Common Equity Ratio $1.87 $13.9 $12.3 Leverage Ratio 2012 2012 2013 2013 2014 2014 2015 2015 2016 2016 Core PTPP Income(a) $80 (in millions) S N O I L L I M $ $70 $258.7 $267.1 $334.8 20 15 $219.5 2016 $194.0 $60 1Q14 2Q14 3Q14 4Q14 1Q15 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 Total Loans Core PTPP Income(a) Total Deposits (in billions) (in millions) (in billions) $18.3 $16.6 $15.7 $258.7 $267.1 $13.9 $15.7 $219.5 $11.6 $15.4 $12.3 $194.0 $334.8 $19.4 $16.8 2012 2012 2012 2013 2013 2013 2014 2014 2014 2015 2015 2015 2016 2016 2016 Total Deposits Earnings Per Share – Diluted (in billions) S $19.4 $200 N (diluted) O I L L I $150 $2.10 M $16.6 $ $18.3 258.7 $250 267.1 $15.7 $1.75 $1.93 $15.4 $1.64 $100 $50 $0 $1.87 2014 2015 10 5 0 20 2.5 2.0 15 1.5 10 1.0 5 0.5 0 0.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 $350 $300 YTD ACTUAL 2016 GOAL +25% 334.8 323.4 $90 Earnings Per Share – Diluted (diluted) $2.10 S N O I L L I M $ $80 $1.93 $70 $1.87 *Tax Equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using a marginal federal income tax rate of 35%. $1.75 (a) Net interest income (te) and noninterest income less noninterest expense adjusted for nonoperating expenses and purchase accounting adjustments. Management believes that core PTPP profit is a useful financial measure because it enables investors to assess the company’s ability to generate 2016 capital to cover credit losses though a credit cycle. 1Q14 2Q14 3Q14 4Q14 1Q15 1Q16 2Q16 3Q16 4Q16 $1.64 2Q15 3Q15 4Q15 $60 (b) Reported net interest income (te) excluding net purchase accounting adjustments, expressed as a percentage of average earning assets. (c) Noninterest expense to total net interest income and noninterest income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and nonoperating expense items. $149,296 $684,955 $334,813 $131,461 $638,762 $267,140 $1.87 $32.29 $23.87 $0.96 $1.64 $31.14 $21.74 $0.96 $5,017,128 $4,463,792 $16,752,151 $15,703,314 $21,881,520 $20,753,095 $23,975,302 $22,833,605 $19,424,266 $18,348,912 CORPORATE OFFICES One Hancock Plaza 2510 14th Street Gulfport, MS 39501 228-868-4000 800-522-6542 AFFILIATE COMPANIES Hancock Investment Services, Inc. Harrison Finance Company Whitney Bank* Whitney Equipment Finance COMMON STOCK under the symbol HBHC. *Doing business as Hancock Bank in Mississippi, Alabama, and Florida and Whitney Bank in Louisiana and Texas The company’s Common Stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market James B. Estabrook, Jr.* Constantine “Dean” S. Liollio BOARD OF DIRECTORS without charge upon request to: Trisha Voltz Carlson Senior Vice President Investor Relations Manager Hancock Holding Company Post Office Box 4019 Gulfport, MS 39502-4019 trisha.carlson@hancockwhitney.com Earnings releases and other information on the company are available on the company’s IR website, www.hancockwhitney.com/investors. CORPORATE & AFFILIATE BANK OFFICERS Frank E. Bertucci Hardy B. Fowler John M. Hairston Terence E. Hall Randall W. Hanna James H. Horne Jerry L. Levens John M. Hairston President & CEO Michael M. Achary Chief Financial Officer Joseph S. Exnicios President, Whitney Bank D. Shane Loper Chief Operating Officer Stephen E. Barker Chief Accounting Officer Cindy S. Collins Chief Compliance Officer Michael K. Dickerson Subsidiary Business Lines Executive Alan M. Ganucheau Treasurer Sonya C. Little Eric J. Nickelsen Thomas H. Olinde Christine L. Pickering Robert W. Roseberry Joan C. Teofilo C. Richard Wilkins Samuel B. Kendricks Chief Credit Risk Officer Cecil “Chip” W. Knight, Jr. Chief Banking Officer Miles S. Milton Chief Wealth Management Officer Michael Otero Chief Internal Auditor Joy Lambert Phillips General Counsel & Corporate Secretary Joseph S. Schwertz, Jr. Chief Risk Officer Suzanne C. Thomas Chief Credit Officer Rudi Hall Wetzel Chief Human Resources Officer *Independent Chairman of the Board STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION Stockholders seeking information may call the Transfer Agent at 888-490-1239, email info@astfinancial.com, access on the website www.astfinancial.com, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC or write: 6201 15th Avenue Brooklyn, NY 11219 Stockholders may also contact the company directly by emailing shareholderservices@hancockwhitney.com. DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT AND STOCK PURCHASE PLAN Stockholders seeking full details about the plan may call 888-490-1239, email info@astfinancial.com, access on the website www.astfinancial.com, or write: American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC 6201 15th Avenue Brooklyn, NY 11219 CASH DIVIDEND DIRECT DEPOSIT Stockholders may elect to have their Hancock Holding Company dividends directly deposited into a checking, savings, or money market account. This service provides a safe, convenient method of receiving dividends and is offered at no cost to stockholders. To obtain more information and an enrollment form, call 888-490-1239, email info@astfinancial.com, access on the website www.astfinancial.com, or write: American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC 6201 15th Avenue Brooklyn, NY 11219 0.62% 5.38% 3.33% 3.14% 66.12% 1.15% 7.62% 8.55% 0.64% 6.06% 3.23% 3.14% 62.79% 1.37% 8.64% 9.56% +28% 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2012 2012 2013 2013 2014 2014 2015 2015 2016 2016 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 YTD ACTUAL 2016 GOAL +25% 334.8 323.4 258.7 267.1 $350 $90 YTD ACTUAL 2016 GOAL +25% 334.8 323.4 $80 258.7 267.1 +28% $300 $250 S N O I L L I M $ S N $200 O I L L I $150 M $ $100 $50 2014 2015 2016 1Q14 2Q14 3Q14 4Q14 1Q15 2Q15 3Q15 4Q15 1Q16 2Q16 3Q16 4Q16 2014 2015 2016 1Q14 2Q14 3Q14 4Q14 1Q15 2Q15 3Q15 4Q15 1Q16 2Q16 3Q16 4Q16 $70 $0 $60 S N O I L L I M $ $90 $80 $70 $60 +28% Momentum >>> It starts with vision and intensifies with teamwork. It pushes forward with purpose, fueled by strength of mind and steered by strength of character. Momentum makes things happen. It’s an energy that inspires; an enthusiasm that engages; a drive that compels. Momentum grows from values, insights, and expertise in tandem—cultivating relationships, creating opportunities, and targeting success. MISSION To help people achieve their financial goals and dreams PURPOSE To create opportunities for people and the communities we serve CORE VALUES Honor & Integrity Strength & Stability Commitment to Service Teamwork Personal Responsibility Dear Shareholders: When you invest in Hancock Holding Company, we embrace our obligation to earn your continued confidence. As the company’s chief executive, I am very pleased to report our strong 2016 results. We credit your company’s solid 2016 performance to shareholders who trust us, clients who rely on us, communities that support us, and 3,800 associates in six states who work hard to meet our mission every day. Amid extraordinary external influences—an uncertain energy cycle, natural disasters, and national elections—our teams introduced a momentum of accomplishments in 2016, propelling us toward our strategic objectives for 2017. That relentless focus on moving forward stirs all of us, from executive offices to the teller line, to carry on the century-old spirit of service and success at the heart of who we are as a Gulf South banking leader. For the 109th consecutive quarter (as of September 31, 2016), the bank stands among the strongest, safest financial institutions in America, according to BauerFinancial, Inc., the nation’s leading independent bank rating and analysis firm. No bank can buy or opt out of a BauerFinancial, Inc., rating. 1 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 20 20 15 15 10 5 0 10 5 0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Core PTPP Income(a) (in millions) $334.8 $258.7 $267.1 $219.5 $194.0 Total Deposits (in billions) $19.4 $18.3 $15.7 $15.4 $16.6 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 20 15 10 5 0 Core PTPP Income(a) (in millions) $334.8 $258.7 $267.1 $219.5 $194.0 Total Loans (in billions) $16.8 $15.7 $13.9 $11.6 $12.3 20 15 10 5 0 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 Total Deposits (in billions) Total Loans (in billions) $16.6 $15.4 $15.7 $19.4 $18.3 2.5 2.0 Financial Highlights $15.7 1.5 $16.8 $13.9 Earnings Per Share – Diluted (diluted) $2.10 $1.93 $1.75 $1.87 $1.64 $11.6 $12.3 2012 2013 1.0 In January 2015, the company set a core pre-tax, pre-provision (PTPP) income goal of $323 million, or 25 percent above 2014’s PTPP results. PTPP income is, essentially, our total revenue less our noninterest expense and a good metric to evaluate how well the company is performing. Core adjusts for nonoperating expenses and purchase accounting items. Year-over-year, core PTPP income grew 25 percent, exceeding our goal by $11 million, or 4 percent. 2014 2016 2012 2015 2013 0.0 0.5 2014 Fourth quarter 2016 was an especially good quarter for your company, adding more impetus to 2016’s momentum. In fact, when we compare results for fourth quarter 2016 to fourth quarter 2015, core PTPP rose 28 percent during that one-year period. We significantly beat our loan growth guidance for the quarter. End-of-period loans were up $681 million (17 percent), linked-quarter annualized, as energy payoffs slowed, post-election consumer sentiment improved, and fourth- quarter seasonality once again sparked strong year-end activity. 2016 2015 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2012 2013 2014 $350 2015 CORE PTPP INCOME 2016 YTD ACTUAL 2016 GOAL +25% 334.8 323.4 258.7 267.1 $300 $250 $200 $150 S N O I L L I M $ Earnings Per Share – Diluted (diluted) $2.10 $100 $50 $1.93 $1.75 $0 $1.64 $1.87 2014 2015 2016 $90 With higher, more stable oil prices, we do see some signs of improvements in reserve-based lending. We do not believe the recent energy cycle has ended and continue to expect a lag in the recovery of services credits. However, we retain a strong energy reserve of 7.54 percent, with our total allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL) at S N O 1.37 percent of loans at year end. I L L I M $ +28% $80 $70 In mid-December 2016, we raised $259 million of new capital by issuing just over 6 million shares of common stock. Year-end results included the full impact of that capital raise, but our average share count for the quarter did not reflect the impact of the transaction. $60 1Q14 2Q14 3Q14 4Q14 1Q15 2Q15 3Q15 4Q15 1Q16 2Q16 3Q16 4Q16 The balance sheet grew organically in 2016, with loans up more than $1 billion, or 7 percent. Deposit growth funded that loan growth dollar- for-dollar. By stabilizing core margin and growing fees more than $13 million year-over-year, we saw core revenue growth of 9 percent. Our provision for loan losses totaled $111 million for 2016, on the low end of the range set early in the year. Good expense management led to a decrease in noninterest expense of $7 million. We expect to partially deploy newly raised capital when we close on our December 2016 agreement to purchase certain assets and liabilities, including nine branches, from First NBC Bank of New Orleans. We believe that transaction, slated to close in first quarter 2017, will benefit your company, our clients, and the Greater New Orleans market. The First NBC transaction fits the profile we defined as attractive: in our existing footprint, offering an immediate earnings stream, accretive on day one, meets or exceeds our internal rate of return threshold, and with relatively low risk. 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 S N O I L L I M $ $350 $300 $250 $200 $150 $100 $50 $0 YTD ACTUAL 2016 GOAL +25% 334.8 323.4 258.7 267.1 2014 2015 2016 S N O I L L I M $ $90 $80 $70 $60 CORE PTPP INCOME +28% IN 2016 ASSOCIATES GAVE MORE THAN 4,200 VOLUNTEER HOURS TO MORE THAN 300 ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING OUR FINANCIAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS AND LOCAL NONPROFITS. 1Q14 2Q14 3Q14 4Q14 1Q15 2Q15 3Q15 4Q15 1Q16 2Q16 3Q16 4Q16 2 HBHC Energy Banks – Average* KBW Nasdaq Regional Bank KBW Nasdaq Bank E G N A H C % 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 -10 -20 -30 71% 55% 36% 26% < DEC 31, 2015 JUN 30, 2016 DEC 30, 2016 > *Top 15 banks with energy portfolios greater than 4% as of 12/31/2015, excluding HBHC Stock Value We hope you as investors in Hancock Holding Company are pleased with the 2016 performance of HBHC common stock. From year- end 2015 to year-end 2016, the value of our common stock grew 71 percent. Additionally, our market cap—the market value of all outstanding shares of HBHC stock—rose from $1.95 billion to $3.6 billion. We believe that performance represents more than just numbers and charts. That momentum shows the market is recognizing and rewarding our efforts over the past two years to grow revenue, manage expenses, and serve clients. For market makers who know the company, that success also affirms that the intrinsic long-term value of our organization comes from belief in our core values combined with relentless focus on our strategic objectives. New Leaders Several seasoned banking executives joined the company in 2016 to help transform how we do business and serve clients. Chip Knight, a 30-year banking veteran who began his career in New Orleans, returned to the Gulf Coast from Nashville as chief banking officer. He is responsible for all core business, including corporate, middle market, commercial, and business banking; commercial real estate; and consumer banking. Accomplished wealth management and investments leader James Fujinaga is the new president of Hancock Investment Services, Inc., our broker-dealer subsidiary. He supports a collaborative, client-centric approach to helping people protect, grow, and transfer wealth. Todd Copic started as president of Harrison Finance Company, a consumer loan bank subsidiary. With more than 20 years of commercial banking experience, Robert Schneckenburger, former managing director and market president for a large national bank with locations in Baton Rouge, joined the company as Greater Baton Rouge regional president. Fellow Baton Rouge banker Jeff Gould came to the company at the same time as the Baton Rouge middle market and corporate banking group manager after 30-plus years as a senior middle market banking leader. Senior commercial banking executive Kevin Rafferty came back to the bank as the executive vice president responsible for business development in Greater New Orleans and Houston, helping drive revenue growth that enhances value. His experience spans 40 years in metropolitan hubs such as New Orleans, Houston, Washington, D.C., and Dallas. These executives and market leaders are vested in their hometowns’ successes and are helping local teams deliver new, easier, and better ways to bank to people and businesses throughout your company’s footprint. NEW TECHNOLOGY PROVIDES OUR CLIENTS THE DIGITAL CHANNELS THEY EXPECT FROM THEIR BANK. Enhanced Experience We stated long ago that we are a company that never knows completion, always changing, growing, and improving for shareholders and clients. We also want to be our clients’ financial services partner for life and are refining holistic approaches to provide clients the right options at the right time and help make financial success simpler in a complex world. Our contemporary new website at hancockwhitney.com debuted in May 2016, with 1.2 million hits monthly—half from mobile devices. That site, an Insights blog with expert financial perspectives, and a strong social media presence on Facebook, LinkedIn, and Twitter have 3 reinvented how we reach out to and engage people in our banking family through digital channels. primarily in small cap companies located or doing business in Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, and Texas. The website also provides the portal through which consumers can now open checking accounts online, a convenience aligned with what our clients said they want and expect from their bank. Watch in 2017 for online and mobile banking enhancements created to further answer that collective client voice. A reconfigured Merchant Services business produced a more client- centered model providing business owners with new tools and technology to grow their businesses, take advantage of the increase in card payments, and serve their clients. A new, comprehensive suite of small business products and services adds to the banking benefits we offer clients. Our contact center manages thousands of calls daily to answer questions, build relationships, and connect clients with their bankers. Our equipment financing business launched a capital markets product to help companies buy the kinds of large equipment they need to do business, from marine and construction equipment to highly specialized manufacturing systems. By working with other bankers to manage relationships and providing specialized product support to manage exposure and solve clients’ needs, Equipment Finance keeps its competitive advantage for clients razor-sharp. With our enhanced wealth and asset management model, high-net- worth clients experience a seamless, holistic, and comprehensive approach to managing their financial future. Regional teams of private bankers, personal trust advisors, investment management, brokerage, and estate and financial planning professionals deliver that high-touch advice and service to orchestrate results that help grow not only liquidity but also lifelong relationships. Hancock Horizon Funds is one of the largest mutual fund families in the Gulf South. To further energize the company’s asset management business, three Hancock Horizon Funds—the Hancock Horizon Core Bond Fund, Hancock Horizon Growth Fund, and Hancock Horizon Value Fund—became part of three strong existing funds managed by Federated Investors, a leading global investment manager and one of the top-10 largest U.S. mutual fund managers. The tax-free reorganization enabled the asset management team to focus on successful niche strategies while providing solid benefits through Federated’s well-known capabilities to support current shareholders. Fifteen years ago, our asset management team introduced another Hancock Horizon Fund, the Burkenroad Small Cap Fund, with less than $500,000 in assets. Now with almost $800 million in assets, the Burkenroad Small Cap Fund earned Lipper’s number-one ranking among 268 small cap funds for the 15-year period ending December 31, 2016, based on total returns. The Burkenroad Small Cap Fund invests Commitment to Service This past year, we at Hancock Holding Company saw incredible achievement. We also witnessed incredible compassion. Many associates and clients in our Louisiana footprint experienced historic flooding comparable to the rising waters our Alabama, Louisiana, and Mississippi markets fought in 2005’s Hurricane Katrina. Just as they did after Katrina, hundreds of associates from across the franchise demonstrated our core values at the highest levels, helping clients and each other survive and begin recovery from those record floods. Throughout the year, associates also gave countless hours of service to area nonprofits, making life better for local people, teaching students good financial habits, preserving our environment through Perseverance Oaks, and participating in corporate philanthropic sponsorships. I am honored and humbled to work beside associates who care so much about the people they serve and with whom they work. Moving Ahead In the late 1800s, our founders put in motion a way of doing business that has since carried us forward through adversity and prosperity. For generations, why we were founded (our mission), the reason we come to work (our purpose), and what we believe (our core values) have strengthened that momentum. Together, we will continue to move ahead, building on the legacy those visionaries began and on our successes in 2016. Each strategy and every tactic ties to building value for you, our shareholders; the people and communities we serve; and the associates integral to that growth. The company’s board of directors, executive team, and I thank you for your investment in Hancock Holding Company and the momentum that helps people across the Gulf South achieve their financial goals and dreams. Sincerely, John M. Hairston President & CEO Learn from associates how we are building momentum in our commitment to service anchored in a century of tradition. hancockwhitney.com/commitment-to-service 4 UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D. C. 20549 FORM 10-K (cid:95) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016. OR (cid:133) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 Commission file number 0-13089 Hancock Holding Company (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Mississippi (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 64-0693170 (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) One Hancock Plaza, 2510 14th Street, Gulfport, Mississippi (Address of principal executive offices) 39501 (Zip Code) (228) 868-4727 Registrant’s telephone number, including area code Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: (Title of Class) COMMON STOCK, $3.33 PAR VALUE (Name of Exchange on Which Registered) The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:95) No (cid:133) Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes (cid:133) No (cid:95) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:95) No (cid:133) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes (cid:95) No (cid:133) Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:95) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One): Large accelerated filer Non-accelerated filer (cid:95) (cid:133) Accelerated filer Smaller reporting company (cid:133) (cid:133) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes (cid:133) No (cid:95) The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant as of February 22, 2017 was $2.2 billion based upon the closing market price on NASDAQ on June 30, 2016. For purposes of this calculation only, shares held by nonaffiliates are deemed to consist of (a) shares held by all shareholders other than directors and executive officers of the registrant plus (b) shares held by directors and officers as to which beneficial ownership has been disclaimed. On January 31, 2017, the registrant had 84,259,371 shares of common stock outstanding. Portions of the definitive proxy statement for our annual meeting of shareholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC” or “The Commission”) are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Hancock Holding Company Form 10-K Index BUSINESS PART I ITEM 1. ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS ITEM 2. ITEM 3. ITEM 4. PROPERTIES LEGAL PROCEEDINGS MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES PART II ITEM 5. ITEM 6. ITEM 7. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK ITEM 8. ITEM 9. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ITEM 11. ITEM 12. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES PART IV ITEM 15. ITEM 16 EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES FORM 10-K SUMMARY 3 16 26 26 26 26 27 29 33 66 6(cid:26) 12(cid:21) 12(cid:21) 12(cid:22) 12(cid:22) 12(cid:22) 12(cid:22) 12(cid:23) 12(cid:23) 12(cid:23) 12(cid:27) [This page intentionally left blank] Hancock Holding Company Glossary of Defined Terms ALCO – Hancock’s Asset Liability Management Committee AOCI – accumulated other comprehensive income ALLL – allowance for loan and lease losses ASC – Accounting Standards Codification ATM - automatic teller machine Bank – Whitney Bank Basel II - Basel Committee's 2004 Regulatory Capital Framework (Second Accord) Basel III - Basel Committee's 2010 Regulatory Capital Framework (Third Accord) Basel Committee - Basel Committee on Banking Supervision BSA – Bank Secrecy Act bp(s) – basis point(s) C&I – commercial and industrial loans CD – certificate of deposit CDE – Community Development Entity CEO – Chief Executive Officer CET1 – common equity tier 1 capital as defined by Basel III capital rules CFO – Chief Financial Officer CFPB – Consumer Finance Protection Bureau COSO – Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission CMO – Collateralized Mortgage Obligation Company – Hancock Holding Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries CRA – Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 CRE – commercial real estate DIF – Deposit Insurance Fund Dodd-Frank Act – The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act EITF – Emerging Issues Task Force FASB – Financial Accounting Standards Board FDIC – Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation FDICIA – Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 Federal Reserve Bank – The 12 banks that are the operating arms of the U.S. central bank. They implement the policies of the Federal Reserve Board and also conduct economic research. Federal Reserve Board – The 7-member Board of Governors that oversees the Federal Reserve System, establishes monetary policy (interest rates, credit, etc.), and monitors the economic health of the country. Its members are appointed by the President subject to Senate confirmation, and serve 14-year terms. Federal Reserve System – The 12 Federal Reserve Banks, with each one serving member banks in its own district. This system, supervised by the Federal Reserve Board, has broad regulatory powers over the money supply and the credit structure. FFIEC – Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council FHA – Federal Housing Administration FHLB – Federal Home Loan Bank GAAP – Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America HBHC – ticker symbol for Hancock Holding Company IRS – Internal Revenue Service LIBOR – London Interbank Offered Rate LIHTC – Low Income Housing Tax Credit LTIP – long-term incentive plan MBS – mortgage-backed securities MD&A – management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations MDBCF – Mississippi Department of Banking and Consumer Finance 1 NAICS – North American Industry Classification System n/m – not meaningful NSF – non-sufficient funds OCI – other comprehensive income OD - Overdraft ORE – other real estate Parent Company – Hancock Holding Company SEC – U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Securities Act – Securities Act of 1933, as amended Hancock – Hancock Holding Company Hancock Bank – Whitney Bank does business as Hancock Bank in Mississippi, Alabama, and Florida Hancock's 2016 Form 10-K – Hancock’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 TDR – troubled debt restructuring (as defined in ASC 310-40) USA Patriot – Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 U.S. Treasury – The United States Department of the Treasury Volcker Rule – section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act and regulations promulgated thereunder, as applicable Whitney Bank – wholly-owned subsidiary of Hancock Holding Company, through which Hancock conducts its banking operations 2 PART I ITEM 1. BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS Hancock Holding Company (which we refer to as “Hancock” or the “Company”) is a financial services company that provides a comprehensive network of full-service financial choices to the Gulf South region through its bank subsidiary, Whitney Bank (the “Bank”), a Mississippi state bank. Whitney Bank operates under two century-old brands: “Hancock Bank” in Mississippi, Alabama and Florida and “Whitney Bank” in Louisiana and Texas. Whitney Bank also operates a loan production office in Nashville, Tennessee under both the Hancock and Whitney Bank brands. Hancock was organized in 1984 as a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. In 2002, the Company qualified as a financial holding company, giving it broader powers. The corporate headquarters of the Company is in Gulfport, Mississippi. Historically, our growth was primarily through internal branch expansions into areas of population that were not served by a dominant financial institution and through several small acquisitions. In 2009, we acquired the assets and assumed the liabilities of Panama City, Florida based Peoples First Community Bank (Peoples First) in a transaction with financial assistance from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) adding approximately $2 billion in assets. In 2011, we acquired all of the common stock of Whitney Holding Corporation (Whitney), a bank holding company based in New Orleans, and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Whitney National Bank, adding $11.7 billion in assets, $6.5 billion in loans, and $9.2 billion in deposits. Our growth since the Whitney acquisition has been organic through the expansion of products that are targeted across the Company’s footprint. In the fourth quarter of 2015, we opened a loan production office in Nashville, Tennessee, further expanding our lending footprint. In the fourth quarter of 2016, we signed an agreement to purchase certain assets and liabilities, including $1.3 billion in loans and nine Louisiana branches, from First NBC Bank (“First NBC”). The First NBC transaction is expected to close on March 10, 2017. At December 31, 2016, our balance sheet has grown to $24.0 billion, with loans totaling $16.8 billion, deposits totaling $19.4 billion and 3,724 employees on a full-time equivalent basis. The First NBC transaction is expected to add approximately $1.3 billion in loans and $0.5 billion in transaction and savings deposits to our balance sheet in the first quarter of 2017. NATURE OF BUSINESS AND MARKETS The Bank operates across the Gulf South region comprised of southern Mississippi; southern and central Alabama; southern Louisiana; the northern, central, and panhandle regions of Florida; Houston, Texas; and Nashville, Tennessee. The Bank offers a broad range of traditional and online community banking services to commercial, small business and retail customers, providing a variety of transaction and savings deposit products, treasury management services, investment brokerage services, secured and unsecured loan products (including revolving credit facilities), and letters of credit and similar financial guarantees. The Bank also provides trust and investment management services to retirement plans, corporations and individuals. We also offer other services through nonbank subsidiaries. Hancock Investment Services, Inc. provides discount investment brokerage services, annuity products, and life insurance. Harrison Finance Company provides consumer financing services. We also have several special purpose subsidiaries to facilitate investment in new market tax credit activities and others that operate and sell certain foreclosed assets. Total revenue from nonbank subsidiaries accounted for less than ten percent of our consolidated revenue in 2016. During the fourth quarter of 2015, Hancock opened a loan production office in Nashville, Tennessee and purchased approximately $185 million of healthcare loans. This transaction supported our initiative to diversify our loan portfolio and capitalize on opportunities to expand our participation in the healthcare sector across our Gulf South footprint. The healthcare portfolio continued to grow in 2016 across various sectors of this industry. Our operating strategy is to provide customers with the financial sophistication and range of products of a regional bank, while successfully retaining the commercial appeal and level of service of a community bank. Hancock’s size and scale enables us to attract and retain high quality employees, whom we refer to as associates, who are focused on executing this strategy. The main industries in the Gulf Coast are energy and related service industries, military and government-related facilities, educational and medical complexes, petrochemical industries, port facility activities and transportation and related industries, tourism and related service industries, and the gaming industry. As a result of stress in the energy sector, we have been reducing our overall concentration in that industry while continuing to grow in other areas, creating a more diversified portfolio. Our priorities are growing core revenue in our existing markets, while controlling expenses. We have invested in promoting new and enhanced products that contribute to the goal of diversifying our sources of revenue and increasing core deposit funding. The First NBC transaction will strengthen our position in the greater New Orleans area, where we already hold one of the top market shares. 3 We will continue to evaluate future acquisition opportunities that have the potential to increase shareholder value, provided overall economic conditions and our capital levels support such a transaction. We remain focused on maintaining two hallmarks of our past culture: a strong balance sheet and a commitment to excellent credit quality. Additional information regarding the Company and the Bank is available at www.hancockwhitney.com at the link titled Investor Relations. Loan Production, Underwriting Standards and Credit Review The Bank’s primary lending focus is to provide commercial, consumer and real estate loans to consumers, to small and middle market businesses, and to corporate clients in the markets served by the Bank. We seek to provide quality loan products that are attractive to the borrower and profitable to the Bank. We look to build strong, profitable client relationships over time and maintain a strong presence and position of influence in the communities we serve. Through our relationship-based approach we have developed a deep knowledge of our customers and the markets in which they operate. The Company continually works to ensure the consistency of its lending processes across our banking footprint, to strengthen the underwriting criteria we employ to evaluate new loans and loan renewals, and to diversify our loan portfolio in terms of type, industry and geographical concentration. We believe that these measures position the Bank to meet the credit needs of businesses and consumers in the markets it serves while it pursues a balanced strategy of loan profitability, growth, and quality. The following describes the underwriting procedures of the lending function and presents our principal categories of loans. The results of our lending activities and the relative risk of the loan portfolio are discussed in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The Bank has a set of loan policies, underwriting standards and key underwriting functions designed to achieve a consistent lending and credit review approach. Our underwriting standards address: (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) collateral requirements; guarantor requirements (including policies on financial statements, tax returns, and guarantees); requirements regarding appraisals and their review; loan approval hierarchy; standard consumer and small business credit scoring underwriting criteria (including credit score thresholds, maximum maturity and amortization, loan-to-value limits, global debt service coverage, and debt to income limits); commercial real estate and commercial and industrial underwriting guidelines (including minimum debt service coverage ratio, maximum amortization, minimum equity requirements, maximum loan-to-value ratios); lending limits; and credit approval authorities. Additionally, our loan concentration policy sets limits and manages our exposures within specified concentration tolerances, including those to particular borrowers, foreign entities, industries, and property types for commercial real estate. This policy sets standards for portfolio risk management and reporting, the monitoring of large borrower concentration limits and systematic tracking of large commercial loans and our portfolio mix. We continually monitor our concentration of commercial real estate and energy-related loans to ensure the mix is consistent with our risk tolerance. The Company defines concentration as the total of funded and unfunded commitments (excluding loans acquired in the People’s First transaction covered under loss-sharing agreements with the FDIC) as a percentage of total Bank capital (as defined for risk-based capital ratios). The Company had the following portfolio segment concentrations (shown as a percentage of risk-based capital) as of December 31, 2016: Portfolio Segment Concentrations (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) Commercial Non-Real Estate — 490% Owner Occupied Real Estate — 112% Non-owner occupied commercial real estate — 154% Residential Mortgage — 86% Consumer Real Estate Secured — 88% Consumer Other — 55% 4 The following details the more significant industry concentrations for commercial non-real estate and owner occupied real estate included above (shown as a percentage of risk-based capital) as of December 31, 2016: Significant Industry Concentrations (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) Mining, Oil and Gas — 88% Manufacturing — 57% Healthcare and Social Service — 53% Retail Trade – 44% Real Estate — 43% Construction — 42% Finance and Insurance — 37% Government, Public Administration – 37% (cid:120)(cid:3) Wholesale Trade – 36% (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) Transportation and Warehousing — 29% Professional, Scientific, and Technology Services — 24% Education – 22% Our underwriting process is structured to require oversight that is proportional to the size and complexity of the lending relationship. We delegate designated regional managers, relationship managers, and credit officers loan authority that can be utilized to approve credit commitments for a single borrowing relationship. The limit of delegated authority is based upon the experience, skill, and training of the relationship manager or credit officer. Certain types and size of loans and relationships must be approved by either one of the Bank’s centralized underwriting units or the Bank’s executive loan committee. Loans are underwritten in accordance with the underwriting standards and loan policies of the Bank. Loans are underwritten primarily on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make debt service payments timely, and secondarily on collateral value. Generally, real estate secured loans and mortgage loans are made when the borrower produces evidence of the ability to make debt service timely along with appropriate equity investment in the property. Appropriate and regulatory compliant third party valuations are required at the time of origination for real estate secured loans. The following briefly describes the composition of our loan portfolio by category. Commercial and industrial The Bank offers a variety of commercial loan services to a diversified customer base over a range of industries, including energy, wholesale and retail trade in various durable and nondurable products, manufacturing of such products, marine transportation and maritime construction, financial and professional services, healthcare services, and agricultural production. Commercial and industrial loans are made available to businesses for working capital (including financing of inventory and receivables), business expansion, to facilitate the acquisition of a business, and the purchase of equipment and machinery, including equipment leasing. These loans are underwritten primarily based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and, when secured, have the added strength of the underlying collateral. Commercial non-real estate loans may be secured by the assets being financed or other business assets such as accounts receivable, inventory, ownership or commodity interests, and may incorporate a personal or corporate guarantee; however, some short-term loans may be made on an unsecured basis, including a small portfolio of corporate credit cards, generally issued as a part of overall customer relationships. Asset-based loans, such as accounts receivables and commodity interest secured loans, may have limits on borrowing that are based on the collateral values. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers. The commercial non-real estate loan portfolio includes the majority of our energy-based lending, which totaled $1.4 billion, or 8.4%, of the total loans at December 31, 2016. The Company’s energy portfolio is diversified across a number of sectors, including exploration and production as well as related support services. Industry conditions continue to reflect elevated risk, so we are actively monitoring the health of this segment of the portfolio and have reduced overall concentration. Commercial real estate – owner occupied loans consist of commercial mortgages on properties where repayment is generally dependent on the cash flow from the ongoing operations and activities of the borrower. Like commercial non-real estate, these loans 5 are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower, but also have the added strength of the value of underlying real estate collateral. Commercial real estate – income producing Commercial real estate – income producing loans consist of loans secured by commercial mortgages on properties where the loan is made to real estate developers or investors and repayment is dependent on the sale, refinance, or income generated from the operation of the property. Properties financed include retail, office, multifamily, senior housing, hotel/motel, skilled nursing facilities and other commercial properties. Repayment of commercial real estate – income producing loans is generally dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan. Commercial real estate loans may be adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. The properties securing the Bank’s commercial real estate – income producing portfolios are diverse in terms of type and geographic location. We monitor and evaluate these loans based on collateral, geography and risk grade criteria. This portfolio has experienced minimal losses in the last few years, however, past experience has shown that commercial real estate conditions can be volatile, so we actively monitor this segment of the portfolio. Construction and land development Construction and land development loans are made to facilitate the acquisition, development, improvement and construction of both commercial and residential-purpose properties. Such loans are made to builders and investors where repayment is expected to be made from the sale, refinance or operation of the property or to businesses to be used in their business operations. Acquisition and development loans are underwritten utilizing feasibility studies, independent appraisal reviews, sensitivity analysis of real estate absorption and lease rates, and financial analysis of the developers and property owners. Construction loans are generally based upon cost estimates, the amount of sponsor equity investment, and the projected value of the completed project. The Bank monitors the construction process to mitigate or identify risks as they arise. Construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment largely dependent on the success of the ultimate project. Sources of repayment for these types of construction loans may be pre-committed permanent loans from approved long-term lenders, sales of developed property, or an interim loan commitment from the Bank until permanent financing is obtained. These loans are typically closely monitored by on-site inspections and are considered to have higher risks than other real estate loans due to their ultimate repayment being sensitive to interest rate changes, governmental regulation of real property, general economic conditions, and the availability of long-term financing to take out the construction loan. Owner occupied loans for the development and improvements of real property to commercial customers to be used in their business operations are underwritten subject to normal commercial and industrial credit standards and are generally subject to project tracking processes, similar to those required for the non-owner occupied loans. This portfolio also includes a small amount of residential construction loans and loans secured by raw land not yet under development. Residential Mortgages Residential mortgages consist of closed-end loans secured by first liens on 1- 4 family residential properties. The portfolio includes both fixed and adjustable rate loans, although most longer-term, fixed-rate loans originated are sold in the secondary mortgage market. The sale of fixed-rate mortgage loans allows the Bank to manage the interest rate risks related to such lending operations. Consumer Consumer loans include second lien mortgage home loans, home equity lines of credit and nonresidential consumer purpose loans. Nonresidential consumer loans include both direct and indirect loans. Direct nonresidential consumer loans are made to finance the purchase of personal property, including automobiles, recreational vehicles and boats, and for other personal purposes (secured and unsecured), and deposit account secured loans. Indirect nonresidential loans include automobile financing provided to the consumer through an agreement with automobile dealerships. Consumer loans also include a small portfolio of credit card receivables issued on the basis of applications received through referrals from the Bank’s branches, online and other marketing efforts. The Bank approves consumer loans based on income and financial information submitted by prospective borrowers as well as credit reports collected from various credit agencies. Financial stability and credit history of the borrower are the primary factors the Bank considers in granting such loans. The availability of collateral is also a factor considered in making such loans. Preference is also given to borrowers in the Bank’s primary market areas. 6 A small consumer finance portfolio is maintained by Harrison Finance Company, one of our nonbank subsidiaries. The portfolio has a higher credit risk profile than the Bank’s consumer portfolio, but carries a higher yield. Securities Portfolio Our investment portfolio primarily consists of U.S. agency debt securities, U.S. agency mortgage-related securities and obligations of states and municipalities classified as available for sale and held to maturity. The Company considers the available for sale portfolio as one of its many sources of liquidity available to fund our operations. Investments are made in accordance with an investment policy approved by the Board Risk Committee. Company policies generally limit investments to agency securities and municipal securities determined to be investment grade according to an internally generated score, which generally includes a rating of not less than “Baa” or its equivalent by a nationally recognized statistical rating agency. The investment portfolio is tested under multiple stressed interest rate scenarios, the results of which are used to manage our interest rate risk position. The rate scenarios include regulatory and management agreed upon instantaneous and ramped rate movements that may be up to plus 500 basis points. The combined portfolio has a target effective duration of two to five years. We also utilize a significant portion of the securities portfolio to secure certain deposits and other liabilities requiring collateralization. However, to maintain an adequate level of liquidity, we limit the percentage of securities that can be pledged in order to keep a portion of securities available for sale. The securities portfolio can also be pledged to increase our line of credit availability at the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Dallas, although we have not had to do so. The investments subcommittee of the asset/liability committee (ALCO) is responsible for oversight and monitoring and the management of the investment portfolio. The investments subcommittee is also responsible for the development of investment strategies for the consideration and approval of ALCO. Final authority and responsibility for all aspects of the conduct of investment activities rests with the Board Risk Committee, all in accordance with the overall guidance and limitations of the investment policy. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Enterprise Risk Management” for further discussion. Deposits The Bank has several programs designed to attract deposit accounts from consumers and businesses at interest rates generally consistent with market conditions. Deposits are the most significant funding source for the Company’s interest-earning assets. Deposits are attracted principally from clients within our retail branch network through the offering of a broad array of deposit products to individuals and businesses, including noninterest-bearing demand deposit accounts, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings accounts, money market deposit accounts, and time deposit accounts. Terms vary among deposit products with respect to commitment periods, minimum balances, and applicable fees. Interest paid on deposits represents the largest component of our interest expense. Interest rates offered on interest-bearing deposits are determined based on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, (1) interest rates offered in local markets by competitors, (2) current and expected economic conditions, (3) anticipated future interest rates, (4) the expected amount and timing of funding needs, and (5) the availability and cost of alternative funding sources. Deposit flows are controlled by the Bank primarily through pricing, and to a lesser extent, through promotional activities. Management believes that the rates that it offers on deposit accounts are generally competitive with other financial institutions in the Bank’s respective market areas. Client deposits are attractive sources of funding because of their stability and low relative cost. Deposits are regarded as an important part of the overall client relationship. The Bank also holds deposits of public entities. The Bank’s strategy for acquiring public funds, as with any type of deposit, is determined by ALCO’s funding and liquidity subcommittee while pricing decisions are determined by ALCO’s deposit pricing subcommittee. Typically, many public fund deposits are allocated based upon the rate of interest offered and the ability of a bank to provide collateralization. The Bank can influence the level of its public fund deposits through pricing decisions. Public deposits typically require the pledging of collateral, most commonly marketable securities. This is taken into account when determining the level of interest to be paid on public deposits. The pledging of collateral, monitoring and management reporting represents additional operational requirements for the Bank. Public fund deposits are more volatile because they tend to be price sensitive and have high balances. Public funds are only one of many possible sources of liquidity that the Bank has available to draw upon as part of its liquidity funding strategy as set by ALCO. Total deposits at December 31, 2016 included $693 million of brokered deposits, or less than 4% of total deposits. Brokered deposits represent funds which the Bank obtains through deposit brokers who sell participations in a given bank deposit account or instrument to one or more investors. These brokered deposits are fully insured by the FDIC because they are participated out by the deposit broker in shares of $250,000 or less. These brokered deposits issuances were approved by ALCO as one component of its funding strategy to support ongoing asset growth until such time as customer deposit growth ultimately replaces the brokered deposits. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), we may continue to accept brokered deposits as long as we are either “well-capitalized” or “adequately-capitalized”. 7 Trust Services The Bank, through its trust department, offers a full range of trust services on a fee basis. In its trust capacities, the Bank provides investment management services on an agency basis and acts as trustee for pension plans, profit sharing plans, corporate and municipal bond issues, living trusts, life insurance trusts and various other types of trusts created by or for individuals, businesses, and charitable and religious organizations. As of December 31, 2016, the trust department of the Bank had approximately $15.1 billion of assets under administration compared to $15.5 billion as of December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2016, administered assets include investment management and investment advisory agency accounts totaling $4.3 billion, corporate trust accounts totaling $3.8 billion, and the remaining balances were personal, employee benefit, estate and other trust accounts. COMPETITION The financial services industry is highly competitive in our market area. The principal competitive factors in the markets for deposits and loans are interest rates and fee structures associated with the various products offered. We also compete through the efficiency, quality, and range of services and products we provide, as well as the convenience provided by an extensive network of customer access channels including local branch offices, ATMs, online and mobile banking, and telebanking centers. In attracting deposits and in our lending activities, we generally compete with other commercial banks, savings associations, credit unions, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, mutual funds and insurance companies, and other financial institutions. AVAILABLE INFORMATION We make available free of charge, on or through our investor relations website www.hancockwhitney.com/investors, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and other filings pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and amendments to such filings, as soon as reasonably practicable after each is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. You may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website that contains the Company’s reports, proxy statements, and the Company’s other SEC filings. The address of the SEC’s website is www.sec.gov. Information appearing on the Company’s website is not part of any report that it files with the SEC. Also available on our investor relations website are our corporate governance documents, including Corporate Governance Guidelines, Code of Business Ethics for Officers and Associates, Whistleblower Policy, Code of Ethics for Financial Officers, Code of Ethics for Directors and Committee Charting. These documents are also available in print to any stockholder who requests a copy. SUPERVISION AND REGULATION Bank holding companies and banks are extensively regulated under federal and state law. This discussion is a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions described below and is not intended to be an exhaustive description of the statutes or regulations applicable to the Company or the Bank. New laws and regulations may alter the structure, regulation and competitive relationships of financial institutions. It cannot be predicted whether and in what form new laws and regulations may be adopted or the extent to which the business of the Company and the Bank may be affected thereby. Supervision, regulation, and examination of the Company, the Bank, and our respective subsidiaries by the Federal Reserve and regulatory agencies, as described herein, are intended primarily for the protection of consumers, bank depositors and the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC, rather than holders of our capital stock. Bank Holding Company Regulation The Company is subject to extensive supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “Bank Holding Company Act”). We are required to file with the Federal Reserve periodic reports and such other information as the Federal Reserve may request. Ongoing supervision is provided through regular examinations by the Federal Reserve and other means that allow the regulators to gauge management’s ability to identify, assess and control risk in all areas of operations in a safe and sound manner and to ensure compliance with laws and regulations. The Federal Reserve may also examine our non-bank subsidiaries. In addition to regulation by the Federal Reserve as a bank holding company, the Company is subject to regulation by the State of Mississippi under its general business corporation laws. The Company is registered with the Federal Reserve as a bank holding company and has elected to be treated as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act. Under Federal Reserve policy and federal law, bank holding companies are expected 8 to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to their bank subsidiaries in situations where additional investments in a troubled bank may not otherwise be warranted. Bank holding companies generally are limited to the business of banking, managing or controlling banks, and other activities that the Federal Reserve determines to be closely related to banking, or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Bank holding companies are prohibited from acquiring or obtaining control of more than five percent (5%) of the voting interests of any company that engages in activities other than those activities determined by the Federal Reserve to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be properly incident thereto. Examples of activities that the Federal Reserve has determined to be permissible are making, acquiring, brokering, or servicing loans; leasing personal property; providing certain investment or financial advice; performing certain data processing services; acting as agent or broker in selling credit life insurance and other insurance products in certain locations; and performing certain insurance underwriting activities. The Bank Holding Company Act does not place geographic limits on permissible non-banking activities of bank holding companies. Even with respect to permissible activities, however, the Federal Reserve has the power to order a holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or its control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve has reasonable cause to believe that continuation of such activity or control of such subsidiary would pose a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary of that holding company. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLB Act”) substantially revised the statutory restrictions separating banking activities from certain other financial activities, and established a comprehensive framework that permits affiliations among qualified bank holding companies, commercial banks, insurance companies, securities firms, and other financial service providers by revising and expanding the Bank Holding Company Act framework to permit a holding company to engage in a full range of financial activities through a financial holding company. Under the GLB Act, bank holding companies that are “well-capitalized” and “well-managed”, as defined in Federal Reserve Regulation Y, which have and maintain “satisfactory” ratings under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, as amended (the “CRA”), and meet certain other conditions, can elect to become “financial holding companies.” Financial holding companies, like the Company, and their subsidiaries are permitted to acquire or engage in activities such as insurance underwriting, securities underwriting, travel agency activities, a broad range of insurance agency activities, merchant banking, and other activities that the Federal Reserve determines to be financial in nature or complementary thereto. The Bank Holding Company Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve or waiver of such prior approval before it: (1) acquires ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank if, after such acquisition, such bank holding company will own or control more than five percent (5%) of the voting shares of such bank, (2) or any of its non-bank subsidiaries acquire all of the assets of a bank, (3) merges with any other bank holding company, or (4) engages in permissible non- banking activities. In reviewing a proposed covered acquisition, among other factors, the Federal Reserve considers a bank holding company’s financial and managerial resources, the competitive effects of the transaction, the future prospects of the companies and banks concerned, and the convenience and needs of the communities to be served. The Federal Reserve also reviews any indebtedness to be incurred by a bank holding company in connection with a proposed acquisition to ensure that the bank holding company can service such indebtedness without adversely affecting its ability to serve as a source of strength to its bank subsidiaries. The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the “Riegle-Neal Act”) permits adequately capitalized and managed bank holding companies to acquire control of banks in any state, subject to federal regulatory approval, without regard to whether such a transaction is prohibited by the laws of any state. However, the Riegle-Neal Act further provides that a bank holding company may not, following an interstate acquisition, control more than 10% of nationwide insured deposits or 30% of deposits within any state in which the acquiring bank operates. States have the right to lower the 30% limit, although no states within the Company’s current market area have done so. Additional provisions of the Riegle-Neal Act require that interstate activities conform to the Community Reinvestment Act, which is intended to encourage depository institutions to help address the credit needs of the communities in which they operate, including low-and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound operations. Further, a bank holding company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in certain tying arrangements in connection with extensions of credit, leases or sales of property, or furnishing of services. Capital Requirements The Federal Reserve has adopted capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies that are particularly important in the Federal Reserve’s evaluation of its overall safety and soundness, and are an important factor considered by the Federal Reserve in evaluating any applications made by such holding company to the Federal Reserve. If regulatory capital falls below minimum guideline levels, a financial holding company may lose its status as a financial holding company and a bank holding company or bank may be subject to dividend restrictions or denied approval to acquire or establish additional banks or non-bank businesses or to open additional facilities. Beginning January 1, 2015, the Company and the Bank each became subject to rules implementing the Basel III framework, which substantially revised the leverage and risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and depository institutions. These rules were based on international capital accords of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. Among other things, the rules established a new category of capital measure, Common Equity Tier 1 capital (“CET1”). Common Equity Tier 1 capital is predominantly comprised of common stock instruments (including related surplus) and retained earnings, net of treasury stock, and after making required capital deductions and adjustments. Tier 1 capital generally is limited to all Common Equity Tier 1 9 capital plus qualifying minority interests (issued by consolidated depository institutions or foreign bank subsidiaries), accounts of consolidated subsidiaries and an amount of qualifying perpetual preferred stock, limited to 50% of Tier 1 capital. In calculating Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 capital, net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, and goodwill are deducted from stockholders’ equity. Tier 2 capital is a secondary component of risk-based capital, consisting primarily of that portion of perpetual preferred stock that may not be included as Tier 1 capital, mandatory convertible securities, certain types of subordinated debt and a portion of the allowance for loan losses (limited to 1.25% of risk weighted assets). The rules required the following initial minimum capital ratios as of January 1, 2015: (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) 4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets. 6.0% Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets. 8.0% Total capital to risk-weighted assets. 4.0% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (known as the "leverage ratio"). Additionally, the rules introduced a capital conservation buffer, composed entirely of Common Equity Tier 1 capital, with respect to each of the Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 Risk-based and Total Risk-based capital ratios, which provide for capital levels that exceed the minimum risk-based capital requirements. The capital conservation buffer must be maintained by the holding company to avoid limitations on its capital distributions and on its ability to pay discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. The capital conservation buffer was phased in beginning in 2016, with full implementation to 2.50% by 2019. There are two measures of regulatory capital applicable to holding companies (1) leverage capital ratio and (2) risk-based capital ratios. The essential difference between the leverage capital ratio and the risk-based capital ratios is that the latter measures capital against both balance sheet and off-balance sheet risks that are both identified and risk-weighted. Additionally, there are deductions and adjustments to capital for other intangibles as well as deductions and adjustments to CET1 by the amount that the carrying value of certain assets exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1. Examples of these assets are certain deferred tax assets, mortgage servicing rights, significant investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries, investments in certain capital instruments of financial entities and unrealized gains on cash flow hedges included in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) arising from hedges not carried at fair market value on the balance sheet. Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 began on January 1, 2015 and will be phased-in over a three-year period (beginning at 40% on January 1, 2015 and an additional 20% per year thereafter until fully phased-in at January 1, 2018). The rules also preclude companies the size of the Company from counting certain hybrid securities, such as trust preferred securities, as Tier 1 capital after January 1, 2016. The rules are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies, to take into account off-balance sheet exposure and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Under the risk-based capital guidelines, assets are assigned to one of several risk categories, ranging from 0% to 1,250%, though the Company does not have any assets assigned to a risk category over 150%. For example, U.S. Treasury securities are assigned to the 0% risk category while most categories of loans are assigned to the 100% risk category. Off-balance sheet exposures such as unfunded commitments and standby letters of credit are risk-weighted and all or a portion thereof are included in risk-weighted assets based on an assessment of the relative risks that they present. The risk-weighted asset base is equal to the sum of the aggregate dollar values of assets and off-balance sheet items in each risk category, multiplied by the weight assigned to that category. A financial holding company that becomes aware that it or a subsidiary bank has ceased to be well capitalized or well managed must notify the Federal Reserve and enter into an agreement to cure the identified deficiency within a specified time period. If the deficiency is not cured timely, the Federal Reserve Board may order the financial holding company to divest its banking operations. Alternatively, to avoid divestiture, a financial holding company may cease to engage in the financial holding company activities that are unrelated to banking or otherwise impermissible for a bank holding company. The new rules also gave some banks, including ours, a one-time “opt out” in which banks could exclude certain volatile AOCI components from inclusion in regulatory capital. The Bank exercised its AOCI opt-out election option on the Bank’s Call Report and the Company’s FR Y-9C filed as of March 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2016 and throughout 2016, the Company and the Bank were considered well-capitalized institutions by regulatory agencies. An institution is deemed to be well-capitalized if it is not subject to regulatory order, agreement or directive to meet and maintain a specified capital level for any capital measure, and, in the case of the Bank, exceeds the well-capitalized minimum requirement under the FDIC’s Prompt Corrective Action definition. Leverage capital ratio and risk-based capital ratios as of December 31, 2016, under currently applicable capital adequacy rules for the Company and the Bank were as follows. 10  Well-Capitalized Under Prompt Minimum Capital Plus Capital Conservation Buffer Company at Bank at Minimum 4.00 % Corrective Action* 5.00 % 2016 N/A 2017 N/A 2018 N/A 2019 12/31/2016 12/31/2016 N/A 9.56 % 8.83 % 4.50 % 6.50 % 5.125 % 5.75 % 6.375 % 7.00 % 11.26 % 10.39 % 6.00 % 8.00 % 6.625 % 7.25 % 7.875 % 8.50 % 11.26 % 10.39 % 8.00 % 10.00 % 8.625 % 9.25 % 9.875 % 10.50 % 13.21 % 11.57 % Tier 1 leverage capital ratio Risk-based capital ratios Common Equity Tier 1 capital Tier 1 capital Total risk-based capital (Tier 1 plus Tier 2) *Applies to Bank When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the U.S. Basel III capital rules will require the Company and the Bank to maintain (i) a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of 7% (4.5% attributable to CET1 plus the 2.5% capital conservation buffer); (ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.5% (6.0% attributable to Tier 1 capital plus the 2.5% capital conservation buffer), (iii) a minimum ratio of Total capital (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5% (8.0% attributable to Total capital plus the 2.5% capital conservation buffer) and (iv) a minimum leverage ratio of 4%. Payment of Dividends The Parent Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and other subsidiaries. Our primary source of cash, other than securities offerings, is dividends from the Bank. Bank dividends require prior approval of the FDIC if the total of all dividends declared in any calendar year will exceed the sum of net profits for that year and its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfers to surplus. Federal law also prohibits the Bank from paying dividends that would be greater than undivided profits after deducting statutory bad debts in excess of the allowance for possible loan losses. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, no dividends may be paid by an insured bank if the bank is in arrears in the payment of any insurance assessment due to the FDIC. The payment of dividends by the bank may also be affected by other regulatory requirements and policies, such as the maintenance of adequate capital. If, in the opinion of the applicable regulatory authority, a bank under its jurisdiction is engaged in, or is about to engage in, an unsafe or unsound practice (which, depending on the financial condition of the bank, could include the payment of dividends), such authority may require, after notice and hearing, that such bank cease and desist from such practice. The FDIC has formal and informal policies which provide that insured banks should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings. Under a Federal Reserve policy adopted in 2009, the board of directors of a bank holding company must consider certain factors to ensure that its dividend level is prudent relative to maintaining a strong financial position, and is not based on overly optimistic earnings scenarios, such as potential events that could affect its ability to pay, while still maintaining a strong financial position. As a general matter, the Federal Reserve has indicated that the board of directors of a bank holding company should consult with the Federal Reserve and eliminate, defer or significantly reduce the bank holding company’s dividends if: (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) its net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; its prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with its capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition; or it will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. Stress Testing The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) requires annual, company-run stress tests of bank holding companies and banks, such as the Company and the Bank, that have more than $10 billion but less than $50 billion of consolidated assets. Stress tests analyze the potential impact of baseline, adverse, and severely adverse economic scenarios specified by the Federal Reserve for the Company and by the FDIC for the Bank. The impact of these scenarios is measured against the consolidated earnings, balance sheet and capital of a bank holding company or depository institution over a designated planning horizon of nine quarters, taking into account the organization’s current condition, risks, exposures, strategies, and activities, and such factors as the regulators may request of a specific organization. Each banking organization’s board of directors and senior management are required to approve and review the policies and procedures of their stress-testing processes as frequently as economic conditions or the condition of the organization may warrant, and at least annually. They are also required to consider the results of the stress test in the normal course of business, including the banking organization’s capital planning (including dividends and share buybacks), assessment of capital adequacy and maintaining capital consistent with its risks, and risk management practices. The results of the stress tests are provided to the applicable federal banking agencies. Public disclosure of annual stress test results for the Company began in 2015. 11 Bank Regulation The operation of the Bank is subject to state and federal statutes applicable to state banks and the regulations of the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”). The operations of the Bank may also be subject to applicable Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) regulation to the extent state banks are granted parity with national banks. Such statutes and regulations relate to, among other things, required reserves, investments, loans, mergers and consolidations, issuances of securities, payments of dividends, establishment of branches, consumer protection and other aspects of the Bank’s operations. Violations of laws and regulations, or other unsafe and unsound practices, may result in these agencies imposing fines or penalties, cease and desist orders, or taking other enforcement actions. Under certain circumstances, these agencies may enforce these remedies directly against officers, directors, employees and other parties participating in the affairs of a bank or bank holding company. Safety and Soundness. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act requires the federal prudential bank regulatory agencies, such as the FDIC, to prescribe, by regulation or guideline, operational and managerial standards for all insured depository institutions relating to: (1) internal controls; (2) information systems and audit systems; (3) loan documentation; (4) credit underwriting; (5) interest rate risk exposure; and (6) asset quality. The agencies also must prescribe standards for asset quality, earnings, and stock valuation, as well as standards for compensation, fees and benefits. The federal banking agencies have adopted regulations and Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness to implement these required standards. These guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards used to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. Under the regulations, if a regulator determines that a bank fails to meet any standards prescribed by the guidelines, the regulator may require the bank to submit an acceptable plan to achieve compliance, consistent with deadlines for the submission and review of such safety and soundness compliance plans. Examinations. The Bank is subject to regulation, reporting, and periodic examinations by the FDIC, the Mississippi Department of Banking and Consumer Finance (the “MDBCF”), and the CFPB. These regulatory authorities routinely examine the Bank’s reserves, loan and investment quality, consumer compliance, management policies, procedures and practices and other aspects of operations. The FDIC has adopted the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s (“FFIEC”) rating system and assigns each financial institution a confidential composite rating based on an evaluation and rating of six essential components of an institution’s financial condition and operations, including Capital Adequacy, Asset Quality, Management, Earnings, Liquidity and Sensitivity to Market Risk, as well as the quality of risk management practices. Prompt Corrective Action. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), among other things, requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to take “prompt corrective action” regarding depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. FDICIA establishes five regulatory capital tiers: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.” A depository institution’s capital tier will depend upon how its capital levels compare to various relevant capital measures and certain other factors, as established by regulation. FDICIA imposes progressively more restrictive restraints on operations, management and capital distributions, depending on the category in which an institution is classified. FDICIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distribution (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. Undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan for approval within 90 days of becoming undercapitalized. For a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan. The aggregate liability of the parent holding company is limited to the lesser of 5% of the depository institution’s total assets at the time it became undercapitalized and the amount necessary to bring the institution into compliance with applicable capital standards. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is significantly undercapitalized. If the controlling holding company fails to fulfill its obligations under FDICIA and files (or has filed against it) a petition under the federal Bankruptcy Code, the claim for such liability would be entitled to a priority in such bankruptcy proceeding over third party creditors of the bank holding company. In addition, an undercapitalized institution is subject to increased monitoring and asset growth restrictions and is required to obtain prior regulatory approval for acquisitions, new lines of business, and branching. Such an institution also is barred from soliciting, taking or rolling over brokered deposits. Significantly undercapitalized depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. Critically undercapitalized institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 90 days of becoming significantly undercapitalized, except under limited circumstances. The Bank was well capitalized at December 31, 2016, and brokered deposits are not restricted. Consumer Protection. The Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB, an independent regulatory authority housed within the Federal Reserve having centralized authority, including examination and enforcement authority, for consumer protection in the banking industry. The CFPB has rule writing, examination, and enforcement authority with regard to the Bank’s (and the Company’s) compliance with a wide array of consumer financial protection laws, including the Truth in Lending Act, the Real Estate Settlement 12 Procedures Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the S.A.F.E. Mortgage Licensing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act (except Sections 615(e) and 628), the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, and the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (sections 502 through 509 relating to privacy), among others. The CFPB has broad authority to enforce a prohibition on unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts and practice. The Bank is subject to direct supervision and examination by the CFPB in respect of the foregoing consumer protection acts and regulations because the Bank’s total assets are over $10 billion as of December 31, 2016. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are stricter than those regulations promulgated by the CFPB, and state attorneys general are permitted to enforce consumer protection rules adopted by the CFPB against certain institutions. Branching. The Dodd-Frank Act authorizes national and state banks to establish de novo branches in other states to the same extent a bank chartered in those states would be so permitted. Deposit Insurance Assessments. The Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the FDIC insures the deposits of the Bank generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per separately insured depositor and up to a maximum of $250,000 for self-directed retirement accounts. The FDIC charges insured depository institutions premiums to maintain the DIF. Deposit insurance assessments are based on average total assets minus average tangible equity. For larger institutions, such as the Bank, the FDIC uses a performance score and a loss-severity score to calculate an initial assessment. In calculating these scores, the FDIC uses a bank’s capital level and supervisory ratings (its “CAMELS ratings”) and certain financial measures to assess the institution’s ability to withstand asset-related stress and funding- related stress. The FDIC has the ability to make discretionary adjustments to the total score based upon significant risk factors that are not adequately captured in the calculations. In October 2010, the FDIC adopted a new DIF restoration plan to ensure that the fund reserve ratio reaches 1.35% by September 30, 2020, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. In August 2016, the FDIC announced that the DIF reserve ratio had surpassed 1.15% as of June 30, 2016. As a result, beginning in the third quarter of 2016, the range of initial assessment rates for all institutions were adjusted downward such that the initial annual base deposit insurance assessment rate ranges from 3 to 30 basis points. After the effect of potential base-rate adjustments, the total annual base assessment rate could range from 1.5 to 40 basis points. In March 2016, the FDIC adopted a final rule to increase the reserve ratio for the DIF to 1.35% of total insured deposits. The rule imposes a surcharge of 4.5 basis points on the excess of the depository institution’s assessment base over $10 billion until the earlier of the quarter that the reserve ratio first reaches or exceeds 1.35% and December 31, 2018. Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. The Bank does not believe that it is taking or is subject to any action, condition or violation that could lead to termination of its deposit insurance. Insider Transactions. In addition to regulating capital, the FDIC has broad authority to prevent the development or continuance of unsafe or unsound banking practices. Pursuant to this authority, the FDIC has adopted regulations that restrict preferential loans and loan amounts to “affiliates” and “insiders” of banks, require banks to keep information on loans to major shareholders and executive officers and bar certain director and officer interlocks between financial institutions. Mergers, Subsidiaries. The FDIC is also authorized to approve mergers, consolidations and assumption of deposit liability transactions between insured banks and between insured banks and uninsured banks or institutions to prevent capital or surplus diminution in such transactions where the resulting, continuing or assumed bank is an insured nonmember state bank. The GLB Act permits national banks, and through state parity statutes, state banks, to engage in expanded activities through the formation of financial subsidiaries. Generally, a state bank may have a subsidiary engaged in any activity authorized for state banks directly or any financial activity, except for insurance underwriting, insurance investments, real estate investment or development, or merchant banking, each of which may only be conducted through a subsidiary of a financial holding company. A state bank seeking to have a financial subsidiary, and each of its depository institution affiliates, must be “well-capitalized” and “well-managed.” The total assets of all financial subsidiaries may not exceed the lesser of 45% of a bank’s total assets, or $50 billion. A state bank must exclude from its assets and equity all equity investments, including retained earnings, in a financial subsidiary. The assets of the financial subsidiary may not be consolidated with the bank’s assets. The bank must also have policies and procedures to assess financial subsidiary risk and protect the bank from such risks and potential liabilities. Reserves. Although the Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve, it is subject to Federal Reserve regulations that require the Bank to maintain reserves against transaction accounts (primarily checking accounts). Anti-Money Laundering. The International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorism Funding Act of 2001 specifies “know your customer” requirements that obligate financial institutions to take actions to verify the identity of the account holders in connection with opening an account at any U.S. financial institution. Banking regulators will consider compliance with the Act’s 13 money laundering provisions in acting upon acquisition and merger proposals. Sanctions for violations of the Act can be imposed in an amount equal to twice the sum involved in the violating transaction, up to $1 million. Under the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (“USA PATRIOT”) Act of 2001, financial institutions are subject to prohibitions against specified financial transactions and account relationships as well as enhanced due diligence and “know your customer” standards in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. The USA PATRIOT Act requires financial institutions to establish anti-money laundering programs with minimum standards that include: (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) the development of internal policies, procedures, and controls; the designation of a compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; and an independent audit function to test the programs. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these anti-money laundering obligations and recently have been active in imposing “cease and desist” and other regulatory orders and money penalty sanctions against institutions found to be in violation of these requirements. In addition, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network has recently adopted new regulations that require financial institutions to obtain beneficial ownership information for certain accounts. Economic Sanctions. The Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) is responsible for helping to ensure that U.S. entities do not engage in transactions with certain prohibited parties, as defined by various Executive Orders and acts of Congress. OFAC publishes, and routinely updates, lists of names of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts, including the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List. If we find a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, we must undertake certain specified activities, which could include blocking or freezing the account or transaction requested, and we must notify the appropriate authorities. Mortgage Rules. Pursuant to rules adopted by the CFPB, banks that make residential mortgage loans are required to make a good faith determination that a borrower has the ability to repay a mortgage loan prior to extending such credit, require that certain mortgage loans contain escrow payments, obtain new appraisals under certain circumstances, and follow specific rules regarding the compensation of loan originators and the servicing of residential mortgage loans. Risk-retention rules. Banks that sponsor the securitization of asset-backed securities and residential-mortgage backed securities are required to retain 5% of any loan they sell or securitize, except for mortgages that meet low-risk standards. Limitation on federal preemption. Limitations have been imposed on the ability of national bank regulators to preempt state law. Formerly, the national bank and federal thrift regulators possessed preemption powers with regard to transactions, operating subsidiaries and general civil enforcement authority. These preemption requirements have been limited by the Dodd-Frank Act, which will likely impact state banks by limiting the future scope of approval of activities that would otherwise be subject to the approval of the OCC. Volcker Rule. In December 2013, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, and other regulators jointly issued final rules implementing requirements of a new Section 13 to the Bank Holding Company Act, commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule.” The Volcker Rule generally prohibits us and our subsidiaries from (i) engaging in proprietary trading for our own account, and (ii) acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in or sponsoring a “covered fund,” all subject to certain exceptions. The Volcker Rule also specifies certain limited activities in which we and our subsidiaries may continue to engage, and required us to implement a compliance program. The Federal Reserve extended the conformance deadline to July 21, 2017 for certain legacy “covered funds” activities and investments in place before December 31, 2013. Transactions with affiliates. There are various restrictions that limit the ability of the Bank to finance, pay dividends or otherwise supply funds to the Company or other affiliates. In addition, subsidiary banks of holding companies are subject to certain restrictions under Section 23A and B of the Federal Reserve Act on any extension of credit to the bank holding company or any of its subsidiaries, on investments in the stock or other securities thereof and on the taking of such stock or securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. Debit Interchange Fees. Interchange fees, or “swipe” fees, are fees that merchants pay to credit card companies and card-issuing banks such as the Bank for processing electronic payment transactions on their behalf. The maximum permissible interchange fee that an issuer may receive for an electronic debit transaction is the sum of 21 cents per transaction and 5 basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction, subject to an upward adjustment of 1 cent if an issuer certifies that it has implemented policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve the fraud-prevention standards set forth by the Federal Reserve. In addition, the legislation prohibits card issuers and networks from entering into arrangements requiring that debit card transactions be processed on a single network or only two affiliated networks, and allows merchants to determine transaction routing. 14 Nonbanking Subsidiaries The Company’s and Bank’s nonbanking subsidiaries are also subject to a variety of state and federal laws. For example, Hancock Insurance Agency is subject to the insurance laws and regulations of the states in which it is active; Hancock Investment Services, Inc. is subject to supervision and regulation by the SEC and the State of Mississippi; and Harrison Finance Company is regulated by the State of Mississippi, including the Mississippi Department of Banking and Consumer Finance. Compensation In June 2010, the federal banking agencies issued joint guidance on executive compensation designed to help ensure that a banking organization’s incentive compensation policies do not encourage imprudent risk taking and are consistent with the safety and soundness of the organization. In addition, in June 2012, the Commission issued final rules to implement the Dodd-Frank Act’s requirement that the Commission direct the national securities exchanges to adopt certain listing standards related to the compensation committee of a company’s board of directors as well as its compensation advisers. In 2016, the Federal Reserve, FDIC and SEC have also proposed rules that would, depending upon the assets of the institution, directly regulate incentive compensation arrangements and would require enhanced oversight and recordkeeping. As of December 31, 2016, these rules had not been implemented. Accounting and Controls The Company is also required to file certain reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of, the SEC under federal securities laws. For example, we are required to comply with various corporate governance and financial reporting requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules and regulations adopted by the SEC, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, and Nasdaq. In particular, we are required to include management and independent registered public accounting firm reports on internal controls as part of our Annual Report on Form 10-K in order to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We have evaluated our controls, including compliance with the SEC rules on internal controls, and have and expect to continue to spend significant amounts of time and money on compliance with these rules. Our failure to comply with these internal control rules may materially adversely affect our reputation, ability to obtain the necessary certifications to financial statements, and the values of our securities. The assessments of our financial reporting controls as of December 31, 2016 are included in this report under Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. Corporate Governance The Dodd-Frank Act addresses many investor protection, corporate governance, and executive compensation matters that will affect most U.S. publicly traded companies. The Dodd-Frank Act (1) grants shareholders of U.S. publicly traded companies an advisory vote on executive compensation; (2) enhances independence requirements for Compensation Committee members; and (3) requires companies listed on national securities exchanges to adopt incentive-based compensation clawback policies for executive officers. Effect of Governmental Monetary and Fiscal Policies The difference between the interest rate paid on deposits and other borrowings and the interest rate received on loans and securities comprises most of a bank’s earnings. In order to mitigate the interest rate risk inherent in the industry, the banking business is becoming increasingly dependent on the generation of fee and service charge revenue. The earnings and growth of a bank will be affected by both general economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policy of the U.S. government and its agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve sets national monetary policy such as seeking to curb inflation and combat recession. This is accomplished by its open-market operations in U.S. government securities, adjustments in the amount of reserves that financial institutions are required to maintain and adjustments to the discount rates on borrowings and target rates for federal funds transactions. The actions of the Federal Reserve in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and also affect interest rates on loans and deposits. The nature and timing of any future changes in monetary policies and their potential impact on the Company cannot be predicted. 15 EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT The names, ages, positions and business experience of our executive officers as of February 24, 2017: Name John M. Hairston Michael M. Achary Joseph S. Exnicios D. Shane Loper Stephen E. Barker Michael K. Dickerson Samuel B. Kendricks Cecil W. Knight Jr. Joy Lambert Phillips Joseph S. Schwertz, Jr. Suzanne C. Thomas Age 53 56 61 51 60 51 57 53 61 60 62 Position President of the Company since 2014; Chief Executive Officer since 2008 and Chief Operating Officer from 2008 to 2014; Director since 2006. Sr. Executive Vice President since 2017; Executive Vice President from 2008 to 2016; Chief Financial Officer since 2007. Sr. Executive Vice President since 2017; Executive Vice President from 2011 to 2016; President of Whitney Bank since 2011. Sr. Executive Vice President since 2017; Executive Vice President from 2008 to 2016; Chief Operating Officer since 2014; Chief Administrative Officer from 2013 to 2014; Chief Risk Officer from 2012 to 2013; Chief Risk and Administrative Officer from 2010 to 2012. Executive Vice President since 2016; Chief Accounting Officer since 2011. Executive Vice President since 2014; Subsidiary Business Lines Executive since 2015; Chief Risk Officer from 2013 to 2015. Executive Vice President since 2011; Chief Credit Risk Officer since 2014; Chief Credit Officer from 2010 to 2014. Executive Vice President since 2016; Chief Banking Officer since 2016; President and owner of Alidade partners, LLC from 2012 to 2016; Partner in CPS Boston, Inc. from 2010 to 2012. Executive Vice President since 2009; Corporate Secretary since 2011; General Counsel since 1999. Executive Vice President since 2015; Chief Risk Officer since 2015; Of Counsel to the law firm of Carver, Darden, Koretzky, Tessier, Finn, Blossman and Areaux LLC from 2012 to 2014. Executive Vice President since 2011; Chief Credit Officer since 2014; Chief Credit Officer of Whitney Bank from 2011 to 2014. ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS We face a number of significant risks and uncertainties in connection with our operations. Our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected by the factors described below. While we describe each risk separately, some of these risks are interrelated and certain risks could trigger the applicability of other risks described below. Also, the risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones that we may face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently do not consider significant, could also potentially impair, and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Risks Related to Economic and Market Conditions We may be vulnerable to certain sectors of the economy and to economic conditions both generally and locally across the specific markets in which we operate. A substantial portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate. While the commercial real estate markets are stable throughout much of the Gulf South, the real estate markets for residential properties have been mixed. In weak economies, or in areas where real estate market conditions are distressed, we may experience a higher than normal level of nonperforming real estate loans, the collateral value of the portfolio and the revenue stream from those loans could come under stress, and additional provisions for the allowance for loan and lease losses could be necessitated. Our ability to dispose of foreclosed real estate at prices at or above the respective carrying values could also be impaired, causing additional losses. The energy sector of the economy experienced a modest increase in drilling activity and demand over the prior year, however, remains under stress. The stress on this industry has affected the performance of our energy loan portfolio and is expected to continue to have such effects for the foreseeable future. As of December 31, 2016, energy or energy-related loans comprised approximately 8.4% of our loan portfolio. Given the importance of the energy industry to the overall economies of Texas and Louisiana, two of our core markets, the performance of other business and commercial segments in these markets may become adversely affected when the energy sector is under stress. Our financial performance may also be adversely affected by other macroeconomic factors that affect the U.S. economy. The economic recovery has been steady but slow and new uncertainty exists with the possibility of a significant fiscal policy shift on the 16 horizon. The effects of fiscal policy change will depend on the timing, magnitude, and composition of the policies, the extent to which the policies boost aggregate supply relative to aggregate demand, the cyclical position of the economy, and the responses of the dollar and longer-term interest rates, given the fragile global economic environment. Moreover, volatility in global financial markets may have a spillover effect that would ultimately impair the performance of the U.S. economy. Additionally, because our operations are concentrated in the Gulf South region of the U.S., unfavorable economic conditions in that market could significantly affect the demand for our loans and other products, the ability of borrowers to repay loans and the value of collateral securing loans. Certain changes in interest rates, mortgage origination, inflation, deflation, or the financial markets could affect our results of operations, demand for our products and our ability to deliver products efficiently. Our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature and we are subject to significant risks tied to changes in interest rates that are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control. Our ability to operate profitably is largely dependent upon net interest income. Net interest income is the primary component of our earnings and is affected by both local external factors such as economic conditions in the Gulf South and local competition for loans and deposits, as well as broader influences such as federal monetary policy and market interest rates. Unexpected movement in interest rates markedly changing the slope of the current yield curve could cause our net interest margins to decrease, subsequently reducing net interest income. In addition, such changes could adversely affect the valuation of our assets and liabilities. In an attempt to help the overall economy, the Federal Reserve Board has kept interest rates low through its targeted Fed Funds rate. In December 2016, the Federal Reserve Board increased the Fed Funds rate by 25 basis points and could increase rates further during 2017, subject to economic conditions. As the Federal Reserve Board increases the Fed Funds rate, overall interest rates will likely rise, which may negatively impact the U.S. economic recovery. Further, changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence (i) the amount of interest we receive on loans and securities, (ii) the amount of interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, (iii) our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, (iv) the fair value of our assets and liabilities, and (v) the reinvestment risk associated with a reduced duration of our mortgage-backed securities portfolio as borrowers refinance to reduce borrowing costs. When interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature more quickly than interest-earning assets, an increase in interest rates generally would tend to result in a decrease in net interest income. In addition, loan originations, and potentially loan revenues, could be adversely impacted by sharply rising interest rates. If market rates of interest were to increase, it would increase debt service requirements for some of our borrowers; adversely affect those borrowers’ ability to pay as contractually obligated; potentially reduce loan demand or result in additional delinquencies or charge- offs; and increase the cost of our deposits, which are a primary source of funding. We are also subject to the following risks: (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) the CFPB’s Ability-to-Repay rule could limit our ability to originate mortgages to borrowers that do not meet or are unable to meet the standards set forth in the mortgage regulations and potentially adversely impact our mortgage revenues; an underperforming stock market could adversely affect wealth management fees associated with managed securities portfolios and could also reduce brokerage transactions, therefore reducing investment brokerage revenues; and an unanticipated increase in inflation could cause our operating costs related to salaries and benefits, technology, and supplies to increase at a faster pace than revenues. The fair market value of our securities portfolio and the investment income from these securities also fluctuate depending on general economic and market conditions. In addition, actual net investment income and/or cash flows from investments that carry prepayment risk, such as mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, may differ from those anticipated at the time of investment as a result of interest rate fluctuations. Although management believes it has implemented an effective asset and liability management strategy to manage the potential effects of changes in interest rates, including the use of adjustable rate and/or short-term assets, and FHLB advances or longer term repurchase agreements, any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of our operation and/or our strategies may not always be successful in managing the risk associated with changes in interest rates. The financial soundness and stability of other financial institutions could adversely affect us. Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and financial soundness and stability of other financial institutions as a result of credit, trading, clearing or other relationships between such institutions. We routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks and other institutional clients. As a result, defaults by, and even rumors regarding, other financial institutions, or the financial services industry generally, could impair our ability to effect such transactions and could lead to losses or defaults by us. In addition, a number of our 17 transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of a counterparty or client. Additionally, our credit risk may be increased if the collateral we hold in connection with such transactions cannot be realized or can only be liquidated at prices that are not sufficient to cover the full amount of our financial exposure. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Changes in the policies of monetary authorities and other government action could adversely affect our profitability. Our financial performance is affected by credit policies of monetary authorities, particularly the Federal Reserve. The instruments of monetary policy employed by the Federal Reserve include open market transactions in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate or the federal funds rate on bank borrowings and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in the money markets, we cannot predict the potential impact of future changes in interest rates, deposit levels, and loan demand on our business and earnings. Furthermore, the actions of the U.S. government and other governments may result in currency fluctuations, exchange controls, market disruption, material decreases in the values of certain of our financial assets and other adverse effects. Future tax law and regulatory changes could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Future changes in the tax laws could significantly impact our income tax expense, deferred tax asset balance, and the amount of taxes payable. Current proposals to decrease the federal statutory tax rate, if enacted, could result in a decrease to our deferred tax asset with a corresponding non-cash increase to income tax expense or a decrease to capital that could be material. We may also be adversely impacted by modifications or adjustments in the determination of taxable income or utilization of tax credits. Governmental responses to market disruptions may be inadequate and may have unintended consequences. Although Congress and financial regulators continue to implement measures designed to assure greater stability in the financial markets, the overall impact of these efforts on the financial markets is unclear. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act has resulted in significant changes to the banking industry as a whole which could adversely affect our business. We compete with a number of financial services companies that are not subject to the same degree of regulatory oversight. The impact of the existing regulatory framework and any future changes to it could negatively affect our ability to compete with these institutions, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and prospects. The beginning of 2017 has seen significant market volatility driven, in part, by reactions relating to results of the 2016 national elections. The continued impact of this issue could adversely affect the U.S. or global economies, with direct or indirect impacts on the Company and its business. Results could include drops in consumer and business confidence, credit deterioration, diminished capital markets activity, and delays in the Federal Reserve Board increases in interest rates. We may need to rely on the financial markets to provide needed capital. Our common stock is listed and traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. If our capital resources prove in the future to be inadequate to meet our capital requirements, we may need to raise additional debt or equity capital. If conditions in the capital markets are not favorable, we may be constrained in raising capital. We maintain a consistent analyst following; therefore, downgrades in our prospects by one or more of our analysts may cause our stock price to fall and significantly limit our ability to access the markets for additional capital requirements. An inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when and if needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. The interest rates that we pay on our securities are also influenced by, among other things, the credit ratings that we, our affiliates and/or our securities receive from recognized rating agencies. Our credit ratings are based on a number of factors, including our financial strength and some factors not entirely within our control such as conditions affecting the financial services industry generally, and remain subject to change at any time. A downgrade to the credit rating of us or our affiliates could affect our ability to access the capital markets, increase our borrowing cost and negatively impact our profitability. A downgrade to us, our affiliates or our securities could create obligations or liabilities to us under the terms of our outstanding securities that could increase our costs or otherwise have a negative effect on our results of operations or financial condition. Additionally, a downgrade to the credit rating of any particular security issued by us or our affiliates could negatively affect the ability of the holders of that security to sell the securities and the prices at which any such securities may be sold. Because our decision to incur debt and issue securities in future offerings will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings and debt financings. Further, market conditions could require us to accept less favorable terms for the issuance of our securities in the future. In addition, geopolitical and worldwide market conditions may cause disruption or volatility in the U.S. equity and debt markets, which could hinder our ability to issue debt and equity securities in the future on favorable terms. 18 Risks Related to the Financial Services Industry We must maintain adequate sources of funding and liquidity. Effective liquidity management is essential for the operation of our business. We require sufficient liquidity to support our operations and fund outstanding liabilities, as well as meet regulatory requirements. Our access to sources of liquidity in amounts adequate to fund our activities on terms that are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy generally. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include an economic downturn that affects the geographic markets in which our loans and operations are concentrated, or any material deterioration of the credit markets. Our access to deposits may also be affected by the liquidity needs of our depositors and the loss of deposits to alternative investments. Although we have historically been successful in replacing maturing deposits and advances as necessary, we might not be able to duplicate that success in the future, especially if a large number of our depositors were to withdraw their amounts on deposit. A failure to maintain an adequate level of liquidity could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may rely on the mortgage secondary market from time to time to provide liquidity. From time to time, we have sold to certain agencies certain types of mortgage loans that meet their conforming loan requirements in order to reduce our interest rate risk and provide liquidity. There is a risk that these agencies will limit or discontinue their purchases of loans that are conforming due to capital constraints, a change in the criteria for conforming loans or other factors. Additionally, various proposals have been made to reform the U.S. residential mortgage finance market, including the role of the agencies. The exact effects of any such reforms are not yet known, but may limit our ability to sell conforming loans to the agencies. If we are unable to continue to sell conforming loans to the agencies, our ability to fund, and thus originate, additional mortgage loans may be adversely affected, which would in turn adversely affect our results of operations. Greater loan losses than expected may adversely affect our earnings. We are exposed to the risk that our borrowers will be unable to repay their loans in accordance with their terms and that any collateral securing the payment of their loans may not be sufficient to assure repayment. Credit risk is inherent in our business and any material level of credit failure could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. Our credit risk with respect to our real estate and construction loan portfolio relates principally to the creditworthiness of our corporate borrowers and the value of the real estate pledged as security for the repayment of loans. Our credit risk with respect to our commercial and consumer loan portfolio will depend on the general creditworthiness of businesses and individuals within our local markets. Our credit risk with respect to our energy loan portfolio is subject to commodity pricing that is determined by factors outside of our control. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for estimated loan losses based on a number of factors. This process requires difficult, subjective and complex judgments, including analysis of economic or market conditions that might impair the ability of borrowers to repay their loans. If our assumptions or judgments prove to be incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover actual loan losses. We may have to increase our allowance in the future in response to the request of one of our primary banking regulators, to adjust for changing conditions and assumptions, or as a result of any deterioration in the quality of our loan portfolio. Losses in excess of the existing allowance or any provisions for loan losses taken to increase the allowance will reduce our net income and could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Future provisions for loan losses may vary materially from the amounts of past provisions. We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties. In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we rely in substantial part on information furnished by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We also may rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors if made available. If this information is inaccurate, we may be subject to loan defaults, financial losses, regulatory action, reputational harm or other adverse effects with respect to our business, financial condition and results of operations. We are subject to a variety of risks in connection with any sale of loans we may conduct. From time to time we may sell all or a portion of one of more loan portfolios, and in connection therewith we may make certain representations and warranties to the purchaser concerning the loans sold and the procedures under which those loans have been originated and serviced. If any of these representations and warranties are incorrect, we may be required to indemnify the purchaser for any related losses, or we may be required to repurchase part or all of the affected loans. We may also be required to repurchase loans as a result of borrower fraud or in the event of early payment default by the borrower on a loan we have sold. If we are required to make any indemnity payments or repurchases and do not have a remedy available to us against a solvent counterparty to the loan or 19 loans, we may not be able to recover our losses resulting from these indemnity payments and repurchases. Consequently, our results of operations may be adversely affected. Risks Related to Our Operations A failure in our operational systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties, could impair our liquidity, disrupt our businesses, result in the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, damage our reputation and cause financial losses. Our ability to adequately conduct and grow our business is dependent on our ability to create and maintain an appropriate operational and organizational control infrastructure. Operational risk can arise in numerous ways including employee fraud, theft or malfeasance; customer fraud; and control lapses in bank operations and information technology. Because the nature of the financial services business involves a high volume of transactions, certain errors in processing or recording transactions appropriately may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered. Our dependence on our employees and automated systems, including the automated systems used by acquired entities and third parties, to record and process transactions may further increase the risk that technical failures or tampering of those systems will result in losses that are difficult to detect. We are also subject to disruptions of our operating systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. In addition, products, services and processes are continually changing and we may not fully appreciate or identify new operational risks that may arise from such changes. Failure to maintain an appropriate operational infrastructure can lead to loss of service to customers, additional expenditures related to the detection and correction of operational failures, reputational damage and loss of customer confidence, legal actions, and noncompliance with various laws and regulations. We continuously monitor our operational and technological capabilities and make modifications and improvements when we believe it will be cost effective to do so. However, there are inherent limits to such capabilities. In some instances, we may build and maintain these capabilities ourselves. We also outsource some of these functions to third parties. These third parties may experience errors or disruptions that could adversely impact us and over which we may have limited control. Third parties may fail to properly perform services or comply with applicable laws and regulations, and replacing third party providers could entail significant delay and expense. We also face risk from the integration of new infrastructure platforms and/or new third party providers of such platforms into existing businesses. An interruption or breach in our information systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties, could disrupt our business, result in the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, damage our reputation and cause financial losses. Our business is dependent on our ability to process and monitor a large number of transactions on a daily basis and to securely process, store and transmit confidential and other information on our computer systems and networks. We rely heavily on our information and communications systems and those of third parties who provide critical components of our information and communications infrastructure. These systems are critical to the operation of our business and essential to our ability to perform day- to-day operations. Our financial, accounting, data processing or other information systems and facilities, or those of third parties on whom we rely, may fail to operate properly or become disabled as a result of events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, such as a spike in transaction volume, cyber-attack or other unforeseen catastrophic events, which may adversely affect our ability to process transactions or provide services. Although we make continuous efforts to maintain the security and integrity of our information systems and have not experienced a significant, successful cyber-attack, threats to information systems continue to evolve and there can be no assurance that our security efforts and measures, or those of third parties on whom we rely, will continue to be effective. The risk of a security breach or disruption, particularly through cyber-attack or cyber intrusion, has increased as the number, intensity and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions from around the world have increased. Threats to our information systems may originate externally from third parties such as foreign governments, organized crime and other hackers, outsourced or infrastructure-support providers and application developers, or may originate internally. In addition, customers may use computers, smartphones and other mobile devices not protected by our control systems to access our products and services, including through bank kiosks or other remote locations. As a financial institution, we face a heightened risk of a security breach or disruption from attempts to gain unauthorized access to our and our customers’ data and financial information, whether through cyber-attack, cyber intrusion over the internet, malware, computer viruses, attachments to e-mails, spoofing, phishing, or spyware. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. As a result, our information, communications and related systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to breaches or other significant disruptions that could: (1) disrupt the proper functioning of our networks and systems, which could in turn disrupt our operations and those of certain of our customers; (2) result in the unauthorized access to, and destruction, loss, theft, misappropriation or release of confidential, sensitive or otherwise valuable information of ours or our customers, including account numbers and other financial information; (3) result in a violation of applicable privacy and other laws, subjecting us to additional regulatory scrutiny and exposing us to civil litigation and possible financial liability; (4) require significant management attention and resources to remedy the 20 damages that result; and (5) harm our reputation or impair our customer relationships. The occurrence of such failures, disruptions or security breaches could have a negative impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. To date we have not experienced an attack that has significantly impacted our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. However, “denial of service” attacks continue to be launched against a number of other large financial services institutions. Such attacks adversely affected the performance of certain institutions’ websites, and, in some instances, prevented customers from accessing secure websites for consumer and commercial applications. Future attacks could prove to be even more disruptive and damaging, and as threats continue to evolve, we may not be able to anticipate or prevent all such attacks. We maintain an insurance policy which we believe provides sufficient coverage at a manageable expense for an institution of our size and scope with similar technological systems. However, we cannot assure that this policy will afford coverage for all possible losses or would be sufficient to cover all financial losses, damages, penalties, including lost revenues, should we experience any one or more of our or a third party’s systems failing or experiencing attack. We must attract and retain skilled personnel. Our success depends, in substantial part, on our ability to attract and retain skilled, experienced personnel in key positions within the organization. Competition for qualified candidates in the activities and markets that we serve is intense. If we are not able to hire or retain these key individuals, we may be unable to execute our business strategies and may suffer adverse consequences to our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we are unable to attract and retain qualified employees, or do so at rates insufficient to maintain our competitive position, or if compensation costs required to attract and retain employees increase materially, our business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Natural and man-made disasters could affect our ability to operate. Our market areas are susceptible to hurricanes. Natural disasters, such as hurricanes, and man-made disasters, such as oil spills in the Gulf of Mexico, can disrupt our operations; result in significant damage to our properties or properties and businesses of our borrowers, including property pledged as collateral; interrupt our ability to conduct business; and negatively affect the local economies in which we operate. We cannot predict whether or to what extent damage caused by future hurricanes and other disasters will affect our operations or the economies in our market areas, but such events could cause a decline in loan originations, a decline in the value or destruction of properties securing the loans and an increase in the risk of delinquencies, foreclosures or loan losses. We are exposed to reputational risk. Negative public opinion can result from our actual or alleged conduct in activities, such as lending practices, data security breaches, corporate governance policies and decisions, and acquisitions, any of which may damage our reputation. Additionally, actions taken by government regulators and community organizations may also damage our reputation. Negative public opinion could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers or expose us to litigation and regulatory action. Returns on pension plan assets may not be adequate to cover future funding requirements. Investments in the portfolio of our defined benefit pension plan may not provide adequate returns to fully fund benefits as they come due, thus causing higher annual plan expenses and requiring additional contributions by us. The value of our goodwill and other intangible assets may decline in the future. A significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower growth rates or a significant and sustained decline in the price of our common stock may necessitate our taking charges in the future to reflect an impairment of our goodwill. Future regulatory actions could also have a material impact on assessments of goodwill for impairment. Adverse events or circumstances could impact the recoverability of our intangible assets including loss of core deposits, significant losses of credit card accounts and/or balances, increased competition or adverse changes in the economy. To the extent these intangible assets are deemed unrecoverable, a non-cash impairment charge would be recorded, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. 21 Risks Related to Our Business Strategy We are subject to industry competition which may have an impact upon our success. Our profitability depends on our ability to compete successfully in a highly competitive market for banking and financial services, and we expect such challenges to continue. Certain of our competitors are larger and have more resources than we do. We face competition in our regional market areas from other commercial banks, savings associations, credit unions, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, mutual funds and insurance companies, and other financial institutions that offer similar services. Some of our nonbank competitors are not subject to the same extensive supervision and regulation to which we or the Bank are subject, and may accordingly have greater flexibility in competing for business. Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated, as institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have been acquired by other firms. These developments could result in our competitors gaining greater capital and other resources, or being able to offer a broader range of products and services with more geographic range. Another competitive factor is that the financial services market, including banking services, is undergoing rapid changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. Our future success may depend, in part, on our ability to use technology competitively to provide products and services that provide convenience to customers and create additional efficiencies in our operations. The widespread adoption of new technologies could require us to make substantial capital expenditures to modify or adapt our systems to remain competitive and offer new products and services. We may not be successful in introducing new products and services in response to industry trends or developments in technology, or those new products may not be accepted by customers. If we are unable to successfully compete for new customers and to retain our current customers, our business, financial condition or results of operations may also be adversely affected, perhaps materially. In particular, if we experience an outflow of deposits as a result of our customers desiring to do business with our competitors, we may be forced to rely more heavily on borrowings and other sources of funding to operate our business and meet withdrawal demands, thereby adversely affecting our net interest margin. Our future growth and financial performance may be negatively affected if we are unable to successfully execute our growth plans, which may include acquisitions and de novo branching. We may not be able to continue our organic, or internal, growth, which depends upon economic conditions, our ability to identify appropriate markets for expansion, our ability to recruit and retain qualified personnel, our ability to fund growth at a reasonable cost, sufficient capital to support our growth initiatives, competitive factors, banking laws, and other factors. We may seek to supplement our internal growth through acquisitions. We cannot predict the number, size or timing of acquisitions, or whether any such acquisition will occur at all. Our acquisition efforts have traditionally focused on targeted banking entities in markets in which we currently operate and markets in which we believe we can compete effectively. However, as consolidation of the financial services industry continues, the competition for suitable acquisition candidates may increase. We may compete with other financial services companies for acquisition opportunities, and many of these competitors have greater financial resources than we do and may be able to pay more for an acquisition than we are able or willing to pay. We also may be required to use a substantial amount of our available cash and other liquid assets, or seek additional debt or equity financing, to fund future acquisitions. Such events could make us more susceptible to economic downturns and competitive pressures, and additional debt service requirements may impose a significant burden on our results of operations and financial condition. If we are unable to locate suitable acquisition candidates willing to sell on terms acceptable to us, or we are otherwise unable to obtain additional debt or equity financing necessary for us to continue making acquisitions, we would be required to find other methods to grow our business and we may not grow at the same rate we have in the past, or at all. We must generally satisfy several conditions, including receiving federal regulatory approval, before we can acquire a bank or bank holding company. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, financial condition, and future prospects. The regulators also review current and projected capital ratios and levels; the competence, experience, and integrity of management and its record of compliance with laws and regulations; the convenience and needs of the communities to be served (including the acquiring institution’s record of compliance under the Community Reinvestment Act) and the effectiveness of the acquiring institution in combating money laundering activities. We cannot be certain when or if, or on what terms and conditions, any required regulatory approvals will be granted. We may also be required to sell banks or branches as a condition to receiving regulatory approval, which condition may not be acceptable to us or, if acceptable to us, may reduce the benefit of any acquisition. Additionally, federal and/or state regulators may charge us with regulatory and compliance failures of an acquired business that occurred prior to the date of acquisition, and such failures may result in the imposition of formal or informal enforcement actions. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully consolidate any business or assets we acquire with our existing business. The integration of acquired operations and assets may require substantial management effort, time and resources and may divert management’s focus from other strategic opportunities and operational matters. Acquisitions may not perform as expected when the 22 transaction was consummated and may be dilutive to our overall operating results. Specifically, acquisitions could result in higher than expected deposit attrition, loss of key employees or other consequences that could adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with customers and employees. We may also sell or consider selling one or more of our businesses. Such a sale would generally be subject to certain federal and/or state regulatory approvals, and may not be able to generate gains on sale or related increases in shareholder’s equity commensurate with desirable levels. In addition to the acquisition of existing financial institutions, as opportunities arise, we plan to continue de novo branching as a part of our internal growth strategy and possibly enter into new markets through de novo branching. De novo branching and any acquisition carry numerous risks, including the following: (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) the inability to obtain all required regulatory approvals; significant costs and anticipated operating losses associated with establishing a de novo branch or a new bank; the inability to secure the services of qualified senior management; the failure of the local market to accept the services of a new bank owned and managed by a bank holding company headquartered outside of the market area of the new bank; economic downturns in the new market; the inability to obtain attractive locations within a new market at a reasonable cost; and the additional strain on management resources and internal systems and controls. We have experienced, to some extent, many of these risks with our de novo branching to date. The Company’s decisions regarding the credit risk associated with the loan portfolio acquired from First NBC could be incorrect and its credit mark may be inadequate, which may adversely affect the financial condition and results of operations of the Company after the transaction. Before entering into the First NBC transaction, the Company conducted extensive due diligence on a significant portion of the loans acquired from First NBC. However, the Company’s review did not encompass each and every loan in the loan portfolio acquired. In accordance with customary industry practices, the Company evaluated the loan portfolio based on various factors including, among other things, historical loss experience, economic risks associated with each loan category, volume and types of loans, trends in classification, volume and trends in delinquencies and nonaccruals, and general economic conditions, both local and national. In this process, the Company’s management made various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of the loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness and financial condition of the borrowers, the value of the real estate, which is obtained from independent appraisers, other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of the loans, the existence of any guarantees and the economic environment in which the borrowers operate. If the Company’s assumptions and judgments turn out to be incorrect, including as a result of the fact that its due diligence review did not cover each individual loan, the Company’s estimated credit mark against the loan portfolio in total may be insufficient to cover actual loan losses after the transaction closes, and adjustments may be necessary to allow for different economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside management’s control may require an increase in the provision for loan losses. Material additions to the credit mark and/or allowance for loan losses would materially decrease the Company’s net income. Changes in retail distribution strategies and consumer behavior may adversely impact our investments in bank premises, equipment, technology and other assets and may lead to increased expenditures to change our retail distribution channel. We have significant investments in bank premises and equipment for our branch network. Advances in technology such as e- commerce, telephone, internet and mobile banking, and in-branch self-service technologies including automated teller machines and other equipment, as well as an increasing customer preference for these other methods of accessing our products and services, could decrease the value of our branch network, technology, or other retail distribution physical assets and may cause us to change our retail distribution strategy, close and/or sell certain branches or parcels of land held for development and restructure or reduce our remaining branches and work force. These actions could lead to losses on these assets or could adversely impact the carrying value of any long- lived assets and may lead to increased expenditures to renovate, reconfigure or close a number of our remaining branches or to otherwise reform our retail distribution channel. Risks Related to the Legal and Regulatory Environment We are subject to regulation by various federal and state entities. We are subject to the regulations of the Commission, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the CFPB and the MDBCF. New regulations issued by these agencies may adversely affect our ability to carry on our business activities. We are subject to various federal and state laws, and certain changes in these laws and regulations may adversely affect our operations. Other than the federal securities laws, the laws and regulations governing our business are intended primarily for the protection of our depositors, our customers, the financial 23 system and the FDIC insurance fund, not our shareholders or other creditors. Further, we must obtain approval from our regulators before engaging in certain activities, and our regulators have the ability to compel us to, or restrict us from, taking certain actions entirely, such as increasing dividends, entering into merger or acquisition transactions, acquiring or establishing new branches, and entering into certain new businesses. Noncompliance with certain of these regulations may impact our business plans, including our ability to branch, offer certain products, or execute existing or planned business strategies. The U.S. government responded to the 2008 financial crisis at an unprecedented level by introducing various actions and passing legislation such as the Dodd-Frank Act that place increased focus and scrutiny on the financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Act contains various provisions designed to enhance the regulation of depository institutions and prevent the recurrence of a financial crisis such as the one that occurred in 2008-2009. New regulations from the CFPB, which was established by the Dodd-Frank Act, such as the Ability to Repay Rules, may materially raise the risk of consummating consumer credit transactions. The full impact on our business and operations will not be fully known for years until regulations implementing the statute are fully implemented and applied. The new rules issued in the wake of the Dodd-Frank Act may have a material impact on our operations, particularly through increased compliance costs resulting from possible future consumer and fair lending regulations. Additionally, the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act have impacted our regulatory capital levels. Basel III and its regulations require bank holding companies and banks to undertake significant activities to demonstrate compliance with the new and higher capital standards. Compliance with these rules impose additional costs on banking entities and their holding companies. The need to maintain more and higher quality capital as well as greater liquidity going forward could limit our business activities and our ability to maintain dividends. In addition, the new liquidity standards could require us to increase our holdings of highly liquid short-term investments, thereby reducing our ability to invest in longer-term, potentially higher yielding assets. We may also be required to pay significantly higher deposit insurance premiums if the number of bank failures or the cost of resolving failed banks increase. For additional information regarding the Dodd-Frank Act, Basel III and other regulations to which our business is subject, see “Supervision and Regulation.” Any of the laws or regulations to which we are subject, including tax laws, regulations or their interpretations, may be modified or changed from time to time, and we cannot be assured that such modifications or changes will not adversely affect us. Failure to appropriately comply with any such laws or regulations could result in sanctions by regulatory authorities, civil monetary penalties or damage to our reputation, all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Changes in accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial condition and results of operations. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), including the accounting rules and regulations of the Commission and the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”), requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect our financial statements by affecting the value of our assets or liabilities and results of operations. Some of our accounting policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because materially different amounts may be reported if different estimates or assumptions are used. If such estimates or assumptions underlying our financial statements are incorrect, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. From time to time, the FASB and the Commission change the financial accounting and reporting standards or the interpretation of such standards that govern the preparation of our external financial statements. These changes are beyond our control, can be difficult to predict, may require extraordinary efforts or additional costs to implement and could materially impact how we report our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, we may be required to apply a new or revised standard retrospectively, resulting in the restatement of prior period financial statements in material amounts. We and other financial institutions have been the subject of litigation, investigations and other proceedings which could result in legal liability and damage to our reputation. We and certain of our directors, officers and subsidiaries may be named from time to time as defendants in various class actions and other litigation relating to our business and activities. Past, present and future litigation has included or could include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. We are also involved from time to time in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental, law enforcement and self- regulatory agencies regarding our business. These matters could result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions, amendments and/or restatements of our Commission filings and/or financial statements, determinations of material weaknesses in our disclosure controls and procedures or other relief. Like other financial institutions and companies, we are also subject to risk from employee misconduct, including non-compliance with policies and improper use or disclosure of confidential information. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us, as well as matters in which we are involved that are ultimately determined in our favor, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations, cause significant reputational harm to our business, divert management attention from the operation of our business and/or result in additional litigation. 24 In addition, in recent years, a number of judicial decisions have upheld the right of borrowers to sue lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a lender has either violated a duty, whether implied or contractual, of good faith and fair dealing owed to the borrower or has assumed a degree of control over the borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. In the future, we could become subject to claims based on this or other evolving legal theories. Risks Related to Our Common Stock Securities issued may be senior to our common stock and may have a dilutive effect. Our common stock ranks junior to all of our existing and future indebtedness with respect to distributions and liquidation. In addition, future issuances of equity securities, including pursuant to outstanding options, could dilute the interests of our existing shareholders, including you, and could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. The issuance of any additional shares of common or preferred stock could be substantially dilutive to shareholders of our common stock. Moreover, to the extent that we issue restricted stock units, phantom shares, stock appreciation rights, options or warrants to purchase our common stock in the future and those stock appreciation rights, options or warrants are exercised or as the restricted stock units vest, our shareholders may experience further dilution. Holders of our shares of common stock do not have preemptive rights. Additionally, sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public markets and the availability of those shares for sale could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Our ability to deliver and pay dividends depends primarily upon the results of operations of our subsidiaries, and we may not pay, or be permitted to pay, dividends in the future. We are a bank holding company that conducts substantially all of our operations through our subsidiary Bank. As a result, our ability to make dividend payments on our common stock will depend primarily upon the receipt of dividends and other distributions from the Bank. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends or make other payments to us, as well as our ability to pay dividends on our common stock, is limited by the Bank’s obligation to maintain sufficient capital and by other general regulatory restrictions on its dividends, which have tightened since the financial crisis. The Federal Reserve has stated that bank holding companies should not pay dividends from sources other than current earnings. If these requirements are not satisfied, we will be unable to pay dividends on our common stock. We may also decide to limit the payment of dividends even when we have the legal ability to pay them in order to retain earnings for use in our business, which could adversely affect the market value of our common stock. There can be no assurance of whether or when we may pay dividends in the future. Anti-takeover provisions in our amended articles of incorporation and bylaws, Mississippi law, and our Shareholder Rights Plan could make a third-party acquisition of us difficult and may adversely affect share value. Our amended articles of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us (even if doing so might be beneficial to our shareholders) and for holders of our securities to receive any related takeover premium for their securities. We are also subject to certain provisions of state and federal law and our articles of incorporation that may make it more difficult for someone to acquire control of us. Under federal law, subject to certain exemptions, a person, entity, or group must notify the federal banking agencies before acquiring 10% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a bank holding company, including our shares. Banking agencies review the acquisition to determine if it will result in a change of control. The banking agencies have 60 days to act on the notice, and take into account several factors, including the resources of the acquirer and the antitrust effects of the acquisition. Additionally, a bank holding company must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before, among other things, acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank. There are also Mississippi statutory provisions and provisions in our articles of incorporation that may be used to delay or block a takeover attempt. As a result, these statutory provisions and provisions in our articles of incorporation could result in our being less attractive to a potential acquirer and limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. 25 ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 2. PROPERTIES The Company’s main office, which is the headquarters of the holding company, is located at One Hancock Plaza, in Gulfport, Mississippi. The Bank makes portions of their main office facilities and certain other facilities available for lease to third parties, although such incidental leasing activity is not material to the Company’s overall operations. The Company operates 237 full service banking and financial services offices and 264 automated teller machines across a Gulf south corridor comprising south Mississippi; southern and central Alabama; southern Louisiana; the northern, central, and Panhandle regions of Florida; and Houston, Texas. Additionally, the Company operates a loan production office in Nashville, Tennessee. The Company owns approximately 49% of these facilities, and the remaining banking facilities are subject to leases, each of which we consider reasonable and appropriate for its location. We ensure that all properties, whether owned or leased, are maintained in suitable condition. We also evaluate our banking facilities on an ongoing basis to identify possible under-utilization and to determine the need for functional improvements, relocations, closures or possible sales. The Bank and subsidiaries of the Bank hold a variety of property interests acquired in settlement of loans. Some of these properties were acquired in transactions before 1979 and are carried at nominal amounts in our balance sheet and reflected a net loss of $13,000 in our operating results in 2016. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS We and our subsidiaries are party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that loss contingencies, if any, arising from pending litigation and regulatory matters will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or liquidity. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable. 26 PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Market Information The Company’s common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “HBHC”. The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices of the Company’s common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. These prices do not reflect retail mark-ups, mark-downs or commissions. 2016 4th quarter 3rd quarter 2nd quarter 1st quarter 2015 4th quarter 3rd quarter 2nd quarter 1st quarter High Sale Low Sale Cash Dividends Paid $ $ 45.50 $ 32.94 27.84 25.84 30.96 $ 32.47 32.98 31.13 31.73 $ 24.49 21.93 20.01 23.35 $ 25.20 28.02 24.96 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 There were 10,718 active holders of record of the Company’s common stock at January 31, 2017 and 84,259,371 shares outstanding. On January 31, 2017, the high and low sale prices of the Company’s common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market were $46.40 and $45.40, respectively. The principal sources of funds to the Company to pay cash dividends are the dividends received from the Bank. Consequently, dividends are dependent upon the Bank’s earnings, capital needs and statutory and regulatory limitations. Federal and state banking laws and regulations restrict the amount of dividends and loans a bank may make to its parent company. Dividends paid to the Company by the Bank are subject to approval by the Commissioner of Banking and Consumer Finance of the State of Mississippi. We do not expect the foregoing restrictions to affect our ability to pay cash dividends. Although no assurance can be given that the Company will continue to declare and pay regular quarterly cash dividends on its common stock, regular cash dividends have been paid to shareholders since 1937. 27 Stock Performance Graph The following performance graph and related information are neither “soliciting material” nor “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended, except to the extent the Company specifically incorporates it by reference into such filing. The performance graph compares the cumulative five-year shareholder return on the Company’s common stock, assuming an investment of $100 on December 31, 2011 and the reinvestment of dividends thereafter, to that of the common stocks of United States companies reported in the Nasdaq Total Return Index and the common stocks of the KBW Regional Banks Total Return Index. The KBW Regional Banks Total Return Index is a proprietary stock index of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., that tracks the returns of 50 regional banking companies throughout the United States. Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities On August 28, 2015, the Company approved a stock purchase program authorizing the repurchase of up to 5% of its outstanding stock, or approximately 3.9 million shares, until September 2016. The plan expired on September 30, 2016. Under this plan, the Company repurchased 741,393 shares of its common stock at an average price of $27.44 per share. There were no share repurchases under this plan in 2016. 28 ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA The following tables set forth certain selected historical consolidated financial data and should be read in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere herein. (in thousands, except per share data) Income Statement: Interest income Interest income (te) (a) Interest expense Net interest income (te) (a) Provision for loan losses Noninterest income Noninterest expense (excluding amortization of intangibles) Amortization of intangibles Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income Common Share Data: Earnings per share: Basic earnings per share Diluted earnings per share Cash dividends paid Book value per share (period-end) Tangible book value per share (period-end) (cid:3) $ $ (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) $ (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012 (cid:3) (cid:3) Year Ended December 31, 732,167 $ 758,006 73,051 684,955 110,659 250,781 592,534 19,781 186,923 37,627 149,296 $ 679,646 $ 693,234 54,472 638,762 73,038 237,284 595,471 24,184 169,765 38,304 131,461 $ 692,813 $ 703,460 38,119 665,341 33,840 227,999 579,869 26,797 242,187 66,465 175,722 $ (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) 1.87 $ 1.87 (cid:3) 0.96 (cid:3) 32.29 (cid:3) 23.87 (cid:3) 1.64 $ 1.64 (cid:3) 0.96 (cid:3) 31.14 (cid:3) 21.74 (cid:3) 2.10 $ 2.10 (cid:3) 0.96 (cid:3) 30.74 (cid:3) 21.37 (cid:3) 722,210 $ 732,620 41,479 691,141 32,734 246,143 648,804 29,470 215,866 52,510 163,356 $ (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) 1.93 $ 1.93 (cid:3) 0.96 (cid:3) 29.49 (cid:3) 19.94 (cid:3) 762,549 774,134 51,682 722,452 54,192 253,747 681,000 32,067 197,355 45,613 151,742 1.77 1.75 0.96 28.91 19.27 (a)(cid:3) For analytical purposes, management adjusts net interest income to a “taxable equivalent” basis using a 35% federal tax rate on tax-exempt items. 29 (in thousands) Period-End Balance Sheet Data: Total loans, net of unearned income (a) Loans held for sale Securities Short-term investments Total earning assets Allowance for loan losses Goodwill Other intangible assets, net Other assets (c) Total assets Noninterest-bearing deposits Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits Interest-bearing public fund deposits Time deposits Total interest-bearing deposits Total deposits Short-term borrowings Long-term debt (c) Other liabilities Stockholders' equity Total liabilities & stockholders' equity Average Balance Sheet Data: Total loans, net of unearned income (a) Loans held for sale Securities (b) Short-term investments Total earning assets Allowance for loan losses Goodwill and other intangible assets Other assets (c) Total assets Noninterest-bearing deposits Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits Interest-bearing public fund deposits Time deposits Total interest-bearing deposits Total deposits Short-term borrowings Long-term debt (c) Other liabilities Stockholders' equity Total liabilities & stockholders' equity 2016 16,752,151 $ 34,064 5,017,128 78,177 21,881,520 (229,418) 621,193 87,757 1,614,250 23,975,302 $ 7,658,203 $ 6,910,466 2,563,758 2,291,839 11,766,063 19,424,266 1,225,406 436,280 169,582 2,719,768 23,975,302 $ 16,064,593 $ 28,777 4,706,482 380,294 21,180,146 (217,550) 718,592 1,497,445 23,178,633 $ 7,232,221 $ 6,772,364 2,261,659 2,390,081 11,424,104 18,656,325 1,412,194 469,064 177,983 2,463,067 23,178,633 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ At and For the Years Ended December 31, 2014 2015 2013 15,703,314 $ 20,434 4,463,792 565,555 20,753,095 (181,179) 621,193 107,538 1,532,958 22,833,605 $ 7,276,127 $ 6,767,881 2,253,645 2,051,259 11,072,785 18,348,912 1,423,644 490,145 157,761 2,413,143 22,833,605 $ 14,433,367 $ 18,101 4,208,195 513,659 19,173,322 (133,470) 740,666 1,464,502 21,245,020 $ 6,195,234 $ 6,877,394 1,844,802 2,207,359 10,929,555 17,124,789 1,025,133 478,078 174,233 2,442,787 21,245,020 $ 13,895,276 $ 20,252 3,826,454 802,948 18,544,930 (128,762) 621,193 132,810 1,576,371 20,746,542 $ 5,945,208 $ 6,531,628 1,982,616 2,113,379 10,627,623 16,572,831 1,151,573 373,647 176,089 2,472,402 20,746,542 $ 12,938,869 $ 16,540 3,816,724 423,359 17,195,492 (129,642) 768,047 1,601,883 19,435,780 $ 5,641,792 (cid:3) $ 6,173,683 1,530,972 2,053,546 9,758,201 15,399,993 1,005,680 378,645 176,514 2,474,948 19,435,780 $ 12,324,817 $ 24,515 4,033,124 268,839 16,651,295 (133,626) 625,675 159,773 1,704,722 19,007,839 $ 5,530,253 $ 6,162,959 1,571,532 2,095,772 9,830,263 15,360,516 657,960 384,414 179,880 2,425,069 19,007,839 $ 11,700,218 $ 24,986 4,140,051 578,613 16,443,868 (137,897) 799,996 1,821,333 18,927,300 $ 5,393,955 $ 5,962,114 1,410,679 2,350,488 9,723,281 15,117,236 806,082 387,435 229,983 2,386,564 18,927,300 $ 2012 11,577,802 50,605 3,716,460 1,500,188 16,845,055 (136,171) 628,877 189,409 1,935,249 19,462,419 5,624,127 6,038,002 1,580,260 2,501,799 10,120,061 15,744,188 639,133 394,523 231,297 2,453,278 19,462,419 11,238,690 46,049 4,063,817 771,523 16,120,079 (136,257) 820,887 2,130,284 18,934,993 5,251,391 5,827,370 1,451,459 2,579,963 9,858,792 15,110,183 843,798 338,499 241,710 2,400,803 18,934,993 (a)(cid:3) (b)(cid:3) (c)(cid:3) Includes nonaccrual loans. Average securities does not include unrealized holding gains/losses on available for sale securities. Certain items related to debt issuance costs have been reclassified in prior periods. 30 ($ in thousands) Performance Ratios: Return on average assets Return on average common equity Return on average tangible common equity Earning asset yield (te) Total cost of funds Net interest margin (te) Noninterest income to total revenue (te) Efficiency ratio (a) Average loan/deposit ratio FTE employees (period-end) Capital Ratios: Common stockholders' equity to total assets Tangible common equity ratio (b) Tier 1 leverage Tier 1 risk-based capital Total risk-based capital $ $ Asset Quality Information: Nonaccrual loans (c) Restructured loans Total nonperforming loans Other real estate (ORE) and foreclosed assets Total nonperforming assets Accruing loans 90 days past due (d) Net charge-offs - non-purchased credit impaired Net charge-offs - purchased credit impaired Allowance for loan losses Provision for loan losses Ratios: Nonperforming assets to loans + ORE and foreclosed assets Accruing loans 90 days past due as a percent of loans Nonperforming assets + accruing loans 90 days past due to loans + foreclosed assets Net charge-offs - non-purchased credit impaired to average loans Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans and accruing loans 90 days past due 2016 Years Ended December 31, 2014 2013 2015 2012 0.64% 6.06% 8.56% 3.58% 0.34% 3.23% 26.80% 62.79% 86.11% 3,724 11.34% 8.64% 9.56% 11.26% 13.21% 317,970 $ 39,818 357,788 18,943 376,731 $ 3,039 59,057 (594) 229,418 110,659 2.25% 0.02% 2.26% 0.37% 1.37% 0.62% 5.38% 7.72% 3.62% 0.28% 3.33% 27.09% 66.12% 84.28% 3,921 10.57% 7.62% 8.55% 9.96% 11.86% 159,713 $ 4,297 164,010 27,133 191,143 $ 7,653 16,212 1,609 181,179 73,038 1.22% 0.05% 1.26% 0.11% 1.15% 0.90% 7.10% 10.30% 4.09% 0.22% 3.87% 25.52% 62.03% 84.02% 3,794 11.92% 8.59% 9.17% 11.23% 12.30% 79,537 $ 8,971 88,508 59,569 148,077 $ 4,825 17,119 2,501 128,762 33,840 1.06% 0.03% 1.10% 0.13% 0.93% 0.86% 6.84% 10.30% 4.45% 0.25% 4.20% 26.26% 65.17% 77.40% 3,978 12.76% 9.00% 9.34% 11.76% 13.11% 99,686 $ 9,272 108,958 76,979 185,937 $ 10,387 24,309 2,355 133,626 32,734 1.50% 0.08% 1.58% 0.21% 1.08% 0.80% 6.32% 9.72% 4.80% 0.32% 4.48% 25.99% 64.52% 74.38% 4,235 12.60% 8.77% 9.10% 12.65% 14.28% 137,615 16,437 154,052 102,072 256,124 13,244 55,031 26,069 136,171 54,192 2.19% 0.11% 2.31% 0.49% 1.18% 63.58% 105.54% 137.96% 111.97% 81.40% (a)(cid:3) (b)(cid:3) (c)(cid:3) The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense to total net interest (te) and noninterest income, excluding amortization of purchased intangibles and nonoperating expense. The tangible common equity ratio is common shareholders’ equity less intangible assets divided by total assets less intangible assets. Included in nonaccrual loans are $81.9 million, $8.8 million, $7.0 million, $15.7 million, and $3.0 million of nonaccruing restructured loans at December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. Nonaccrual loans and accruing loans past due 90 days or more do not include purchased credit impaired loans, which were written down to fair value upon acquisition and accrete interest income over the remaining life of the loan. (d)(cid:3) Nonaccrual loans and accruing loans past due 90 days or more do not include purchased credit impaired loans with an accretable yield. 31 Reconciliation of reported to core net interest income (te) and core net interest margin (te) ($ in millions) Net interest income Tax-equivalent adjustment (te) (a) Net interest income (te) Purchase accounting adjustments: Loan discount accretion (b) Bond premium amortization (c) CD premium accretion Total net purchase accounting adjustments Net interest income (te) - core Average earning assets Net interest margin - reported Net purchase accounting adjustments Net interest margin - core $ $ $ $ Years Ended December 31, 2016 2015 2014 659.1 25.9 685.0 $ $ 625.2 13.6 638.8 $ $ 654.7 10.6 665.3 $ $ 21.7 (2.4) — 19.3 665.7 21,180.1 $ $ 38.9 (3.8) — 35.1 603.7 19,173.3 $ $ 3.23 % 0.09 % 3.14 % 3.33 % 0.19 % 3.14 % 97.7 (5.4) 0.2 92.5 572.8 17,195.5 $ $ 3.87 % 0.54 % 3.33 % 2013 680.7 10.4 691.1 144.7 (11.5) 0.7 133.9 557.2 16,443.9 2012 710.9 11.6 722.5 141.2 (24.5) 2.7 119.4 603.1 16,120.1 $ $ $ $ 4.20 % 0.81 % 3.39 % 4.48 % 0.74 % 3.74 % Core revenue (te) and core pre-tax, pre-provision income (te) (in thousands) Net interest income Noninterest income Total revenue Tax-equivalent adjustment (a) Purchase accounting adjustments - revenue (d) Core revenue (te) Noninterest expense Intangible amortization Nonoperating items Core pre-tax, pre-provision income (te) 2016 659,116 250,781 909,897 25,839 (13,367) 922,369 (612,315) 19,781 4,978 334,813 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ Years Ended December 31, 2015 625,174 237,284 862,458 13,588 (29,343) 846,703 (619,655) 24,184 15,908 267,140 $ $ $ $ 2014 654,694 227,999 882,693 10,647 (80,417) 812,923 (606,666) 26,797 25,686 258,740 $ $ $ $ 2013 680,731 246,143 926,874 10,410 (132,335) 804,949 (678,274) 29,470 37,898 194,043 $ $ $ $ 2012 710,867 253,747 964,614 11,585 (125,223) 850,976 (713,067) 32,067 49,573 219,549 (a)(cid:3) Tax equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using a marginal federal income tax rate of 35%. (b)(cid:3) (c)(cid:3) (d)(cid:3) Includes net loan discount accretion arising from the 2011 Whitney Holding Corporation and 2009 Peoples First Community Bank acquisitions. Includes net investment premium amortization arising from the 2011 acquisition of Whitney Holding Corporation. Includes net loan discount accretion and net investment premium amortization as defined in (b) and (c) and amortization of the FDIC loss share receivable related to an FDIC assisted transaction. 32 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The purpose of this discussion and analysis is to focus on significant changes and events in the financial condition and results of operations of Hancock Holding Company and our subsidiaries during 2016 and selected prior periods. This discussion and analysis is intended to highlight and supplement financial and operating data and information presented elsewhere in this Report, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes. This discussion includes non-GAAP financial measures to describe Hancock’s performance. An overview of the non-GAAP measures used and the reasons why management believes they are useful and important in understanding the Company’s financial condition and results of operations are included below. A reconciliation to GAAP measures is included in “Item 6. Selected Financial Data.” FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward looking statements that we may make include statements regarding balance sheet and revenue growth, the provision for loans losses, loan growth expectations, management’s predictions about charge-offs for loans, including energy-related credits, the impact of changes in oil and gas prices on our energy portfolio, and the downstream impact on businesses that support the energy sector, especially in the Gulf Coast region, the impact of the First NBC transaction on our performance and financial condition, deposit trends, credit quality trends, net interest margin trends, future expense levels, success of revenue-generating initiatives, projected tax rates, future profitability, improvements in expense to revenue (efficiency) ratio, purchase accounting impacts such as accretion levels, possible repurchases of shares under stock buyback programs, and the financial impact of regulatory requirements. Also, any statement that does not describe historical or current facts is a forward-looking statement. These statements often include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans,” “forecast,” “goals,” “targets,” “initiatives,” “focus,” “potentially,” “probably,” “projects,” “outlook” or similar expressions or future conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” and “could.” Forward-looking statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of management and on information currently available to management. Our statements speak as of the date hereof, and we do not assume any obligation to update these statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those contained in such statements in light of new information or future events. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those expressed in the Company’s forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those risk factors outlined in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Hancock does not intend, and undertakes no obligation, to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of differences in actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting such statements, except as required by law. Non-GAAP Financial Measures Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations include non-GAAP measures used to describe Hancock’s performance. A reconciliation of those measures to GAAP measures are provided in “Item 6. Selected Financial Data.” Consistent with Securities and Exchange Commission Industry Guide 3, the Company presents net interest income, net interest margin and efficiency ratios on a fully taxable equivalent (“te”) basis. The te basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of net interest income from certain loans and investments using a federal tax rate of 35% to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. The Company believes this measure to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income and it enhances comparability of net interest income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources. Over the past several quarters we have disclosed our focus on strategic initiatives that were designed to replace declining levels of purchase accounting income from acquisitions with improvement in core income, which the Company defines as income excluding net purchase accounting income. The Company presents core income non-GAAP measures including core net interest income and core net interest margin, core revenue and core pre-tax, pre-provision profit. These measures are provided to assist the reader with a better understanding of the Company’s performance period over period as well as providing investors with assistance in understanding the success management has experienced in executing its strategic initiatives. We define Core Net Interest Income as net interest income (te) excluding net purchase accounting accretion resulting from the fair market value adjustments related to acquired operations. We define Core Net Interest Margin as reported core net interest income, annualized, expressed as a percentage of average earning assets. We define Core Revenue as core net interest income and noninterest income less the amortization of the FDIC loss share receivable related to loans acquired in an FDIC assisted transaction. 33 We define Core Pre-Tax, Pre-Provision Income as core revenue less noninterest expense, excluding nonoperating items and amortization of intangibles. Management believes that core pre-tax, pre-provision profit is a useful financial measure because it enables investors and others to assess the Company’s ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through a credit cycle. EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW Current Economic Environment After falling precipitously from July 2014 through the first quarter of 2016, West Texas Intermediate (“WTI”) Crude Oil and other energy commodity prices reflected signs of recovery and stabilization during the second half of 2016. As a result, activity at energy- related businesses, which are concentrated mainly in the Company’s south Louisiana and Houston, Texas market areas, improved during the fourth quarter of 2016. The North American active drilling rig count increased over 60% from 404 at May 31, 2016, to 658 at year-end. Approximately 70% of this increase occurred in Texas and Oklahoma. Even with the recent improvement in activity, the total active rig count remains well below third quarter 2014 totals where there were over 1,900 drilling rigs in use. The outlook related to the energy sector from industry leaders surveyed in the most recent Summary of Commentary on Current Economic Conditions (the “Beige Book”) published January 18, 2017 was generally more optimistic than earlier in the year with anticipation of a continued steady increase in activity over the next twelve months. Despite the increased drilling activity and increased optimism expressed by industry leaders, management still expects a recovery lag in our energy service and support credit portfolio. Reserve- based lending credits are beginning to show signs of improvement given the stabilization in oil prices, and we expect improvement in land-based services, and non-drilling services in the Gulf of Mexico to follow. The real estate market for single family residential properties was flat to slightly up across all of our markets during the second half of 2016. Most brokers and builders surveyed in the Beige Book believe home sales will remain stable or increase slightly during the first quarter of 2017, with an increased demand for more affordable priced homes. Apartment demand remains strong in most of our markets. The commercial real estate market continues to improve in most of our footprint, with growing demand for office and industrial space in certain market areas. Commercial construction activity has also increased in recent quarters in these sectors. Continued improvement is expected in the commercial real estate market in 2017. However, the Houston market is the exception to this positive outlook with an overabundance of availability as sublease space continued to spike. The January 2017 Beige Book indicated continued tightening in the labor market. Wages and employment were increasing, while some firms experienced difficulty finding qualified workers to fill various job levels, particularly for certain professional services and craft labor positions. Recruiters for oilfield service firms indicated orders for hiring and training new employees for 2017 were increasing. Activity reports related to tourism and hospitality, a critical industry to our New Orleans and Florida markets, were mixed but the near-term outlook is optimistic. Loan demand across most of the markets that Hancock serves remained stable and the energy sector saw further improvement. Credit quality remained solid and most firms noted an increase in deposit volumes. Outlooks in the financial sector were mostly optimistic, mainly due to elevated hopes for regulatory and tax relief following the recent presidential election. Overall, firms and industries surveyed in the Beige Book were optimistic about economic growth in 2017. Overview of 2016 Financial Results Net income for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $149.3 million, or $1.87 per diluted common share, compared to $131.5 million, or $1.64 per diluted common share in 2015. This 14% increase was mainly attributable to increases in both interest and noninterest income and decreases in noninterest expense, partially offset by an increase in provision for loan losses. The Company’s return on average assets (ROA) for 2016 was 0.64% compared to 0.62% for 2015. Net interest income tax-equivalent (te) totaled $685 million in 2016, a $46 million, or 7%, increase from 2015. This increase was mainly the result of the impact from a $2.0 billion increase in average earning assets. Net interest margin declined 10 basis points (bps) to 3.23% in 2016 primarily due to a $15.8 million reduction in net purchase accounting discount accretion. Excluding the reduction in net purchase accounting discount accretion, the Company’s core net interest margin for 2016 was 3.14%, or flat compared to 2015. Noninterest income for 2016 totaled $250.8 million compared to $237.3 million in 2015. This $13.5 million, or 6%, increase was driven by increases in a number of categories including fees from secondary mortgage market operations, income from bank-owned life insurance and derivatives and gains on asset dispositions. 34 Noninterest expense totaled $612.3 million in 2016 compared to $619.7 million in 2015. This reduction was mainly related to an $11.3 million, or 69%, reduction in nonoperating expense items as 2015 included a number of expense items related to the Company’s implementation of its strategic initiatives targeted at enhancing revenue and increasing efficiencies. The provision for loan losses was $110.7 million in 2016, an increase of $37.6 million compared to 2015. During 2016, the Company experienced pressure on earnings from credit quality deterioration primarily related to its energy sector loans. The allowance for loan losses totaled $229.4 million at December 31, 2016, a $48 million increase from the previous year-end. The allowance for loan losses related to the energy portfolio increased $28.3 million to $106.5 million at December 31, 2016, or 7.5% of energy loans outstanding. Nonperforming loans totaled $358 million at December 31, 2016 compared to $164 million at December 31, 2015. Approximately $169 million, or 87%, of the increase was energy related. Net charge-offs from the non-purchased credit impaired portfolio totaled $59.1 million, or 0.37% of average loans outstanding in 2016. This increased from $16.2 million, or 0.11%, in 2015. Management continues to believe that total charge-offs from the energy related credits could approximate $65 - $95 million over the duration of the energy cycle. Charge-offs to date for the current cycle (November 2014 – December 2016) total approximately $42 million. Core pre-tax, pre-provision income, tax-equivalent (“te”) (“core PTPP”) was $334.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $267.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Management believes core PTPP is a useful financial measure as it enables investors and others to assess the ability of the Company to generate capital to cover credit losses during a credit cycle. The Company established as one of its 2016 strategic objectives a core PTPP of $323.4 million, representing a 25% increase over 2014 core PTPP of $258.7 million. The Company exceeded this goal by $11.4 million. Total assets at December 31, 2016 were $24.0 billion, up about $1.1 billion, or 5%, from the prior year-end. Total loans increased $1.0 billion, or 7%, during 2016. Net loan growth was experienced in most major product lines across the Company’s footprint, except energy, during 2016. At December 31, 2016, energy related loans totaled $1.41 billion, or 8.4% of the loan portfolio, down $168 million from $1.58 billion at December 31, 2015. At December 31, 2016, total deposits were $19.4 billion, up approximately $1.1 billion, or 6%, from December 31, 2015. All deposit categories reflected a year-over-year increase. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits increased 5% to $7.7 billion, or 39% of total deposits at December 31, 2016. Total noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits were up $525 million, or 4%, in 2016. On December 16, 2016, the Company issued approximately $259 million, or 6.325 million shares, of its common stock. As a result, the Company’s tangible common equity ratio increased to 8.64% at December 31, 2016, up 102 bps from 7.62% at December 31, 2015. See Capital Resources section of this item for further discussion. On December 30, 2016, the Company signed a purchase agreement to acquire approximately $1.3 billion in loans, nine branch locations with approximately $500 million in transaction and savings deposits and to assume approximately $600 million in FHLB borrowings from First NBC Bank. The Company will pay a $44 million premium to First NBC for the earnings stream acquired. The transaction is expected to add approximately $26 million in annual incremental earnings with one-time acquisition costs estimated to total approximately $12 million. As part of the transaction, the Company acquired approximately $260 million in loans from First NBC in January 2017 with the remaining portion of the transaction expected to close on March 10, 2017. RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Net Interest Income Net interest income (te) is the primary component of our earnings and represents the difference, or spread, between revenue generated from interest-earning assets and the interest expense related to funding those assets. For analytical purposes, net interest income is adjusted to a taxable equivalent basis using a 35% federal tax rate on tax exempt items (primarily interest on municipal securities and loans). 2016 compared to 2015 Net interest income (te) for 2016 totaled $685 million, a $46 million, or 7%, increase from 2015. Excluding a $16 million decrease in net purchase accounting discount accretion, core net interest income was up $62 million in 2016 compared to 2015. This increase primarily resulted from interest earned on a $2.0 billion, or 10%, increase in average earning assets. The average earning asset growth is attributable to a number of strategic initiatives management implemented in recent years to increase sustainable interest income in an effort to replace the decreasing amount of interest income from purchase accounting adjustments. These initiatives included, among other items, hiring experienced middle market commercial lenders in growing markets, expanding the Company’s product base in areas such as specialty financing, lease financing and health care, and opening business banking centers specifically designed for commercial customers. 35 The net interest margin declined 10 bps to 3.23% in 2016 from 3.33% in 2015 due to a 10 bp decrease in net purchase accounting discount accretion. Excluding purchase accounting discount accretion, the 2016 core net interest margin was 3.14% for both 2016 and 2015. The net interest margin is the ratio of net interest income (te) to average earnings assets. The sections on Asset/Liability Management and Net Interest Income at Risk in this section provide additional information regarding the Company’s management of interest rate risk and potential impact from changes in interest rates, respectively. The overall reported yield on earning assets was 3.58% in 2016, down 4 bps from 2015. The reported loan portfolio yield was 4.01% in 2016 compared to 4.13% in 2015. Excluding the impact from purchase accounting discount accretion, the loan yield was up 1 bp to 3.87%. The reported tax-equivalent yield on the investment securities portfolio increased 9 bps from 2015 to 2.37% for 2016, reflecting a change in the mix within the investment securities portfolio. The Company increased the percentage of high-quality municipal securities in the portfolio during 2016. These securities offer higher tax-equivalent yields than those available for mortgage-backed securities or collateral mortgage obligations. The Company also began investing in agency commercial mortgage-backed securities in 2016 that provide a slightly higher yield than residential mortgage-backed securities. Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities totaled approximately $501 million at December 31, 2016. The cost of funding earning assets increased 6 bps to 0.34% in 2016. The overall rate paid on interest-bearing deposits was up 12 bps from 2015 to 0.43% in 2016 as the Company’s strategic initiatives implemented during late 2014 and the first half of 2015 to grow deposits to fund loan growth resulted in slightly higher rates paid for interest-bearing deposits. Borrowing costs decreased 9 bps from 1.37% in 2015 to 1.28% in 2016. This decrease was attributable to the Company’s borrowing mix, which included an increased usage of lower-rate FHLB borrowings secured by a portion of the Company’s residential mortgage portfolio in 2016. Interest-free funding sources, including noninterest-bearing demand deposits, funded approximately 37% of average earnings assets in 2016, up from 35% in 2015 as noninterest-bearing deposits averaged $7.2 billion in 2016, up 17% compared to 2015. 2015 compared to 2014 Net interest income (te) for 2015 totaled $639 million, a $27 million, or 4%, decrease from 2014. The decrease resulted from a $57 million decline in net purchase accounting discount accretion. Excluding the purchase accounting discount accretion, net interest income (te) increased $31 million, primarily due to $1.5 billion growth in average loans. Compared to 2014, the reported net interest margin declined 54 bps to 3.33% in 2015. The core net interest margin was approximately 3.14% in 2015, down 19 bps from 2014. The overall reported yield on earning assets was 3.62% in 2015, down 47 bps from 2014. The reported loan portfolio yield was 4.13% in 2015 compared to 4.71% in 2014. Excluding the impact from purchase accounting discount accretion, the loan yield decreased 10 bps to 3.86%. This decrease in loan yield was mainly attributable to the normal maturity and amortization of higher-yielding loans in the portfolio being replaced with new originations at current market rates. The reported tax equivalent yield on the investment securities portfolio decreased 12 bps from 2014, reflecting lower yields in mortgage- backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs). The cost of funding earning assets increased 6 bps to 0.28% in 2015 compared to 2014. The overall rate paid on interest-bearing deposits was up 7 bps from 2014 to 0.31% in 2015 as a result of the Company’s strategic initiatives implemented during late 2014 and the first half of 2015 to grow deposits to fund loan growth. Borrowing costs increased 29 bps from 1.08% in 2014 to 1.37% in 2015. This increase was attributable to the Company’s $150 million issuance of long-term subordinated debt. The debt was issued on March 9, 2015 at a rate of 5.95% to repurchase a portion of the Company’s common stock and to provide additional Tier 2 regulatory capital. Interest-free funding sources, including noninterest-bearing demand deposits, funded approximately 35% of average earning assets in both 2015 and 2014. The factors contributing to the changes in net interest income (te) for 2016, 2015, and 2014 are presented in Tables 1 and 2. Table 1 shows average balances and related interest and rates. Table 2 details the effects of changes in balances (volume) and rates on net interest income in 2016 and 2015. 36 TABLE 1. Summary of Average Balances, Interest and Rates (te)(a) ($ in millions) Balance Interest Rate 2016 Average Average Balance Years Ended December 31, 2015 2014 Average Interest Rate Balance Interest Rate Assets Interest-Earnings Assets: Commercial & real estate loans (te) $ 11,959.2 $ 457.7 3.83 % $ 10,595.2 $ 419.1 3.95 % $ 9,508.1 $ 430.2 4.52 % Residential mortgage loans 2,044.7 83.0 4.06 1,960.4 81.2 4.14 1,791.9 82.7 4.61 Consumer loans Loan fees & late charges Loans (te) (b) Loans held for sale Investment securities: U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations Municipals Taxable Nontaxable (te) Other securities Total investment securities (te) (c) Short-term investments Total earning assets (te) Nonearning assets: Other assets Allowance for loan losses Total assets Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity Interest-bearing Liabilities: Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits Time deposits Public funds Total interest-bearing deposits Repurchase agreements Other short-term borrowings Long-term debt Total interest- bearing liabilities Noninterest-bearing: Noninterest-bearing deposits Other liabilities Stockholders' equity Total liabilities and stockholders' equity Net interest income (te) and margin Net earning assets and spread Interest cost of funding earning assets 2,060.7 105.8 5.13 1,877.7 (2.7) 16,064.6 28.8 643.8 1.0 4.01 3.55 14,433.3 18.1 95.4 (0.1) 595.6 0.7 5.08 1,638.9 4.13 3.74 12,938.9 16.5 94.7 2.4 610.0 0.7 5.78 4.71 4.28 64.6 1.2 1.78 197.3 3.1 1.57 145.2 2.3 1.62 4,044.3 86.4 2.14 3,804.0 83.5 2.19 3,450.9 79.6 2.31 104.2 488.5 4.9 3.4 20.3 0.1 3.25 4.16 2.00 108.5 90.9 7.5 3.7 5.3 0.2 4,706.5 380.3 21,180.1 111.4 1.8 758.0 2.37 0.47 3.58 % 4,208.2 513.7 19,173.3 95.8 1.2 693.3 3.46 5.81 2.76 2.28 0.24 3.62 % 101.6 104.8 14.2 3.6 5.9 0.3 3.52 5.66 2.22 3,816.7 423.4 17,195.5 91.7 1.0 703.4 2.40 0.23 4.09 % 2,216.0 (217.6) 23,178.6 2,205.2 (133.5) 21,245.0 $ 2,369.9 (129.6) 19,435.8 $ $ 6,772.4 $ 2,390.1 2,261.6 11,424.1 454.5 957.6 469.1 18.2 21.4 9.3 48.9 0.1 3.9 20.1 0.27 % 0.90 0.41 0.43 0.03 0.41 4.27 6,877.4 $ 2,207.4 1,844.8 10,929.6 539.2 486.0 478.0 $ 12.9 15.6 5.4 33.9 0.2 0.9 19.5 0.19 % 0.70 0.30 0.31 0.03 0.19 4.08 6,173.7 $ 2,053.5 1,531.0 9,758.2 688.7 317.0 378.7 6.7 12.8 3.7 23.2 1.9 0.5 12.5 0.11 % 0.62 0.24 0.24 0.27 0.15 3.31 13,305.3 73.0 0.55 % 12,432.8 54.5 0.44 % 11,142.5 38.1 0.34 % 7,232.1 178.1 2,463.1 6,195.2 174.2 2,442.8 5,641.8 176.5 2,474.9 $ $ $ 23,178.6 $ 21,245.0 $ 19,435.8 $ 7,874.8 $ 685.0 3.23 3.03 $ $ 6,740.5 638.8 3.33 3.18 $ $ 6,053.0 665.3 0.34 % 0.28 % 3.87 3.75 0.22 % (a)(cid:3) (b)(cid:3) (c)(cid:3) Tax equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using a marginal federal income tax rate of 35%. Includes nonaccrual loans. Average securities do not include unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities. 37 TABLE 2. Summary of Changes in Net Interest Income (te)(a) (b) (in thousands) Interest Income (te) Commercial & real estate loans (te) Residential mortgage loans Consumer loans Loan fees & late charges Loans (te) (c) Loans held for sale Investment securities: U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Mortgage-backed securities and 2016 Compared to 2015 Due to Change in Total Increase (Decrease) 2015 Compared to 2014 Due to Change in Total Increase (Decrease) Volume Rate Volume Rate $ 52,554 $ 3,443 9,381 — 65,378 381 (13,851) $ (1,643) 1,011 (2,629) (17,112) (37) 38,703 $ 1,800 10,392 (2,629) 48,266 344 46,242 $ 7,396 12,887 — 66,525 64 (57,437) $ (8,896) (12,202) (2,533) (81,068) (94) (11,195) (1,500) 685 (2,533) (14,543) (30) (2,317) 369 (1,948) 819 (68) 751 collateralized mortgage obligations 5,175 (2,183) 2,992 7,875 (3,977) 3,898 Municipals Taxable Nontaxable (te) Other securities Total investment in securities (te) (d) Short-term investments Total earning assets (te) Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits Time deposits Public funds Total interest-bearing deposits Repurchase agreements Other interest-bearing liabilities Long-term debt Total interest expense Net interest income (te) variance $ (144) 16,930 (59) 19,585 (390) 84,954 (215) (1,898) (48) (3,975) 943 (20,181) (359) 15,032 (107) 15,610 553 64,773 239 (804) (172) 7,957 216 74,762 (64) 147 64 (3,898) 72 (84,988) (200) 1,369 1,406 2,575 (28) 1,352 (373) 3,526 81,428 $ 5,509 4,532 2,443 12,484 6 1,656 907 15,053 (35,234) $ 5,309 5,901 3,849 15,059 (22) 3,008 534 18,579 46,194 $ 843 1,005 837 2,685 (338) 297 3,698 6,342 68,420 $ 5,303 1,743 921 7,967 (1,375) 134 3,285 10,011 (94,999) $ 175 (657) (108) 4,059 288 (10,226) 6,146 2,748 1,758 10,652 (1,713) 431 6,983 16,353 (26,579) (a)(cid:3) (b)(cid:3) (c)(cid:3) (d)(cid:3) Tax equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using a marginal federal income tax rate of 35%. Amounts shown as due to changes in either volume or rate includes an allocation of the amount that reflects the interaction of volume and rate changes. This allocation is based on the absolute dollar amounts of change due solely to changes in volume or rate. Includes nonaccrual loans. Average securities do not include unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities. Provision for Loan Losses The provision for loan losses was $110.7 million in 2016 compared to a provision of $73.0 million in 2015. The provision for non- purchased credit impaired loans in 2016 was $112.1 million, compared to $76.1 million in 2015. The increase from prior year is mainly related to the current energy cycle as discussed more fully in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Balance Sheet Analysis—Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.” The provision for the purchased credit impaired portfolio was a credit of almost $1.4 million in 2016, compared to a credit of $3.1 million in 2015. The credits to provision in both years were primarily due to reductions in expected losses in the remaining portfolio related to the Peoples First Community Bank purchase. “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Balance Sheet Analysis— Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” provides additional information on changes in the allowance for loans losses and general credit quality. Certain differences in the determination of the allowance for loan losses for originated loans and for purchased performing loans and purchased credit-impaired loans are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. 38 Noninterest Income 2016 compared to 2015 Noninterest income for 2016 totaled $251 million, a $13.5 million, or 6%, increase from 2015. Several noninterest income categories, including secondary mortgage market operations, income from bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) and derivatives, and gain on sales of assets, experienced increases in 2016. These increases were partially offset by a $4.1 million decline in insurance commissions and fees as a result of the Company exiting its title insurance line of business and other strategic changes impacting the insurance line of business. Table 3 presents the components of noninterest income for the prior three years along with the percentage changes between years: TABLE 3. Noninterest Income ($ in thousands) Service charges on deposit accounts Trust fees Bank card and ATM fees Investment and annuity fees Secondary mortgage market operations Insurance commissions and fees Amortization of loss share receivable Income from bank-owned life insurance Credit-related fees Income from derivatives Gain on sales of assets Safety deposit box income Other miscellaneous income Securities transactions Total noninterest income n/m = not meaningful $ 2016 74,187 46,589 47,427 18,477 16,282 4,501 (5,918) 13,596 9,926 5,196 7,814 1,696 9,254 1,754 $ 250,781 % Change 2 % 2 2 (11) 29 (47) (3) 25 (10) 89 n/m (4) (1) 424 6 % (cid:3) (cid:3) $ 2015 72,813 45,627 46,480 20,669 12,579 8,567 (5,747) 10,881 11,057 2,745 186 1,758 9,334 335 $ 237,284 % Change (5) % 2 3 2 57 (10) 53 5 (1) 67 (85) (4) 1 n/m 4 % $ 2014 77,006 44,826 45,031 20,291 8,036 9,473 (12,102) 10,314 11,121 1,645 1,279 1,830 9,249 — $ 227,999 Service charges on deposit accounts were up $1.4 million, or 2% from 2015. Service charges on transaction accounts increased $1.3 million, or 4%, partially due to the new suite of consumer products introduced in 2015. Also, NSF/OD fees were up $0.8 million. Trust fees totaled $46.6 million in 2016, a $1.0 million, or 2%, increase from 2015. The 2016 fee growth came mostly from corporate trust services with small decreases in personal and retirement services products. Trust assets under management totaled $6.3 billion at December 31, 2016 compared to $6.1 billion at December 31, 2015. Market volatility and uncertain economic conditions limited the ability of the Company to increase its managed asset balances and grow revenue in 2016. Bank card and ATM fees totaled $47.4 million in 2016, up $0.9 million, or 2% compared to 2015. Bank card and ATM fees include income from credit card, debit card and ATM transactions, and merchant service fees. Product and delivery platform enhancements, including smart phone payment functionality and improved on-line management tools, continue to drive growth. Investment and annuity fees totaled $18.5 million in 2016 compared to $20.7 million in 2015. The $2.2 million, or 11%, decrease is primarily attributable to a change in the mix of products sold. In the current interest rate environment, customer demand for longer- term annuity products has been replaced for shorter duration products which result in a lower up-front commission. Additionally, the Company has shifted its focus more towards selling products with higher recurring revenue streams that earn little to no up-front commissions, but generate a higher level of recurring revenue over time. Fees from secondary mortgage operations totaled $16.3 million in 2016, up $3.7 million, or 29%, from a year earlier. The increase is attributable to an increased level of mortgage loan production. Mortgage loan production increased approximately 41% in 2016 compared to 2015 with the percentage of loan production sold in the secondary market declining slightly. Secondary mortgage market operations fee income is generated from selling certain types of originated single-family mortgage loans into the secondary market in an effort to provide mortgage products for our customers while managing interest rate risk and liquidity. These loans are originated by the Company through its branch network. The Company typically sells its longer-term fixed-rate loans while retaining in the portfolio the majority of its adjustable rate loans as well as loans generated through certain programs to support customer relationships including programs for high net worth individuals and non-builder construction loans. The ultimate amount of loans sold in the secondary market relative to the amount retained by the Company is a management decision made as part of the Company’s ALCO 39 process. The Company implemented a number of initiatives during the second half of 2015 to increase its mortgage loan production and fee income from secondary mortgage operations including an expanded sales force with originators that specialize in loans sold in the secondary market and a streamlined operation that added efficiencies to the mortgage origination process. Insurance commissions and fees decreased $4.1 million, or 47%, from 2015. This decrease resulted from the discontinuation of our title insurance operation during the third quarter of 2015, combined with a strategic decision to reduce risk by deemphasizing the sale of certain products in the consumer financing subsidiary. Income from bank-owned life insurance increased $2.7 million, or 25%, in 2016, to $13.6 million. This increase was mainly due to higher death benefits recognized in 2016 relative to 2015, combined with income earned from a $36.2 million year-over-year increase in the average balance of insurance contracts outstanding. Credit-related fee income decreased $1.1 million, or 10% from 2015 mainly due to decreases in unused commitment fee income and standby letter of credit fees. Income from derivatives totaled $5.2 million in 2016 compared to $2.7 million in 2015. The $2.5 million, or 89%, increase was driven by a significantly higher level of customer swap sales in 2016 compared to 2015. Gains on sales of assets increased $7.6 million in 2016 compared to 2015 as a result of $4.3 million in gains from the sale of single family mortgage portfolio loans and a $3.3 million gain realized from the sale of a bank property. The single family loans were sold as part of the Company’s balance sheet management process because certain of their terms were deemed no longer compatible with the Company’s strategic direction. 2015 compared to 2014 Noninterest income for 2015 totaled $237 million, a $9.3 million, or 4%, increase from 2014. A $6.4 million decrease in amortization of the FDIC loss share receivable and an increase in income from secondary mortgage operations were partially offset by a decrease in service charge income. Amortization of the FDIC loss share receivable amounted to $5.7 million in 2015 compared to $12.1 million in 2014. Amortization of the FDIC loss share receivable reflects a reduction in the amount of expected reimbursements under the loss sharing agreements due to lower loss projections for the related FDIC acquired loan pools. Accounting for the loss share receivable is described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. The 2015 amortization decrease is primarily related to the expiration of FDIC coverage on the non- single family portfolio in December 2014. The loss share agreement covering the single family portfolio expires in December 2019. Fees from secondary mortgage operations totaled $12.6 million in 2015, up $4.5 million, or 57%, from a year earlier. The increase is attributable to both an increased level of mortgage loan production and selling a higher percentage of loans in the secondary market. Trust and investment and annuity fees totaled $66.3 million in 2015, a $1.2 million, or 2%, increase over 2014. The 2015 fee growth came from virtually all product lines. Bank card and ATM fees totaled $46.5 million in 2015, up $1.4 million, or 3% compared to 2014. Growth in both consumer and business card accounts resulting from product and delivery platform enhancements was the primary factor in the 2015 increase. These enhancements, including smart phone payment functionality and improved on-line management tools, as well as additional product enhancements implemented in 2016, resulted in continued increases in credit card and merchant fees in 2016. Insurance commissions and fees decreased $0.9 million, or 10%, from 2014 primarily from the full year impact of selling certain business lines during the second quarter of 2014. In the third quarter of 2015, the Company elected to exit its title insurance operation to focus on more profitable areas. Service charges on deposit accounts were down $4.2 million, or 5% in 2015 compared to 2014, primarily due to a decrease in overdraft charges related to a decline in overdraft/nonsufficient funds occurrences. This decline was mostly due to an increase in average balances per account in the consumer noninterest-bearing portfolio, a reduction in the number of consumer accounts resulting from branch closings and sales, and higher customer usage of our overdraft protection product. 40 Noninterest Expense 2016 compared to 2015 Noninterest expense for 2016 totaled $612 million, down $7.3 million, or 1%, compared to 2015. Excluding nonoperating expenses, noninterest expense increased $3.9 million, or 1%, to $607 million in 2016 compared to 2015. The largest components of this increase were personnel expense and deposit insurance and regulatory fees. These increases were partially offset by a $6.5 million decrease in other real estate expense (ORE) expense as a result of a $5.3 million gain from the foreclosure and disposition of a large property that had been acquired in the Peoples First Community Bank acquisition. Table 4 presents the components of noninterest expense for the prior three years, along with the percentage changes between years. Table 4 presents operating expenses by component with nonoperating expenses aggregated, while Table 5 presents nonoperating expenses by component. TABLE 4. Noninterest Expense ($ in thousands) Compensation expense Employee benefits Personnel expense Net occupancy expense Equipment expense Data processing expense Professional services expense Amortization of intangibles Telecommunications and postage Deposit insurance and regulatory fees Other real estate expense, net Advertising Ad valorem and franchise taxes Printing and supplies Insurance expense Travel Entertainment and contributions Tax credit investment amortization Other expense Total noninterest expense (excluding nonoperating expense) Nonoperating expense Total noninterest expense 2016 284,219 55,473 339,692 41,296 13,663 58,619 29,380 19,781 13,146 23,499 (3,804) 10,938 8,741 4,422 3,275 4,268 7,122 4,263 29,036 607,337 4,978 612,315 $ $ % Change 2 % $ 1 2 (8) (12) 6 4 (18) (7) 40 (239) (2) (17) (9) (6) (20) 6 (50) 54 2015 277,412 54,708 332,120 44,788 15,481 55,484 28,287 24,184 14,126 16,736 2,740 11,211 10,498 4,851 3,482 5,329 6,723 8,513 18,861 1 (69) (1) % $ 603,414 16,241 619,655 % Change 3 % $ 7 4 3 (8) 8 10 (10) (4) 41 (1) 29 — 13 (11) 31 17 (3) (10) 4 (37) 2 % $ 2014 269,249 51,253 320,502 43,476 16,862 51,279 25,755 26,797 14,640 11,872 2,758 8,702 10,492 4,310 3,919 4,057 5,762 8,817 20,980 580,980 25,686 606,666 Total personnel expense was up $7.6 million, or 2%, in 2016 compared to 2015 due mainly to an increase in bonus and other incentive compensation related, in part, to the Company achieving its overall corporate objectives for 2016. Total occupancy and equipment expenses decreased $5.3 million, or 9%, in 2016 compared to 2015. This decrease was attributable to a number of cost control measures implemented during the past eighteen months, including eliminating excess space through consolidation of certain back office areas and revamping our property insurance coverage. Data processing expense in 2016 was up $3.1 million, or 6%, from 2015, primarily related to debit and credit card processing activity, as well as the outside processing costs related to new products brought on-line within the past 18 months to support the Company’s revenue initiatives. Professional services expense increased $1.1 million, or 4%, from 2015, primarily due to consulting and other professional fees related to the implementation of revenue initiatives. Deposit insurance and regulatory fees increased $6.8 million, or 40%, mainly due to asset growth and increases in criticized assets. Ad valorem and franchise taxes were down $1.8 million, or 17%, to $8.7 million in 2016. 41 Amortization of intangibles in 2016 totaled $19.8 million, a $4.4 million, or 18%, decrease from 2015. The Trade Name intangible related to the Whitney Holding Company acquisition was fully amortized in 2015, saving $2.4 million in 2016. Other real estate expense for 2016 was a net credit of $3.8 million compared to net expense of $2.7 million in 2015. Excluding the $5.3 million credit related to an asset disposition mentioned above, ORE expense was down $1.2 million from 2015, as the Company’s average balance of ORE decreased $18.1 million, or 46%, in 2016 compared to 2015. Other expenses increased $10.2 million, or 54%, to $29.0 million in 2016. The major components of this increase were a $4.0 million expense related to an early contract termination; $3.7 million in flood-related expenses associated with major flooding that impacted the Baton Rouge, Louisiana metropolitan area during August 2016; and a $1.4 million increase in fraud and other branch-related losses. Nonoperating expenses decreased $11.3 million, or 69%, from 2015. The decline was due to expense reductions related to the Company’s expense and efficiency initiatives. Nonoperating expenses included such items as lease buy-outs, branch and equipment disposition costs and severance packages from the branch rationalization project, settlement of an FDIC assessment related to loss claim reimbursement amounts, early termination fees on repurchase obligations, and severance costs associated with organizational restructuring. The components of nonoperating expense are presented in the table below. TABLE 5. Nonoperating Expense (in thousands) Total personnel expense Net occupancy expense Equipment expense Data processing expense Professional services expense Telecommunications and postage Other real estate expense, net Advertising Printing and supplies Travel Other expense Total nonoperating expense 2015 compared to 2014 2016 2015 2014 3,975 $ — — — 181 — 323 — — — 499 4,978 $ 1,421 $ 54 13 106 11,911 1 — 14 — 2 2,719 16,241 $ 7,794 120 91 90 7,466 36 — 235 240 9 9,605 25,686 $ $ Noninterest expense for 2015 totaled $620 million, up $13.0 million, or 2%, compared to 2014. Excluding nonoperating expenses, noninterest expense increased $22.4 million, or 4%, to $603 million in 2015. The largest components of this increase were personnel, data processing, advertising, regulatory, and professional services expense. The increases in these categories were mainly attributable to supporting the revenue and deposit growth initiatives implemented during 2014 and 2015. During 2014 and 2015, management shifted its strategy regarding expenses. From the time of its acquisition of Whitney in 2011 through 2013, the Company implemented a number of initiatives aimed primarily at expense reductions through improving the Company’s infrastructure, streamlining its operation and generally improving its operating efficiency. These strategic initiatives included, among other items, a branch rationalization program that resulted in closing or selling over 50 branches during 2013 and 2014, a bank charter consolidation, selling certain insurance business lines, increasing automation through enhancing systems, and restructuring various support units within the organization to enhance operating efficiency. These initiatives resulted in a $59 million reduction in operating expenses during 2014 compared to 2013. Although the Company continues to work to improve its efficiencies, management implemented a number of initiatives beginning in the last half of 2014 and throughout 2015 aimed at growing revenue and increasing core deposits. These included hiring additional middle market lenders in growing markets, enhancing our product offering in areas such as equipment and lease financing, card services and private banking, opening new branches designed specifically to attract new commercial customers and tailoring our marketing efforts to grow core business lines. As a result, the Company’s 2015 net revenue, excluding purchase accounting adjustments, increased $33.4 million, or 4%, compared to 2014, while operating expenses in personnel, data processing, advertising, and professional services in 2015 increased moderately. Total personnel expense was up $11.6 million, or 4%, in 2015 compared to 2014 due to both staff increases and merit raises. The number of full-time equivalent employees grew by 127 in 2015 mostly due to the Company’s revenue initiatives. Employee benefits expense was up $3.5 million, or 7%. The most significant factors contributing to this increase were a $1.3 million increase in retirement-related expense and a $0.6 million increase in employee relocation expense. 42 Data processing expense was up $4.2 million, or 8%, primarily related to a $1.2 million increase in debit and credit card processing activity and a $2.5 million increase in computer processing charges representing the full year impact of infrastructure and delivery channel improvements made during 2014. Professional services expense increased $2.5 million, or 10%, from 2014, primarily due to a $4.4 million increase in consulting fees related to revenue initiatives. Advertising expense increased $2.5 million, or 29%, in 2015 compared to 2014 as the Company launched a number of marketing campaigns specifically designed to target revenue and deposit growth. Deposit insurance and regulatory fees increased $4.9 million, or 41%, from 2014 primarily due to higher premiums resulting from asset growth and credit deterioration. Nonoperating expenses decreased $9.4 million, or 37%, in 2015, from 2014. These reductions were primarily related to implementing the Company’s expense and efficiency initiative in 2014. Income Taxes The Company recorded income tax expense at an effective rate of 20.1% in 2016, 22.6% in 2015 and 27.4% in 2014. Management expects the effective tax rate for 2017 to be in the range of 25.0% to 27.0%. The lower effective tax rates in 2015 and 2016 were due, in part, to lower pre-tax income driven by elevated provisions for loan losses related to the energy sector. Hancock’s effective tax rates have varied from the 35% federal statutory rate primarily because of tax-exempt income and tax credits. Interest income on bonds issued by or loans to state and municipal governments and authorities, and earnings from the BOLI program are the major components of tax-exempt income. The Company’s increase in its municipal securities and loan portfolio had a significant impact on the Company’s income tax expense for 2016. The decrease to income tax expense from tax-exempt interest income was $14.5 million for 2016 compared to $7.8 million and $6.3 million for 2015 and 2014, respectively. The main source of tax credits has been investments in tax-advantaged securities and tax credit projects. These investments are made primarily in the markets the Company serves and are directed at tax credits issued under the Qualified Zone Academy Bonds (QZAB), Qualified School Construction Bonds (QSCB), as well as Federal and State New Market Tax Credit (NMTC) and Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) programs. The investments generate tax credits which reduce current and future taxes and are recognized when earned as a benefit in the provision for income taxes. Table 6 reconciles reported income tax expense to that computed at the statutory federal tax rate for each year in the three-year period ended December 31. TABLE 6. Income Taxes (in thousands) Taxes computed at statutory rate Tax credits: QZAB/QSCB NMTC - Federal and State LIHTC Other tax credits Total tax credits State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit Tax-exempt interest Bank owned life insurance Goodwill reduction related to asset sale Other, net Income tax expense Years Ended December 31, 2016 2015 2014 $ 65,423 $ 59,418 $ 84,766 (2,756) (7,679) 24 (107) (10,518) 1,917 (14,497) (4,833) — 135 37,627 $ (2,983) (9,273) (129) (110) (12,495) 2,595 (7,849) (3,798) — 433 38,304 $ (3,171) (12,954) (452) — (16,577) 4,649 (6,301) (3,554) 1,112 2,370 66,465 $ The Company has invested in NMTC projects through investments in its own CDE, as well as, other unrelated CDEs. These investments will generate approximately $104 million in federal and state tax credits. Federal tax credits from NMTC investments are recognized over a seven-year period, while recognition of the benefits from state tax credits varies from three to five years. The Company intends to continue making investments in tax credit projects and qualified bonds. However, its ability to access new credits will depend upon, among other factors, federal and state tax policies and the level of competition for such credits. Based only on tax credit investments that have been made to date, the Company expects to realize benefits from federal and state tax credits over the next three years totaling $9.3 million, $7.8 million and $5.6 million for 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. 43 At December 31, 2016, the Company’s deferred tax asset (net of state valuation allowance) was $104.4 million. Several factors are considered in determining the recoverability of the deferred tax assets, such as the history of taxable earnings, reversal of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income and tax planning strategies. Based on the Company’s review of these factors, we have established a $1.7 million valuation allowance for state net operating losses. BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS Investment Securities Our investment in securities was $5.0 billion at December 31, 2016, compared to $4.5 billion at December 31, 2015. The investment security portfolio is managed by ALCO to assist in the management of interest rate risk and liquidity while providing an acceptable rate of return to the Company. Our securities portfolio consists mainly of commercial and residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs that are issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies. We invest only in high quality securities of investment grade quality with a targeted duration, for the overall portfolio, generally between two and five years. At December 31, 2016, the average expected maturity of the portfolio was 5.79 years with an effective duration of 5.07 years and a weighted-average yield of 2.35%. At December 31, 2015, the average expected maturity of the portfolio was 4.90 years with an effective duration of 3.89 years and a weighted-average yield of 2.27%. The 2016 increase in the portfolio’s expected maturity and effective duration compared to 2015 was mainly attributable to a $676 million increase in municipal securities with the majority having contractual maturities in excess of five years. These securities were purchased as part of the Company’s asset and liability management process. There were no investments in securities of a single issuer, other than U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities and mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies, that exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity. We do not invest in subprime or “Alt A” home mortgage-backed securities. Investments classified as available for sale are carried at fair value, while held to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost. Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities are excluded from net income and are recognized, net of tax, in other comprehensive income and in AOCI, a separate component of stockholders’ equity. At December 31, 2016, the amortized cost of securities available for sale totaled $2.6 billion and securities held to maturity totaled $2.5 billion compared to $2.1 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2015. The amortized cost of securities at December 31, 2016 and 2015 was as follows. TABLE 7. Securities by Type (in thousands) Available for sale securities U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Residential mortgage-backed securities Commercial mortgage-backed securities CMOs Corporate debt securities Equity securities Held to maturity securities U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Residential mortgage-backed securities Commercial mortgage-backed securities CMOs December 31, 2016 2015 $ 56,751 $ 253,228 1,620,191 425,750 202,580 3,500 — $ 2,562,000 $ $ 50,000 $ 648,093 862,162 75,739 864,226 2,500,220 $ $ 135 39,410 1,750,168 — 291,085 3,500 2,447 2,086,745 50,000 185,890 1,014,135 — 1,120,363 2,370,388 Securities are classified according to their final contractual maturities without consideration of scheduled and unscheduled principal amortization, potential prepayments or call options. Accordingly, actual maturities will differ from their reported contractual 44 maturities. The expected average maturity years presented in the tables includes scheduled principal payments and assumptions for prepayments. The amortized cost, yield and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2016, by final contractual maturity, were as follows. TABLE 8. Debt Securities Maturities by Type Contractual Maturity Over One Year Through Five Years Over Five Years Through Ten Years Over Ten Years One Year or Less Total Fair Value Weighted Average Yield (te) Expected Average Maturity Years (in thousands) Available for sale $ U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Residential mortgage-backed securities Commercial mortgage-backed securities CMOs Other debt securities Total debt securities Fair Value Weighted Average Yield $ $ Held to maturity $ U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Residential mortgage-backed securities Commercial mortgage-backed securities CMOs Total debt securities Fair Value Weighted Average Yield $ $ — (cid:3) $ 3,970 553 — — — 4,523 (cid:3) $ 4,536 (cid:3) $ 2.21% 39 (cid:3) $ 8,544 30,798 — — 3,500 42,881 (cid:3) $ 43,424 (cid:3) $ 3.37% — (cid:3) $ 237,544 339,220 415,563 — — 992,327 (cid:3) $ 964,119 (cid:3) $ 2.53% 56,712 (cid:3) $ 3,170 1,249,620 10,187 202,580 — 1,522,269 (cid:3) $ 1,504,829 (cid:3) $ 2.30% 56,751 (cid:3) $ 253,228 1,620,191 425,750 202,580 3,500 2,562,000 (cid:3) $ 2,516,908 2.41% 54,828 242,155 1,611,355 402,591 202,479 3,500 2,516,908 2.20% 2.85% 2.41% 2.29% 2.16% 2.10% 2.41% 10.5 8.7 5.2 9.6 4.2 1.6 6.3 — $ 6,727 — — — 6,727 $ 6,740 (cid:3) $ 4.25% 50,000 $ 85,187 — — — 135,187 $ 136,268 (cid:3) $ 3.24% — $ 540,528 12,615 75,739 62,366 691,248 $ 668,507 (cid:3) $ 2.89% — $ 15,651 849,547 — 801,860 1,667,058 $ 1,658,602 (cid:3) $ 2.00% 50,000 $ 648,093 862,162 75,739 864,226 2,500,220 $ 2,470,117 2.30% 49,956 630,065 863,423 71,701 854,972 2,470,117 1.67% 3.21% 1.85% 2.34% 2.18% 2.30% 3.1 7.9 4.4 9.7 3.9 5.3 Loan Portfolio Total loans at December 31, 2016 were $16.8 billion, compared to $15.7 billion at December 31, 2015. The $1.0 billion, or 7%, increase was net of a $200 million decrease in the energy-related portfolio. The net loan growth was diversified across the footprint and in areas identified as part of the Company’s revenue-generating initiatives. The presentation of loan disclosures has been modified from prior filings to eliminate segmentation of Acquired (2011 Whitney Holding Corporation transaction) and FDIC Acquired loans (2009 Peoples First Community Bank transaction) due to the significantly reduced size of these portfolios. The revised presentation reflects purchased credit impaired (“PCI”) loan information in select tables. PCI loans include the total FDIC Acquired portfolio and the portion of the Acquired portfolio deemed credit impaired at acquisition. In addition, the revised presentation includes further segmentation of the commercial real estate portfolio between owner occupied and income producing loans due to the significant differences in risk characteristics of these loans and to conform more closely to regulatory concentration segments and general industry practices. All prior period information has been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. The composition of our loan portfolio consisted of the following. 45 TABLE 9. Loans Outstanding by Type (in thousands) Total loans: Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer Total loans 2016 2015 December 31, 2014 2013 2012 $ 7,613,917 $ 1,906,821 9,520,738 2,013,890 1,010,879 2,146,713 2,059,931 4,433,288 1,607,702 6,040,990 1,315,392 989,306 1,577,944 1,654,170 $ 16,752,151 $ 15,703,314 $ 13,895,276 $ 12,324,817 $ 11,577,802 5,064,224 $ 1,509,664 6,573,888 1,533,177 915,541 1,720,614 1,581,597 6,044,060 $ 1,722,140 7,766,200 1,421,908 1,106,761 1,894,181 1,706,226 6,995,824 $ 1,859,469 8,855,293 1,553,082 1,151,950 2,049,524 2,093,465 The commercial and industrial (“C&I”) loan portfolio includes both commercial non-real estate and commercial real estate – owner occupied loans. C&I loans totaled $9.5 billion, or 57% of the total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2016, and increased $666 million from December 31, 2015. The growth, net of the $200 million decrease in the energy-related portfolio, was across the Company’s entire footprint and in most major lines including healthcare and specialty finance. The Company’s commercial non-real estate customer base is diversified over a range of industries, including energy, wholesale and retail trade in various durable and nondurable products and the manufacture of such products, marine transportation and maritime construction, healthcare, financial and professional services, and agricultural production. Our commercial non-real estate lending is mainly to middle-market and smaller commercial entities, although we do participate in larger shared-credit loan facilities with businesses well known to the relationship officers and generally operating in the Company’s market areas. Shared credits funded at December 31, 2016 totaled approximately $2.2 billion, of which approximately $900 million were with energy customers. Commercial non-real estate loans totaled $7.6 billion at December 31, 2016 compared to $7.0 billion at December 31, 2015. Commercial real estate – owner occupied loans are commercial real estate mortgage loans to operating businesses. These loans are made for long-term financing of land and buildings and are essentially repaid by cash flow generated from business operations. Commercial real-estate – owner occupied loans increased $47 million, or 3%, from December 31, 2015 and totaled $1.9 billion at December 31, 2016. Although decreasing over the past two years, one of the largest concentrations in the C&I portfolio is loans to the energy sector. Loans outstanding to energy-related industry customers totaled approximately $1.4 billion, or 8% of total loans, at December 31, 2016. This represents a decrease of approximately $200 million from December 31, 2015. Approximately $930 million, or 66%, of the energy portfolio is with customers who provide transportation and other onshore and offshore services and products to support exploration and production activities. The remaining $482 million, or 34%, of the portfolio is to customers engaged in oil and gas exploration and production, which is primarily supported by proved developed producing reserves. These customers are diversified across a number of basins in the U.S. and the Gulf of Mexico and by product line. Although energy-related loans are down $200 million over the past year, management continues to work with our energy-related customers to weather this difficult cycle. We continue to make prudently underwritten loans to qualified energy-related companies, while reducing our overall concentration of energy-related credits by focusing loan growth efforts on other specifically targeted areas. Commercial real estate – income producing loans totaled $2.0 billion at December 31, 2016, an increase of $461 million, or 30%, from December 31, 2015. Construction and land development loans, totaled approximately $1.0 billion at December 31, 2016, compared to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2015. The change in commercial real estate – income producing loans and construction and land development loans partially resulted from the transfer upon completion of a number of construction permanent loans from construction to commercial real estate – income producing. Residential mortgages were up $97 million, or 5%, during 2016. The increase in mortgage loans is due to the Company’s desire to keep mortgage loans meeting certain criteria, such as private banking loans and one-time close construction loans, in its portfolio. Consumer loans totaled $2.1 million at December 31, 2016 and were relatively flat compared to December 31, 2015. A $154 million decrease in the consumer indirect automobile portfolio was almost entirely offset by growth in the direct consumer and retail credit card portfolios. 46 The following tables provide detail of the more significant industry concentrations for our commercial and industrial loan portfolio, which is based on NAICS codes, and property type concentrations of our commercial real estate - income producing portfolios. TABLE 10. Commercial & Industrial Loans by Industry Concentration ($ in thousands) Commercial & industrial loans: December 31, 2016 2015 Pct of Pct of Balance Total Balance Total Mining, Quarrying, and Oil and Gas Extraction (a) $ 1,320,294 14 % $ 1,434,945 16 % Health Care and Social Assistance Real Estate and Rental and Leasing Public Administration Manufacturing (a) Retail Trade (a) Finance and Insurance Wholesale Trade (a) Construction Transportation and Warehousing (a) Educational Services Professional, Scientific, and Technical Services (a) Other Services (except Public Administration) Accommodation and Food Services Other (a) 1,010,135 975,821 796,742 729,926 682,775 507,339 486,940 478,926 468,377 421,035 340,323 308,802 270,693 722,610 11 10 8 8 7 5 5 5 5 4 4 3 3 8 933,842 1,049,006 11 12 586,418 643,176 552,307 427,321 507,729 427,147 426,766 395,396 331,389 293,003 285,104 561,744 7 7 6 5 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 6 Total commercial & industrial loans $ 9,520,738 100 % $ 8,855,293 100 % (a)(cid:3) The Company’s energy-related lending portfolio includes certain balances within each of these selected industry categories as the definition is based on source of revenue. The energy-related lending portfolio totaled $1.4 billion and $1.6 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. TABLE 11. Commercial Real Estate – Income Producing by Property Type Concentration ($ in thousands) Balance Total Balance Total Commercial real estate - income producing loans: December 31, 2016 2015 Pct of Pct of Retail Office Multifamily Industrial Hotel/Motel Other $ 466,168 371,029 346,612 289,482 179,016 361,583 23 % $ 451,102 29 % 19 17 14 9 18 370,155 136,392 253,060 88,039 254,334 24 9 16 6 16 Total commercial real estate - income producing loans $ 2,013,890 100 % $ 1,553,082 100 % 47 The following table shows average loans by category for each of the prior three years and the effective taxable-equivalent yield the percentage of total loans. TABLE 12. Average Loans ($ in thousands) Total loans: Commercial & real estate loans Residential mortgages Consumer Total loans 2016 Yield (te) Pct of Total Balance Years Ended December 31, 2015 Yield (te) Balance Pct of Total 2014 Yield (te) Pct of Total Balance $ $ 11,959,204 2,044,718 2,060,671 16,064,593 3.83 % 4.06 5.13 4.01 % 74 % 13 13 100 % $ $ 10,595,214 1,960,420 1,877,733 14,433,367 3.95 % 4.14 5.08 4.13 % 73 % $ 14 13 100 % $ 9,508,100 1,791,859 1,638,910 12,938,869 4.52 % 4.61 5.78 4.71 % 73 % 14 13 100 % Tax equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using a marginal federal income tax rate of 35%. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the approximate contractual maturity by type of the loan portfolio. TABLE 13. Loan Maturities by Type December 31, 2016 (in thousands) Total loans: Maturity Range Within One Year After One Through Five Years After Five Years Total Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer Total loans $ $ 2,203,280 $ 167,790 2,371,070 418,679 449,771 100,568 135,105 3,475,193 $ 3,765,877 $ 771,355 4,537,232 1,063,357 397,047 38,880 839,647 6,876,163 $ 1,644,760 $ 967,676 2,612,436 531,854 164,061 2,007,265 1,085,179 6,400,795 $ 7,613,917 1,906,821 9,520,738 2,013,890 1,010,879 2,146,713 2,059,931 16,752,151 The sensitivity to interest rate changes for the portion of our loan portfolio that matures after one year is shown below. TABLE 14. Loan Sensitivity to Changes in Interest Rates (in thousands) Total loans: Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer Total loans Nonperforming Assets Fixed rate December 31, 2016 Floating rate Total $ $ 2,496,574 $ 1,232,352 3,728,926 771,382 198,430 1,258,589 851,353 6,808,680 $ 2,914,063 $ 506,679 3,420,742 823,829 362,678 787,556 1,073,473 6,468,278 $ 5,410,637 1,739,031 7,149,668 1,595,211 561,108 2,046,145 1,924,826 13,276,958 The following table sets forth nonperforming assets by type for the periods indicated, consisting of nonaccrual loans, troubled debt restructurings and other real estate owned (ORE) and foreclosed assets. Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing are also disclosed. 48 TABLE 15. Nonperforming Assets (in thousands) Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis: (a) Commercial non-real estate loans Commercial non-real estate loans - restructured Total commercial non-real estate loans Commercial real estate - owner occupied Commercial real estate - owner occupied - restructured Total commercial real estate - owner occupied loans Commercial real estate - income producing loans Commercial real estate - income producing loans - restructured Total commercial real estate - income producing loans Construction and land development loans Construction and land development loans - restructured Total construction and land development loans Residential mortgage loans Residential mortgage loans - restructured Total residential mortgage loans Consumer loans Total nonaccrual loans Restructured loans - still accruing: Commercial non-real estate loans Commercial real estate loans - owner occupied Commercial real estate loans - income producing Construction and land development loans Residential mortgage loans Consumer loans Total restructured loans - still accruing Total nonperforming loans ORE and foreclosed assets Total nonperforming assets (b) Loans 90 days past due still accruing Total restructured loans Ratios: Nonperforming assets to loans plus ORE and foreclosed assets Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans and accruing loans 90 days past due Loans 90 days past due still accruing to loans 2016 2015 December 31. 2014 2013 2012 $ $ $ $ $ $ 170,703 78,334 249,037 13,433 981 14,414 13,147 807 13,954 3,651 898 4,549 22,815 851 23,666 12,350 317,970 32,887 493 5,939 — 259 240 39,818 357,788 18,943 376,731 3,039 121,689 $ $ $ $ $ $ 83,677 5,066 88,743 8,841 1,160 10,001 10,225 590 10,815 15,993 1,301 17,294 23,082 717 23,799 9,061 159,713 — 1,638 2,473 20 106 60 4,297 164,010 27,133 191,143 7,653 13,131 $ $ $ $ $ $ 14,248 1,263 15,511 13,589 1,911 15,500 12,428 691 13,119 5,187 2,378 7,565 21,348 746 22,094 5,748 79,537 424 2,116 1,464 4,905 54 8 8,971 88,508 59,569 148,077 4,825 15,960 $ $ $ $ $ $ 8,705 4,654 13,359 14,794 2,321 17,115 22,575 770 23,345 8,770 7,930 16,700 22,255 — 22,255 6,912 99,686 2,323 1,944 1,200 3,298 507 — 9,272 108,958 76,979 185,937 10,387 24,947 $ $ $ $ $ $ 21,511 1,756 23,267 21,031 725 21,756 25,938 325 26,263 29,623 11,608 41,231 17,285 1,364 18,649 6,449 137,615 6,722 1,265 1,665 6,236 549 — 16,437 154,052 102,072 256,124 13,244 32,215 2.25 % 1.22 % 1.06 % 1.50 % 2.19 % 63.58 % 0.02 % 105.54 % 0.05 % 137.96 % 0.03 % 111.97 % 0.08 % 81.40 % 0.11 % (a)(cid:3) Nonaccrual loans and accruing loans past due 90 days or more do not include acquired credit-impaired loans which were written down to fair value upon acquisition and accrete interest income the remaining life of the loan. (b)(cid:3) Includes total nonaccrual loans, total restructured loans—still accruing and ORE and foreclosed assets. Nonperforming assets, including nonaccrual loans, troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) and ORE, totaled $376.7 million at December 31, 2016, compared to $191.1 million at December 31, 2015. The net increase in nonperforming loans was mainly due to energy-related loans. Nonperforming energy loans totaled $239 million at December 31, 2016 compared to $70 million at December 31, 2015. The $169 million year-over-year increase impacted both the exploration and production (“E&P”) and energy support segments with E&P nonperforming loans up $68 million to $79 million and energy support service loans up $101 million to $160 million. Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total loans, ORE and foreclosed assets was 2.25% at December 31, 2016, compared to 1.22% at December 31, 2015. Nonaccrual loans were $318.0 million at December 31, 2016, an increase of $158.3 million from December 31, 2015. The majority of this increase occurred in commercial non-real estate loans, where energy-related nonaccruals increased $133 million during 2016. Loans modified in TDRs totaled $121.7 million at December 31, 2016 compared to $13.1 million at December 31, 2015. These totals included $81.9 million and $8.8 million, respectively, of loans reported in nonaccrual loans. TDRs arise when a borrower is experiencing, or is expected to experience, financial difficulties in the near-term and, consequently, a modification that would otherwise not be considered is granted to the borrower. Certain loans modified in a TDR may continue to accrue interest, depending 49 on the individual facts and circumstances of the borrower. The $36 million increase in accruing TDRs between December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016 is mainly attributable to two large support service energy-related loans. ORE and foreclosed assets decreased a net $8.2 million during 2016 totaling $18.9 million at December 31, 2016. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses The allowance for loan and lease losses represents management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolios at period end. The Company determines its allowance in accordance with applicable accounting literature as well as regulatory guidance related to receivables and contingencies. Management, with Board of Directors oversight, is responsible for ensuring the adequacy of the allowance. The allowance is evaluated for adequacy on at least a quarterly basis. For a discussion of this process, see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements located in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” At December 31, 2016, the allowance for loan losses was $229.4 million compared to $181.2 million at December 31, 2015. The increase in the allowance for loan losses was primarily related to the increase in criticized and nonperforming loans in the energy portfolio. The allowance for loan losses related to the energy portfolio increased $28.3 million to $106.5 million at December 31, 2016, or 7.5% of energy loans outstanding. The Company’s balance of criticized commercial loans totaled $1.27 billion at December 31, 2016, compared to $761 million at December 31, 2015. Criticized loans are defined as those having potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention (risk-rated special mention, substandard and doubtful), including both accruing and nonaccruing loans. Approximately $437 million, or 86%, of the $507 million increase was from energy-related credits. As of December 31, 2016, criticized loans in the energy portfolio were $889 million, or approximately 63% of the energy portfolio. A December 31, 2016, energy-related loans delinquent for more than 30 days, including accrual and nonaccrual loans, totaled $46 million, or 3%, of the energy portfolio. After falling precipitously from July 2014 through the first quarter of 2016, WTI Crude Oil and other energy commodity prices reflected signs of recovery and stabilization during the second half of 2016. This stabilization in commodity prices has led to an increase in U.S drilling activity, though still significantly down from 2014 levels. It has also led to a stabilization of the Company’s criticized energy loans in the fourth quarter of 2016. Despite the increased drilling activity and the stabilization of criticized loans in the energy portfolio, management still expects a recovery lag in our energy service and support credit portfolio. Reserve-based lending credits are beginning to show signs of improvement, and we expect land-based services and non-drilling services in the Gulf of Mexico to follow. Management expects improving performance in the reserve-based lending portfolio in 2017, possibly leading to risk rating upgrades in that portfolio during the second half of 2017. During 2016, the Company recorded net charge-offs of $38 million on energy-related credits. Energy-related charge-offs to date for the current cycle (November 2014 – December 2016) totaled approximately $42 million. Based upon information available today, management continues to believe that net charge-offs from the energy-related credits will approximate $65 to $95 million over the duration of the cycle. Management continues to closely monitor our consumer and commercial real estate portfolios in our local energy-dependent markets. Although the Company has not experienced any significant issues in these portfolios, we could experience some credit degradation, particularly in the consumer portfolio, which may require an increase in our allowance for loan losses. The following table provides a breakout of the Company’s allowance for loan losses for the energy portfolio, allocated by sector at December 31, 2016. Table 16. Energy Allowance for Loan Losses by Sector (in millions) Upstream (reserve-based lending) Midstream Support - drilling Support - nondrilling Total Outstanding Balance Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses as a % of Loans $ $ 482 $ 77 156 697 1,412 $ 20.9 2.2 15.4 68.0 106.5 4.34% 2.91% 9.90% 9.75% 7.54% The ratio of the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of period-end loans was 1.37% at December 31, 2016, compared to 1.15% at December 31, 2015. The allowance maintained on the non-purchased credit impaired portion of the loan portfolio totaled $211.1 million, or 1.27% of related loans, at December 31, 2016, compared to $158.1 million, or 1.02%, at December 31, 2015. 50 The Company recorded a total provision for loan losses during 2016 of $110.7 million, compared to $73.0 million in 2015. The increase in the provision was mainly from a $66.3 million provision related to the energy portfolio. Net charge-offs from the non-purchased credit impaired loan portfolio during 2016 were $59.1 million, or 0.37%, of average total loans. This compares to net non-purchased credit impaired charge-offs of $16.2 million, or 0.11% of average total loans, for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net charge-offs on the purchased credit impaired portfolio was a credit of $0.6 million in 2016 compared to net charge-offs of $1.6 million in 2015. The following table sets forth activity in the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated. In the following tables, certain disaggregated information was not available for 2012 for the commercial non-real estate, construction and land development, commercial real estate – owner occupied, and commercial real estate – income producing. In these instances, combined information for these categories is provided under the caption “commercial loans.” 51 TABLE 17. Summary of Activity in the Allowance for Loan Losses (in thousands) Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period Loans charged-off: Non-Purchased credit impaired loans: (a) Commercial non real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Total Commercial Residential mortgages Consumer Total non-purchased credit impaired charge-offs Purchased credit impaired loans: Commercial non real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Total commercial Residential mortgages Consumer Total charge-offs Recoveries of loans previously charged-off: Non-Purchased credit impaired loans: Commercial non real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Total commercial Residential mortgages Consumer Total non-Purchased credit impaired recoveries Purchased credit impaired loans: Commercial non real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Total commercial Residential mortgages Consumer Total purchased credit impaired recoveries Total recoveries Net charge-offs - non-purchased credit impaired loans Net charge-offs - purchased credit impaired loans Total net charge-offs Provision for loan losses before FDIC benefit - purchased credit impaired loans Benefit attributable to FDIC loss share agreement Provision for loan losses non-purchased credit impaired loans Provision for loan losses, net (Decrease) increase in FDIC loss share receivable Allowance for loan losses at end of period Ratios: 2016 181,179 2015 128,762 $ $ December 31, 2014 133,626 $ 2013 136,171 $ 2012 124,881 $ 42,620 1,819 44,439 346 964 45,749 1,040 26,099 72,888 — 28 28 1 18 47 323 8 73,266 3,969 480 4,449 989 1,725 7,163 859 5,809 13,831 115 269 384 2 361 747 36 189 972 14,803 59,057 (594) 58,463 6,934 1,002 7,936 480 2,424 10,840 1,635 16,688 29,163 1,427 390 1,817 2,353 410 4,580 772 143 34,658 3,342 1,663 5,005 742 2,179 7,926 687 4,338 12,951 1,704 971 2,675 21 910 3,606 84 196 3,886 16,837 16,212 1,609 17,821 6,813 2,334 9,147 1,245 4,770 15,162 2,285 14,055 31,502 221 2,960 3,181 2,390 148 5,719 1,008 1,270 39,499 3,047 1,064 4,111 614 4,000 8,725 644 5,014 14,383 485 441 926 1,000 3,138 5,064 1 431 5,496 19,879 17,119 2,501 19,620 6,671 3,818 10,489 1,707 10,312 22,508 2,297 18,094 42,899 1,071 2,442 3,513 1,972 1,244 6,729 1,532 1,250 52,410 5,790 1,461 7,251 1,898 1,676 10,825 1,936 5,829 18,590 90 6,158 6,248 — 735 6,983 13 160 7,156 25,746 24,309 2,355 26,664 (5,361) 3,957 112,063 110,659 (3,957) 229,418 $ (5,855) 2,800 76,093 73,038 (2,800) 181,179 $ (20,010) 19,084 34,766 33,840 (19,084) 128,762 $ (1,160) 8,615 25,279 32,734 (8,615) 133,626 $ $ 42,277 6,275 16,208 64,760 29,947 — 1,094 95,801 5,375 324 4,030 9,729 4,894 — 78 4,972 14,701 55,031 26,069 81,100 41,021 (38,198) 51,369 54,192 38,198 136,171 Gross charge-offs - non-purchased credit impaired to average loans Recoveries - non-purchased credit impaired to average loans Net charge-offs - non-purchased credit impaired to average loans Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans 0.45 % 0.09 % 0.37 % 1.37 % 0.20 % 0.09 % 0.11 % 1.15 % 0.24 % 0.11 % 0.13 % 0.93 % 0.37 % 0.16 % 0.21 % 1.08 % 0.57 % 0.09 % 0.49 % 1.18 % (a)(cid:3) Non-purchased credit impaired loans includes originated and acquired loans. An allocation of the loan loss allowance by major loan category is set forth in the following table. The increase in the allowance for commercial non-real estate loans is primarily attributable to the energy-related portfolio discussed above. The changes in the allowance allocated to the residential mortgage and consumer categories in 2012 and 2013 reflect mainly changes in the estimate of impairment on pools of purchased credit impaired loans within these categories. 52 TABLE 18. Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses by Category 2016 2015 December 31, 2014 2013 2012 Allowance for Loan Losses % of Total Allowance Allowance for Loan Losses % of Total Allowance Allowance for Loan Losses % of Total Allowance Allowance for Loan Losses % of Total Allowance Allowance for Loan Losses % of Total Allowance ($ in thousands) Total loans: Commercial Commercial non-real estate $ — 147,052 — $ 64 — 109,428 — $ 60 — 51,169 — $ 40 — 37,017 — $ 28 77,969 72 Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Total commercial Residential mortgages Consumer Total loans $ Short-Term Investments 11,083 5 9,858 6 13,536 10 18,973 14 158,135 69 119,286 66 64,705 50 55,990 42 13,509 6 6,041 3 7,546 6 12,639 9 6,271 177,915 25,361 26,142 229,418 3 78 11 11 100 $ 5,642 130,969 25,353 24,857 181,179 3 72 14 14 100 $ 6,421 78,672 28,660 21,430 128,762 5 61 22 17 100 $ 8,845 77,474 34,881 21,271 133,626 7 58 26 16 100 $ 77,969 39,080 19,122 136,171 72 14 14 100 Short-term liquidity investments, including interest-bearing bank deposits and federal funds sold, decreased $487 million from December 31, 2015 to a total of $78 million at December 31, 2016. Average short-term investments for 2016 totaled $380 million, a $133 million, or 26% decrease from 2015. While maintaining sufficient liquidity, the Company more proactively managed these balances in 2016 by shifting a portion to higher-yielding investment securities. The decreases occurred in interest-bearing bank deposits. Short-term liquidity assets are held to ensure funds are available to meet the cash flow needs of both borrowers and depositors. See the Liquidity section for further discussion regarding the Company’s liquidity management process. Deposits Total deposits at December 31, 2016 were $19.4 billion, up $1.1 billion, or 6%, from December 31, 2015 with increases in several categories as the Bank continued the deposit growth initiatives implemented in the second quarter of 2014. Average total deposits in 2016 of $18.7 billion were up $1.5 billion, or 9%, over 2015. The Company was able to fund its 2016 loan growth entirely with deposit growth. In the fourth quarter of 2015, the Company redesigned its deposit product offerings, resulting in a transfer of approximately $1.2 billion of balances from low-rate interest-bearing transaction accounts to noninterest-bearing demand deposits. The Company’s product offering changes included a new suite of consumer products designed specifically to meet the changing needs of our customers. The new noninterest-bearing accounts include enhanced features such as identity theft protection, credit file monitoring and more customer-friendly pricing based upon relationship balances and direct deposit activity. To date, there has not been any significant attrition from the transferred accounts as management believes that customers judged that the additional benefits provided in the new product suite offset the interest foregone from these traditionally low-yielding products. As of December 31, 2016 noninterest-bearing deposits totaled $7.7 billion, a $382 million, or 5%, increase over 2015. The proportion of noninterest-bearing deposits in the overall deposit mix was 39.4% at year-end 2016 compared to 39.7% at the end of 2015. Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits totaled $6.9 billion at December 31, 2016 compared to $6.8 billion at December 31, 2015. The $143 million, or 2%, increase in interest–bearing transaction and savings deposits included a $130 million increase in savings accounts and $220 million increase in consumer money market accounts partially offset by a decrease in commercial money market deposit accounts. Interest-bearing public fund deposits at December 31, 2016 increased $310 million, or 14%, compared to December 31, 2015. Year- end public fund account balances are subject to annual fluctuations dependent upon a number of factors, including the timing of tax collections. Seasonal cash inflows from public entities in the fourth quarter of each year typically results in higher balances than at other times during the year with subsequent reductions beginning in the first quarter of the following year. Time deposits at December 31, 2016 increased $241 million, or 12%, from December 31, 2015. This increase was due to a $304 million increase in brokered CDs. The Company uses brokered deposits as a funding source subject to strict parameters regarding the amount, interest rate and maturity. 53 Table 19 shows average balances and weighted-average rates paid on deposits for each year in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016 as well as the percentage of total deposits for each category. Table 20 shows the maturities of time certificates of deposits greater than $250,000 at December 31, 2016. TABLE 19. Average Deposits ($ in millions) Interest-bearing deposits: Interest-bearing transaction deposits Money market deposits Savings deposits Overnight treasury management deposits Time deposits (including Public Funds) Total interest-bearing deposits Noninterest bearing demand deposits Total deposits $ Balance 2016 Rate Mix Balance 2015 Rate Mix Balance 2014 Rate Mix $ 2,960.9 4,245.9 1,642.4 0.26 % 0.44 0.01 15.9 % $ 22.8 8.8 3,454.2 3,529.2 1,572.7 0.14 % 0.36 0.01 20.2 % $ 20.6 9.2 3,297.6 2,676.6 1,619.0 0.12 % 0.22 0.02 21.4% 17.4 10.5 — 0.85 0.43 % — 2,574.9 11,424.1 7,232.2 18,656.3 — 13.8 61.2 38.8 100.0 % $ 317.3 2,056.2 10,929.6 6,195.2 17,124.8 0.24 0.74 0.31 % 1.9 12.0 63.8 36.2 100.0 % $ 417.0 1,748.0 9,758.2 5,641.8 15,400.0 0.27 0.68 0.24 % 2.7 11.4 63.4 36.6 100.0% TABLE 20. Maturity of Time Certificates of Deposit greater than or equal to $250,000* (in thousands) Three months Over three months through six months Over six months through one year Over one year Total * Includes public fund time deposits Short-Term Borrowings December 31, 2016 202,670 61,958 245,998 112,142 622,768 $ $ Table 21 shows balances for each of the past three years of short-term borrowings, which consist of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and borrowings from the FHLB. Customer repurchase agreements are a significant source of such borrowings in each year. These agreements are offered mainly to commercial customers to assist them with their ongoing cash management strategies or to provide a temporary investment vehicle for their excess liquidity pending redeployment for corporate or investment purposes. While customer repurchase agreements provide a recurring source of funds to the Bank, the amounts available over time can be volatile. The $865 million of FHLB borrowings at December 31, 2016 consist of three $225 million and one $190 million variable-rate term notes, two maturing in 2017 and two maturing in 2020. These notes re-price monthly and may be re-paid at the Company’s option, either in whole or in-part, on any monthly re-pricing date subject to a two week advanced notice requirement. All other FHLB borrowings held had stated maturities of three months or less. The weighted-average interest rate paid on securities sold under agreements to repurchase decreased 24 bps from 0.27% in 2014 to 0.03% in 2015. This decrease is primarily attributable to the June 2014 early redemption of $115 million in fixed rate repurchase obligations with an average interest rate of 3.43%. The early redemption reduced borrowing costs by approximately $3.9 million in 2015. 54 TABLE 21. Short-Term Borrowings ($ in thousands) Federal funds purchased: Amount outstanding at period-end Average amount outstanding during period Maximum amount at any month-end during period Weighted-average interest at period-end Weighted-average interest rate during period Securities sold under agreements to repurchase: Amount outstanding at period-end Average amount outstanding during period Maximum amount at any month-end during period Weighted-average interest at period-end Weighted-average interest rate during period FHLB borrowings: Amount outstanding at period-end Average amount outstanding during period Maximum amount at any month-end during period Weighted-average interest at period-end Weighted-average interest rate during period Long-Term Debt 2016 Years Ended December 31, 2015 2014 $ 2,275 $ 14,052 59,475 0.38% 0.50% 358,131 $ 454,571 579,099 0.04% 0.03% 865,000 $ 943,570 1,175,000 0.54% 0.41% $ $ 10,100 $ 15,992 13,675 0.13% 0.26% 513,544 $ 539,169 609,671 0.03% 0.03% 900,000 $ 469,973 900,000 0.32% 0.18% 12,000 12,196 12,000 0.13% 0.25% 624,573 688,704 816,617 0.03% 0.27% 515,000 304,781 565,000 0.12% 0.15% As of December 31, 2016, long-term debt totaled $436 million, down almost $54 million from year-end 2015. The decrease was primarily due to principal payments on the term note payable, maturing December 2018, and reductions related to the Bank’s tax credit fund activities. In the first quarter of 2015, the Company issued $150 million of 30-year subordinated debt at a fixed rate of 5.95%. The majority of the proceeds were used to complete a stock repurchase program approved in 2014 with the remainder used for general corporate purchases. Subject to prior approval by the Federal Reserve, the Company may redeem the notes in whole or in part on any interest payment date on or after June 15, 2020. This debt qualifies as Tier 2 capital in the calculation of certain regulatory capital ratios. The Company has $95.5 million in subordinated notes payable maturing April 2017. The notes accrue interest at a rate of 5.875% per annum and ceased qualifying as Tier 2 capital in the calculation of certain regulatory capital ratios in April 2016. Based on current information available, management expects to fund the repayment of these notes from either short-term liquid assets or FHLB borrowings. The Company also entered into a 3-year senior unsecured single draw term-note facility totaling $125 million in December 2015. This facility bears interest based on LIBOR plus 1.50% per annum and requires quarterly principal payments of $4.5 million. The remaining principal balance as of December 31, 2016 was $107 million. The borrowing may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time prior to the December 18, 2018 maturity date without premium or penalty, subject to reimbursement of certain lenders’ costs. The proceeds from this facility were used to repay the remaining $123 million balance of the term note payable that matured in December 2015. “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note 8” provides further discussion on long-term debt. Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into financial instruments, such as commitments to extend credit and letters of credit, to meet the financing needs of their customers. Such instruments are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements until they are funded, although they expose the Bank to varying degrees of credit risk and interest rate risk in much the same way as funded loans. Commitments to extend credit totaled $5.9 billion at December 31, 2016, of which $688 million represents commitments to extend credit to energy-related companies. These commitments include revolving commercial credit lines, non-revolving loan commitments issued mainly to finance the acquisition and development of construction of real property or equipment, and credit card and personal credit lines. The availability of funds under commercial credit lines and loan commitments generally depends on whether the borrower 55 continues to meet credit standards established in the underlying contract, which may include the maintenance of sufficient collateral coverage levels, payment and financial performance, and compliance with other contractual conditions. Loan commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee by the borrower. Credit card and personal credit lines are generally subject to adjustment or cancellation if the borrower’s credit quality deteriorates. A number of commercial and personal credit lines are used only partially or, in some cases, not at all before they expire, and the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements of the Company. A substantial majority of the letters of credit are standby agreements that obligate the Bank to fulfill a customer’s financial commitments to a third party if the customer is unable to perform. The Bank issues standby letters of credit primarily to provide credit enhancement to their customers’ other commercial or public financing arrangements and to help them demonstrate financial capacity to vendors of essential goods and services. The contract amounts of these instruments reflect the Company’s exposure to credit risk. The Bank undertakes the same credit evaluation in making loan commitments and assuming conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments and may require collateral or other credit support. The following table shows the commitments to extend credit and letters of credit at December 31, 2016 and 2015 according to expiration date. TABLE 22. Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit (in thousands) December 31, 2016 Commitments to extend credit Letters of credit Total (in thousands) December 31, 2015 Commitments to extend credit Letters of credit Total Total Less than 1 year 1-3 years 3-5 years More than 5 years Expiration Date $ $ 5,878,290 $ 338,014 6,216,304 $ 2,647,413 $ 240,669 2,888,082 $ 1,463,388 $ 81,183 1,544,571 $ 958,518 $ 16,162 974,680 $ 808,971 — 808,971 Total Less than 1 year 1-3 years 3-5 years More than 5 years Expiration Date $ $ 5,937,701 $ 375,227 6,312,928 $ 2,763,727 $ 216,198 2,979,925 $ 1,229,194 $ 127,362 1,356,556 $ 1,252,254 $ 31,106 1,283,360 $ 692,526 561 693,087 ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT The Company proactively manages risks to capture opportunities and maximize shareholder value. The Company balances revenue generation and profitability with the inherent risks of its business activities. Enterprise risk management helps protect shareholder value by assessing, monitoring, and managing the risks associated with our businesses. Strong risk management practices enhance decision-making, facilitate successful implementation of new initiatives, and where appropriate, support undertaking greater levels of well-managed risk to drive growth and achieve strategic objectives. The Company’s risk management culture integrates a board- approved risk appetite with senior management direction and governance to facilitate the execution of the Company’s strategic plan. This integration ensures the daily management of risks by product types and continuous corporate monitoring of the levels of risk across the Company. The Company makes changes to its enterprise risk management program and risk governance framework as described here at the direction of senior management and the Board of Directors to capture opportunities and to respond to changes in its strategic, business, and operational environments. 56 Risk Categories and Definitions Consistent with other participants in the financial services industry, the primary risk exposures of the Company are credit, market, liquidity, operational, legal, reputational, and strategic. The Company has adopted these seven risk categories as outlined by the Federal Reserve Board and other bank regulators to govern the risk management of banks and bank holding companies. The Company assigns oversight responsibility for these categories within its risk committee governance structure. (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) Credit risk arises from the potential that a borrower or counterparty will fail to perform on an obligation. Market risk is a financial institution’s condition resulting from adverse movements in market rates or prices, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, or equity prices. Liquidity risk is the potential that an institution will be unable to meet its obligations as they come due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding (referred to as “funding liquidity risk”) or that it cannot easily unwind or offset specific exposures without significantly lowering market prices because of inadequate market depth or market disruptions (“market liquidity risk”). Operational risk is the potential that inadequate information systems, operational problems, breaches in internal controls, breaches in customer data, fraud, or unforeseen catastrophes will result in unexpected losses. Consistently and interchangeably for the Company, Basel II defines this risk as the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. The Company assesses compliance risk as a subcategory of operational risk. Legal risk is the potential that unenforceable contracts, lawsuits, or adverse judgments can disrupt or otherwise negatively affect the operations or condition of a banking organization. Reputational risk is the potential that negative publicity regarding an institution’s business practices, whether true or not, will cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigation, or revenue reductions. The Company also recognizes its reputation with shareholders and associates are important factors of reputational risk. Strategic risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings, capital, or franchise or enterprise value arising from adverse business decisions, poor implementation of business decisions, or lack of responsiveness to changes in the competitive landscape banking and financial services industries and operating environment. Risk Committee Governance Structure Effective risk management governance requires active oversight, participation, and interaction by senior management and the Board of Directors. Our enterprise risk management framework uses a tiered risk/reward committee structure to facilitate the timely discussion of significant risks, issues and risk mitigation strategies to inform management and the Board’s decision making. Additionally, the committee structure provides ongoing oversight and facilitates escalation within assigned portfolios. Risk committees exist at the board, governance and asset portfolio levels. (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) Board risk committees. The Company’s Board of Directors has established a Board Risk Committee and Credit Risk Management Subcommittee to oversee the effective establishment of a risk governance framework, provide for an independent Credit Review assurance function, ensure the overall corporate risk profile is within its risk appetite, and direct changes or make recommendations to the Board of Directors when determined necessary. Additionally, the Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee to provide independent oversight on the effectiveness of these matters and the Company’s internal control environment. The Board Risk Committee is chaired by an independent director who meets the risk management qualifications outlined in the Dodd-Frank Act. Governance committees. The Capital Committee (CAPCO) of the Company serves as the senior level management risk/reward committee and oversees the business strategy, organizational structure, capital planning, and liquidity strategies for the Company. CAPCO directly oversees the strategic and reputation risk categories, which include litigation strategy and the development of Stress Testing capabilities within the Company’s risk governance framework. CAPCO drives business strategy development and execution, provides corporate financial oversight, and is responsible for portfolio risk committee oversight. They provide oversight of the portfolio risk/reward committees to ensure tactics to address business strategy changes are properly vetted and adopted, and protect the Company’s reputation. Portfolio committees. The Company has three portfolio risk/reward committees focusing on credit (CREDCO), market and liquidity (ALCO), and operational and legal and compliance (OPCO) risk categories. These committees review and monitor the risk categories in a portfolio context ensuring risk assessment and management processes are being effectively executed to identify and manage risk and direct changes and escalate issues to CAPCO and Board Risk Committees when needed. The committees also monitor the risk portfolios for changes to the Company’s risk profile as well as ensure the risk portfolio is performing within the board-approved risk appetite. Portfolio committees report to CAPCO. 57 Risk Leadership and Organization The risk management function of the Company, which includes the Chief Risk Officer, is led by the President of Whitney Bank. The Chief Risk Officer provides overall vision, direction and leadership regarding our enterprise risk management program. The Chief Risk Officer exercises independent judgment and reporting of risk through a direct working relationship with the Board Risk Committee, and the Chief Credit Risk Officer has the same role with the Credit Risk Management Subcommittee. The functional areas reporting to the Chief Risk Officer are the enterprise risk management program office, operational risk management, model validation, loan review, regulatory relations, legal, corporate insurance and the enterprise-wide compliance program. The Chief Risk Officer also works closely with the Chief Internal Auditor to provide assurance to the Board and senior management regarding risk management controls and their effectiveness. The Chief Internal Auditor reports to the Board’s Audit Committee to assure independence of the internal audit function. Other risk management functions reporting to the President include the Chief Credit Officer, Chief Credit Risk Officer, and Bank Secrecy Act (BSA) Officer. Credit Risk The Bank’s primary lending focus is to provide commercial, consumer, and real estate loans to consumers, to small and middle market businesses, to larger corporate clients in their respective market areas, and to state, county, and municipal government entities. Diversification in the loan portfolio is a means to reduce the risks associated with economic fluctuations. The Bank has no significant concentrations of loans to individual borrowers or foreign entities. Approximately 8% of the Bank’s loan portfolio consists of commercial non-real estate loans to the energy and energy-related sectors. These energy-based loans are actively reviewed, reported and managed. This level of lending to the energy sector is expected given our footprint and is an area of specialization and core competency of our organization. Managing collateral is an essential component of managing the Bank’s energy-related credit risk exposure. Collateral valuations are obtained at the time of origination, and updated if it is determined that the collateral value has deteriorated or if the loan is deemed to be a problem loan. In light of the current pressure on the energy sector, we continue to manage and reduce our exposure, improve our cross industry diversification, and proactively manage potential impacts to earnings. The Bank monitors our levels of real estate loans throughout the year, and currently does not have a commercial real estate concentration, as defined by interagency guidelines. In light of the prevailing national housing market recovery, improving local market demand, favorable price appreciation in many markets, and positive (albeit slow) economic growth, the Company increased its exposure to residential construction/development lending during 2016; however, these lending activities will continue to be closely monitored for any potential signs of market weakness. Managing collateral is an essential component of managing the Bank’s real estate-related credit risk exposure. For real estate-secured loans, third party valuations are obtained at the time of origination, and updated if it is determined that the collateral value has deteriorated or if the loan is deemed to be a problem loan. Property valuations are ordered through, and reviewed by, the Bank’s appraisal department. The property valuation, along with anticipated selling costs, are used to determine if there is loan impairment, leading to a recommendation for partial charge off or appropriate allowance allocation. The Bank maintains an active Credit Review function, whose Credit Review Manager reports to the Credit Risk Management Subcommittee, a committee of the Board, to help ensure that developing credit concerns are identified and addressed in a timely manner. Further, an active watch list review process is in place as part of the Bank’s problem loan management strategy, and a list of loans 90 days past due and still accruing is reviewed with management (including the Chief Credit Officer and Chief Credit Risk Officer) at least monthly. Recommendations flow from all of the above activities with the goal of recognizing nonperforming loans and determining the appropriate accrual status. Asset/Liability Management Asset liability management consists of quantifying, analyzing and controlling interest rate risk (IRR) to maintain stability in net interest income under varying interest rate environments. The principal objective of asset liability management is to maximize net interest income while operating within acceptable risk limits established for interest rate risk and maintaining adequate levels of liquidity. Our net earnings are materially dependent on our net interest income. IRR on the Company’s balance sheet consists of re-price, option, yield curve, and basis risks. Re-price risk results from differences in the maturity or re-pricing of asset and liability portfolios. Option risk arises from “embedded options” present in many financial instruments such as loan prepayment options, deposit early withdrawal options and interest rate options. These options allow customers opportunities to benefit when market interest rates change, which typically results in higher costs or lower revenue for the Company. Yield curve risk refers to the risk resulting from unequal changes in the spread between two or more rates for different maturities for the same instrument. Basis risk refers to the potential for changes in the underlying relationship between market rates and indices, which subsequently result in a narrowing of the profit spread on an earning asset or liability. Basis risk is also present in 58 administered rate liabilities, such as savings accounts, negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, and money market accounts where historical pricing relationships to market rates may change due to the level or directional change in market interest rates. ALCO manages our IRR exposures through pro-active measurement, monitoring, and management actions. ALCO is responsible for maintaining levels of IRR within limits approved by the Board of Directors through a risk management policy that is designed to produce a stable net interest margin in periods of interest rate fluctuation. Accordingly, the Company’s interest rate sensitivity and liquidity are monitored on an ongoing basis by its ALCO, which oversees market risk management and establishes risk measures, limits and policy guidelines for managing the amount of interest rate risk and its effect on net interest income and capital. A variety of measures are used to provide for a comprehensive view of the magnitude of interest rate risk, the distribution of risk, the level of risk over time and the exposure to changes in certain interest rate relationships. The Company utilizes an asset/liability model as the primary quantitative tool in measuring the amount of IRR associated with changing market rates. The model is used to perform net interest income, economic value of equity, and GAP analyses. The model quantifies the effects of various interest rate scenarios on projected net interest income and net income over the next 12-month and 24- month periods. The model measures the impact on net interest income relative to a base case scenario of hypothetical fluctuations in interest rates over the next 24 months. These simulations incorporate assumptions regarding balance sheet growth and mix, pricing and the repricing and maturity characteristics of the existing and projected balance sheet. The impact of interest rate derivatives, such as interest rate swaps, caps and floors, is also included in the model. Other interest rate-related risks such as prepayment, basis and option risk are also considered. Net Interest Income at Risk Hancock’s primary market risk is interest rate risk that stems from uncertainty with respect to absolute and relative levels of future market interest rates that affect our financial products and services. In an attempt to manage our exposure to interest rate risk, management measures the sensitivity of our net interest income and cash flows under various market interest rate scenarios, establishes interest rate risk management policies and implements asset/liability management strategies designed to produce a relatively stable net interest margin under varying rate environments. Hancock measures its interest rate sensitivity primarily by running net interest income simulations. Hancock’s balance sheet is asset sensitive over a 2 year period to rising interest rates under various shock scenarios. The model measures annual net interest income sensitivity relative to a base case scenario and incorporates assumptions regarding balance sheet growth and the mix of earning assets and funding sources as well as pricing, re-pricing and maturity characteristics of the existing and projected balance sheet. The following table presents an analysis of our interest rate risk as measured by the estimated changes in net interest income resulting from an instantaneous and sustained parallel shift in the yield curve at December 31, 2016. Shifts are measured in 100 basis point increments, except for the down rate scenario where the decrease is limited to 50 bps, in a range from -50 to +500 bps from base case (-50 through +300 bps presented in Table 23). Base case encompasses key assumptions for asset/liability mix, loan and deposit growth, pricing, prepayment speeds, deposit decay rates, securities portfolio cash flows and reinvestment strategy, and the market value of certain assets. The base case scenario assumes that the current interest rate environment is held constant throughout the 24- month forecast period; the instantaneous shocks are performed against that yield curve. These results indicate that we are slightly asset sensitive compared to the stable rate environment assumed for the base case. TABLE 23. Net Interest Income (te) at Risk Change in Interest Rates (basis points) - 50 + 100 + 200 + 300 Estimated Increase (Decrease) in NII Year 1 Year 2 (1.19) % 3.55 % 6.84 % 9.76 % (1.68) % 3.17 % 5.76 % 7.70 % Note: Decrease in interest rates limited to a 50 basis point decrease in current rate environment These scenarios are instantaneous shocks that assume balance sheet management will mirror base case. Should the yield curve begin to rise or fall, management has strategies available to maximize earnings opportunities or offset the negative impact to earnings. For example, in a rising rate environment, deposit pricing strategies could be adjusted to offer more competitive rates on long and medium-term CDs and less competitive rates on short-term CDs. Another opportunity at the start of such a cycle would be reinvesting the securities portfolio cash flows into short-term or floating-rate securities. On the loan side, the Company can make more floating- rate loans that tie to indices that re-price more frequently, such as LIBOR (London interbank offered rate) and make fewer fixed-rate 59 loans. Finally, there are a number of hedge strategies by which management could use derivatives, including swaps and purchased ceilings, to lock in net interest margin protection. Even if interest rates change in the designated amounts, there can be no assurance that our assets and liabilities would perform as anticipated. Additionally, a change in the U.S. Treasury rates in the designated amounts accompanied by a change in the shape of the U.S. Treasury yield curve would cause significantly different changes to net interest income than indicated above. Strategic management of our balance sheet and earnings is fluid and would be adjusted to accommodate these movements. As with any method of measuring interest rate risk, certain shortcomings are inherent in the methods of analysis presented above. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to re-pricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market rates. Certain assets such as adjustable-rate loans have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Also, the ability of many borrowers to service their debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase. We consider all of these factors in monitoring exposure to interest rate risk. Liquidity Liquidity management is focused on ensuring that funds are available to meet the cash flow requirements of our depositors and borrowers, while also meeting the operating, capital and strategic cash flow needs of the Company, the Bank and other subsidiaries. Hancock develops its liquidity management strategies and measures and monitors liquidity risk as part of its overall asset/liability management process. TABLE 24. Liquidity Metrics Free securities / total securities Core deposits / total deposits Wholesale funds / core deposits Average loans / average deposits 2016 23.46 % 93.22 % 9.18 % 86.11 % 2015 20.29 % 94.90 % 11.02 % 84.28 % 2014 14.04 % 93.95 % 9.80 % 84.02 % The asset portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through loan principal repayments, maturities of investment securities and occasional sales of various assets. Short-term investments such as federal funds sold, securities purchased under agreements to resell and interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve Bank or with other commercial banks are additional sources of liquidity to meet cash flow requirements. Free securities represent unpledged securities, and include securities assigned to short-term dealer repurchase agreements or to the Federal Reserve Bank discount window. Management has established an internal target for the ratio of free securities to total securities to be 15% or more. As shown in Table 24 above, our ratios of free securities to total securities were 23.46% and 20.29%, respectively, at December 31, 2016 and 2015. The increase in total securities outpaced the growth in funds that require pledging. The ratio at December 31, 2014 was slightly below target level, which management allows on a temporary basis, due to security pledging requirements for the seasonal increase in public fund deposits. The liability portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity through various customers’ interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposit accounts. At December 31, 2016, deposits totaled $19.4 billion, an increase of $1.1 billion, or 6%, from December 31, 2015. Core deposits represent total deposits less CDs of $250,000 or more, brokered deposits, and overnight treasury management deposits. Core deposits comprised 93.22% of total deposits at December 31, 2016, compared to 94.90% a year earlier. Brokered deposits totaled $693 million as of December 31, 2016 compared to $361 million at December 31, 2015. The Company’s use of brokered deposits as a funding source is subject to strict parameters regarding the amount, term, and interest rate. The Company’s loan to deposit ratio (average loans outstanding divided by average deposits) was 86.11% for 2016, up 183 bps from 2015, as average loans grew at a faster pace than average deposits. The loan to deposit ratio measures the amount of funds the Company lends out for each dollar of deposits on hand. The Company has established an internal target range for the loan to deposit ratio from 83% to 87%. Purchases of federal funds, securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repos) and other short-term borrowings are additional sources of liquidity to meet short-term funding requirements. Wholesale funds, which represent short-term borrowings and long-term debt, were 9.18% of core deposits at December 31, 2016 and 11.02% at December 31, 2015. Wholesale funds decreased $258 million (mostly repos), while core deposits were up $695 million in 2016. In addition to the sources of liquidity discussed above, the Bank has a line of credit with the FHLB that is secured by blanket pledges of certain mortgage loans. At December 31, 2016, the Bank had borrowed $865 million from the FHLB and had approximately $3.2 billion available under this line. The Bank also has unused borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve’s discount window of 60 approximately $1.8 billion. The Company did not have any outstanding borrowings with the Federal Reserve at either December 31, 2016, or December 31, 2015. Cash generated from operations is another important source of funds to meet liquidity needs. The consolidated statements of cash flows present operating cash flows and summarize all significant sources and uses of funds for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. Dividends received from the Bank have been the substantial source of funds available to the Company for the payment of dividends to our stockholders and for servicing any debt issued by the holding company. The liquidity management process recognizes the various regulatory provisions that can limit the amount of dividends that the Bank can distribute to the Company, as described in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements. It is the Company’s policy to maintain cash or other unencumbered liquid assets at the holding company to provide liquidity sufficient to fund six quarters of anticipated stockholder dividends. CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS The following table summarizes all significant contractual obligations at December 31, 2016, according to payments due by period. Obligations under deposit contracts and short-term borrowings are not included. The maturities of time deposits are in Table 20. Purchase obligations represent legal and binding contracts to purchase services and goods that cannot be settled or terminated without paying substantially all of the contractual amounts. TABLE 25. Contractual Obligations (in thousands) Long-term debt obligations Operating lease obligations Purchase obligations Total Less than 1 year 1-3 years 3-5 years More than 5 years Payment due by period $ 707,826 68,366 115,814 $ 148,315 12,728 74,642 $ 134,646 19,655 35,800 $ 55,636 13,314 5,372 $ 369,229 22,669 — Total $ 892,006 $ 235,685 $ 190,101 $ 74,322 $ 391,898 CAPITAL RESOURCES The Company currently has a strong capital position which is vital to continued profitability, promotes depositor and investor confidence and provides a solid foundation for future growth and flexibility in addressing strategic opportunities. Stockholders’ equity totaled $2.7 billion at December 31, 2016 compared to $2.4 billion at December 31, 2015. The $307 million increase primarily resulted from a $259 million common stock issuance. In addition, net income of $149 million was partially offset by $77 million in dividends and a $40 million decrease in other comprehensive income related to net actuarial losses in the unfunded pension liability and the market adjustment to the AFS portfolio. On December 16, 2016, the Company issued approximately $259 million, or 6.325 million shares, of its common stock at approximately $41.00 per share. This additional capital will be used to support recent and anticipated Company growth including the purchase of certain assets including $1.3 billion in loans and nine branches and assumption of certain liabilities from First NBC. The transaction was announced on December 30, 2016, and is expected to close on March 10, 2017. The Company’s tangible common equity ratio was 8.64% at December 31, 2016, compared to 7.62% a year earlier. The increase in tangible capital is mainly attributable to the common stock issuance. The Company has established an internal target for the tangible common equity ratio of at least 8.00%. However, management will allow the Company’s tangible common equity ratio to drop below 8.00% on a temporary basis if it believes that the shortfall can be replenished through normal operations within a short time frame. The primary quantitative measures that regulators use to gauge capital adequacy are the ratios of total, tier 1 and common equity tier 1 regulatory capital to risk-weighted assets (risk-based capital ratios) and the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total assets (leverage ratio). The Federal Reserve Board’s final rule implementing the Basel III regulatory capital framework and related Dodd-Frank Act changes was effective for the Company on January 1, 2015. The final rule strengthened the definition of regulatory capital, increased risk-based capital requirements, and made selected changes to the calculation of risk-weighted assets. The rule sets the Basel III minimum regulatory capital requirements for all organizations. It includes a new common equity Tier 1 ratio of 4.5% of risk-weighted assets, raises the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio from 4.0% to 6.0% of risk-weighted assets and sets a new conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets; however, the rule allows for transition periods for certain changes, including the conservation buffer. Based on capital ratios as of December 31, 2016 using Basel III definitions, the Company and the Bank exceeded all capital requirements of 61 the new rule, including the fully phased-in conservation buffer. The Company and the Bank have established internal targets for its total risk-based capital ratio, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and leverage ratio of 11.5%, 9.5% and 7.0%, respectively. At December 31, 2016, our capital balances were in excess of current regulatory minimum requirements and internal targets. Additionally, both the Company and the Bank were considered “well capitalized” by regulatory agencies. The following table shows the Company’s regulatory ratios for the past five years. “Note 10. Stockholders’ Equity” to the consolidated financial statements provides additional information about the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios. TABLE 26. Risk-Based Capital and Capital Ratios ($ in thousands) Common equity tier 1 capital Additional tier 1 capital Tier 1 capital Tier 2 capital Total capital Risk-weighted assets Ratios 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012 $ 2,184,812 $ — 2,184,812 379,418 2,564,230 $ 1,666,042 — 1,666,042 215,516 $ 1,881,558 $ 19,404,265 $ 18,515,904 $ 15,822,448 $ 14,325,757 $ 13,172,259 1,844,992 $ — 1,844,992 350,921 2,195,913 $ 1,685,058 $ — 1,685,058 192,774 1,877,832 $ 1,777,348 $ — 1,777,348 168,362 1,945,710 $ Leverage (Tier 1 capital to average assets) Common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets * Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets Total capital to risk-weighted assets Common stockholders' equity to total assets Tangible common equity to total assets 9.56% 8.55% 9.17% 9.34% 9.10% 11.26% 11.26% 13.21% 11.34% 8.64% 9.96% 9.96% 11.86% 10.57% 7.62% n/a 11.23% 12.30% 11.92% 8.59% n/a 11.76% 13.11% 12.76% 9.00% n/a 12.65% 14.28% 12.60% 8.77% * Common equity tier 1 capital only effective for years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. The Company’s regulatory capital ratios remained strong at December 31, 2016 with common equity tier 1 and Tier 1 risk-weighted asset ratios at 11.26%, and total risk-weighted asset ratios at 13.21%. The increases in these ratios compared to 2015 reflect the impact of the common stock issuance, partially offset by the increase in risk-weighted assets resulting from loan growth. The increase in the leverage ratio was mainly due to the common stock issuance, partially offset by quarterly average total assets growing by 6% in 2016 compared to 2015. STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM In September 2016, the Company’s stock repurchase plan that had been approved by the Board of Directors on August 28, 2015 expired. The plan had authorized the repurchase of up to 5%, or approximately 3.9 million shares of its outstanding common stock. Under this plan, the Company repurchased 741,393 shares of its common stock at an average price of $27.44 per share. There were no repurchases under the plan in 2016. In March 2015, the Company completed the prior stock repurchase program that had been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors on July 16, 2014 which authorized the repurchase of up to 5%, or approximately 4.1 million shares, of its outstanding common stock. Under this plan, the Company repurchased a total of 4.1 million shares of its common stock at an average price of $30.02 per share. See “Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” for additional discussion of the Company’s common stock buyback program. PENDING ACQUISITION On December 30, 2016, Whitney Bank signed a purchase agreement to acquire approximately $1.3 billion in loans, nine branch locations with approximately $500 million in mainly transaction and savings deposits and to assume approximately $600 million in FHLB borrowings from First NBC. The Company will pay a $44 million premium to First NBC for the earnings stream acquired. The transaction is expected to add approximately $26 million in annual incremental earnings with one-time acquisition costs estimated to total approximately $12 million. As part of the transaction, the Company acquired approximately $260 million in loans from First NBC in January 2017. The remaining portion of the transaction is expected to close on March 10, 2017. The nine branches to be acquired are in the greater New Orleans region including seven in the New Orleans MSA. The loans to be acquired are all performing with an average yield in excess of 5%. The loan portfolio acquired is well-diversified and does not 62 include any energy-related loans. As a result of the transaction, the Company’s pro forma energy concentration decreases to 7.8% of total loans outstanding as of December 31, 2016. Management estimates that the loan portfolio will include a 4% purchase accounting market valuation adjustment. The deposits to be acquired are transaction and savings accounts with an average interest rate of 0.88%. The Company will close approximately 10 overlapping branches, located within close proximity to the purchased First NBC branches or existing Whitney branches, during 2017. Included in the following table are pro forma metrics assuming the transaction had closed as of December 31, 2016. Table 27. Key Metrics (Pending Acquisition) ($ in billions) Total loans (a) Intangibles Total assets Total deposits Other liabilities Tangible common equity Loans/deposits CET1 ratio Tangible common equity ratio Tangible book value per share (a)(cid:3) Net of estimated mark-to-market. FOURTH QUARTER RESULTS December 31, 2016 $ $ 16.8 0.7 24.0 19.4 1.8 2.0 86.3 % 11.4 % 8.64 % 23.87 First NBC Transaction $ 1.2 0.1 1.1 0.5 0.6 (0.1) — — — — $ $ December 31, 2016 Pro Forma 18.0 0.8 25.1 19.9 2.4 1.9 90.5 % 10.2 % 7.84 % $ 22.65 Net income for the fourth quarter of 2016 was $51.8 million, or $0.64 per diluted common share, compared to $46.7 million, or $0.59, and $15.3 million, or $0.19, respectively in the third quarter of 2016 and the fourth quarter of 2015. The following discussion highlights recent factors impacting Hancock’s results of operations and financial position. Highlights of the Company’s fourth quarter of 2016 results (compared to third quarter 2016): (cid:120)(cid:3) Earnings up approximately 11% o(cid:3) Revenue up 3% o(cid:3) Noninterest income up almost 5% (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) o(cid:3) Loan loss provision decreased 24% to $14.5 million, compared to $19.0 million Total loans up $681 million, or 17% linked-quarter annualized (LQA) Net interest margin (NIM) of 3.26% up 6 basis points (bps) Energy loans comprise 8.4% of total loans, down from 8.7% Allowance for the energy portfolio totals $106.5 million, or 7.5% of energy loans Tangible common equity (TCE) ratio up 71 bps to 8.64%; Company raised $259 million of new capital on December 16, 2016 Total loans at December 31, 2016 were $16.8 billion, an increase of $681 million, or 4%, from September 30, 2016. The Company’s net loan growth during the quarter was diversified across the footprint and also in areas identified as part of the Company’s revenue- generating initiatives. Total deposits at December 31, 2016 were $19.4 billion, up $539 million, or 3%, from September 30, 2016. The fourth quarter increase reflected year-end seasonality of both commercial and public fund customers. Historically, customers have built deposits at year-end, particularly in demand deposits, with some of those deposits being withdrawn in the first quarter. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits (DDAs) totaled $7.7 billion at December 31, 2016, up $115 million from September 30, 2016. DDAs comprised 39% of total period-end deposits at December 31, 2016. Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits totaled $6.9 billion at year-end 2016, up $290 million, or 4%, compared to September 30, 2016. 63 Time deposits of $2.3 billion decreased $36 million, or 2%, while interest-bearing public fund deposits increased $170 million, or 7%, to $2.6 billion at December 31, 2016. Hancock recorded a total provision for loan losses for the fourth quarter of 2016 of $14.5 million, down from $19.0 million in the third quarter of 2016. Net charge-offs from the non-purchased credit impaired loan portfolio were $20.4 million, or 0.50% of average total loans on an annualized basis in the fourth quarter of 2016, compared to $9.5 million, or 0.24% of average total loans, for the third quarter of 2016. Included in the fourth quarter total were $11.9 million in charge-offs related to one energy credit in the drilling support sector. Energy charge-offs were $4.4 million in the third quarter of 2016. Net interest income (te) for the fourth quarter of 2016 was $175.3 million, up $5.0 million from the third quarter of 2016. During the fourth quarter, the impact on net interest income from purchase accounting adjustments (PAAs) declined $0.8 million to $3.8 million. Excluding the impact from purchase accounting items, net interest income increased $5.9 million linked-quarter. The increase is due to improvement in volume during the quarter. Average earning assets were $21.5 billion for the fourth quarter of 2016, up $265 million, or 1%, from the third quarter of 2016. The reported net interest margin (te) was 3.26% for the fourth quarter of 2016, up 6 bps from the third quarter of 2016. The net interest margin, excluding net purchase accounting adjustments, increased 7 bps to 3.19% during the fourth quarter of 2016. The main driver of the expansion was a change in the mix of earning assets during the quarter coupled with an increase of 4 bps in the securities portfolio. Noninterest income, including securities transactions, totaled $65.9 million for the fourth quarter of 2016, up $2.9 million, or 5%, from the third quarter of 2016. Included in the total is amortization of $1.2 million related to the FDIC indemnification asset, down from $1.5 million in the third quarter of 2016. Excluding the impact of this item, noninterest income totaled $67.1 million, up $2.6 million, or 4% linked-quarter. The increase is mainly attributable to a $3.3 million gain on the sale of a Company-owned banking facility in the Florida panhandle. Service charges on deposits totaled $18.7 million for the fourth quarter of 2016, virtually unchanged from the third quarter of 2016. Bank card and ATM fees totaled $12.3 million, up $0.5 million, or 4%, from the third quarter of 2016. Trust fees totaled $11.8 million, up $0.3 million, or 2% linked-quarter. Investment and annuity income and insurance fees totaled $5.1 million, down $0.3 million, or 6% linked-quarter. Fees from secondary mortgage operations totaled $4.3 million for the fourth quarter of 2016, down $0.6 million, or 13% linked- quarter. Other noninterest income (excluding the amortization of the FDIC indemnification assets noted above) totaled $14.7 million, up $2.8 million, or 24%, from the third quarter of 2016. The linked-quarter increase is primarily driven by a $3.3 million gain on sale of bank property. Noninterest expense for the fourth quarter of 2016 totaled $156.3 million, up $7.2 million, or 5%, from the third quarter of 2016. The increase linked-quarter is mainly driven by personnel expense and additional expenses related to the major flooding in Baton Rouge, Louisiana in August. Total personnel expense was $87.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, up $4.4 million, or 5%, from the third quarter of 2016. The increase is related to additional incentive pay due mainly to the Company meeting its overall corporate objectives for 2016. Occupancy and equipment expense totaled $13.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, up $0.5 million, or 4%, from the third quarter of 2016. Amortization of intangibles totaled $4.8 million for the fourth quarter of 2016, down $0.1 million, or 2%, linked-quarter. ORE expenses totaled $0.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2016. Net gains on ORE dispositions exceeded ORE expense in the third quarter of 2016 by $5.2 million, as the third quarter included a disposition gain on an asset acquired in the 2009 Peoples First acquisition. Other operating expense (excluding ORE) totaled $49.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, down $3.4 million, or 6%, from the third quarter of 2016. The decrease is mainly related to $4.0 million of expense from an early contract termination in the third quarter of 2016, partially offset by $1.2 million of insurance claims related to the August 2016 flooding in south Louisiana in the current quarter. The effective income tax rate for the fourth quarter of 2016 was 18%. Management expects a return to the Company’s historical effective tax rate (25-27%) in 2017, excluding any changes in the tax code as a result of the presidential election. The effective income tax rate continues to be less than the statutory rate of 35% due primarily to tax-exempt income and tax credits. 64 The summary of quarterly financial information appearing in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” provides selected comparative financial information for each of the four quarters of 2016 and 2015. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND SIGNIFICANT ESTIMATES The accounting principles we follow and the methods for applying these principles conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and with general practices followed by the banking industry. The significant accounting principles and practices we follow are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. These principles and practices require management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Management evaluates the estimates and assumptions made on an ongoing basis to help ensure the resulting reported amounts reflect management’s best estimates and judgments given current facts and circumstances. The following discusses certain critical accounting policies that involve a higher degree of management judgment and complexity in producing estimates that may significantly affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and notes. Acquisition Accounting Acquisitions are accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Purchased assets, including identifiable intangible assets, and assumed liabilities are recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values. Management applies various valuation methodologies to these assets and liabilities which often involve a significant degree of judgment, particularly when liquid markets do not exist for the particular item being valued. Examples of such items include loans, deposits, identifiable intangible assets and certain other assets and liabilities acquired or assumed in business combinations. Management uses significant estimates and assumptions to value such items, including, among others, projected cash flows, repayment rates, default rates and losses assuming default, discount rates, and realizable collateral values. The purchase date valuations and any subsequent adjustments also determine the amount of goodwill or bargain purchase gain recognized in connection with the business combination. Certain assumptions and estimates must be updated regularly in connection with the ongoing accounting for purchased loans. Valuation assumptions and estimates may also have to be revisited in connection with periodic assessments of possible value impairment, including impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and certain other long-lived assets. The use of different assumptions could produce significantly different valuation results, which could have material positive or negative effects on the Company’s results of operations. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses The allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL) is a valuation account available to absorb losses on loans. The ALLL is established and maintained at an amount that in management’s estimation is sufficient to cover the estimated credit losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolios of the Company as of the date of the determination. Credit losses arise not only from credit risk, but also from other risks inherent in the lending process including, but not limited to, collateral risk, operational risk, concentration risk, and economic risk. As such, all related risks of lending are considered when assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Quarterly, management estimates inherent losses in the portfolio based on a number of factors, including the Company’s past loan loss and delinquency experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrowers’ ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral and current economic conditions. The analysis and methodology for estimating the ALLL for originated and acquired performing loans include two primary elements. A loss rate analysis that incorporates a historical loss rate as updated for current conditions is used for loans collectively evaluated for impairment, and a specific reserve analysis is used for loans individually evaluated for impairment. The loss rate analysis includes several subjective inputs including portfolio segmentation, portfolio risk ratings, historical look-back and loss emergence periods. Management considers the appropriateness of these critical assumptions as part of its allowance review. The loss rate analysis is supplemented by a review of qualitative factors that considers whether current conditions differ from those existing during the historical-based loss rate analysis. Such factors include, but are not limited to, problem loan trends, changes in loan profiles and volumes, changes in lending policies and procedures, current economic and business conditions and credit concentrations. While qualitative data related for these factors is used where available, there is a high level of judgment applied assumptions that are susceptible to significant change. The qualitative component of the December 31, 2016 allowance comprised 31% of the total allowance, compared to 33% a year earlier. The higher than historical qualitative allowance level in 2016 and 2015 is a result of being in a severe energy cycle, requiring management’s best estimate of the impact to the portfolio with minimal quantitative support. While we believe the level of allowance is sufficient to absorb losses inherent in the portfolio today, actual results could differ significantly depending on the depth and duration of the energy cycle and the overall impact to the portfolio, which remains uncertain. For loans impaired that are individually evaluated, a specific allowance is calculated as the shortfall between the loan’s value and its recorded investment. The loan’s value is measured by either the loan’s observable market price, the fair value of the collateral of the loan (less liquidation costs) if it is collateral dependent, or by the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s 65 effective interest rate. Values for impaired loans are highly subjective and actual results could differ, particularly for energy-related loans impacted by volatile crude oil prices. Goodwill Impairment Testing Goodwill, which represents the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets of an acquired business, is not amortized but is assessed for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment. The impairment test compares the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its net book value. The Company has assigned all goodwill to one reporting unit that represents overall banking operations. The fair value of the reporting unit is based on valuation techniques that market participants would use in an acquisition of the whole unit, such as estimated discounted cash flows, the quoted market price of Hancock’s stock adjusted for a control premium and observable average price-to-earnings and price-to-book multiples of our competitors. If the unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value, an estimate of the implied fair value of the goodwill is compared to the goodwill’s carrying value and any impairment recognized. The Company completed its annual impairment test of goodwill as of September 30, 2016 and concluded that there was no impairment of goodwill. Consistent with the prior year, the Company used multiple approaches to measure its fair value at September 30, 2016. These included an income approach using the discounted net present value of estimated future cash flows, a transaction or price-to-book multiple approach using the actual price paid by similar companies in recent acquisition transactions and a market capitalization approach using both the Company’s actual market capitalization and an estimated market capitalization using a price-to-earnings multiple based on the Company’s 2017 forecast. The results from each of the approaches were relatively similar with little disparity and were combined and weighted to derive an estimated fair market value for the Company. Equal weightings were assigned to each of the four approaches. The weighted average of the four approaches resulted in a fair market value approximately 23% higher than net book value at September 30, 2016. Each of the valuation techniques used by the Company requires significant assumptions. Depending upon the specific approach, assumptions are made concerning the economic environment, expected net interest margins, growth rates, discount rates for cash flows, control premiums, price-to-earnings multiples, and price-to-book multiples. Also, assumptions are made to determine the appropriate individual weighting to be used for each approach in determining the fair market value. Changes to any one of these assumptions could result in significantly different results. Accounting for Retirement Benefits Management makes a variety of assumptions in applying principles that govern the accounting for benefits under the Company’s defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans. These assumptions are essential to the actuarial valuation that determines the amounts recognized and certain disclosures it makes in the consolidated financial statements related to the operation of these plans. Two of the more significant assumptions concern the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and the rate needed to discount projected benefits to their present value. Changes in these assumptions impact the cost of retirement benefits recognized in net income and comprehensive income. Certain assumptions are closely tied to current conditions and are generally revised at each measurement date. For example, the discount rate is reset annually with reference to market yields on high quality fixed-income investments. Other assumptions, such as the rate of return on assets, are determined, in part, with reference to historical and expected conditions over time and are not as susceptible to frequent revision. Holding other factors constant, the cost of retirement benefits will move opposite to changes in either the discount rate or the rate of return on assets. “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Note 15” provides further discussion on the accounting for Hancock’s retirement and employee benefit plans and the estimates used in determining the actuarial present value of the benefit obligations and the net periodic benefit expense. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements that appears in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK The information required for this item is included in the section entitled “Asset/Liability Management” in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that appears in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and is incorporated here by reference. 66 ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA The Company’s unaudited quarterly results for 2016 and 2015 are presented below. Summary of Quarterly Results (Unaudited) (in thousands, except per share data) First Second Third Fourth 2016 Interest income (te) (a) Interest expense Net interest income (te) (a) Taxable equivalent adjustment Net interest income Provision for loan losses Noninterest income Operating expense Nonoperating expense items Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income $ 185,984 $ 189,702 $ 188,937 $ (17,805) 168,179 (5,343) 162,836 (60,036) 58,186 (18,537) 171,165 (6,196) 164,969 (17,196) 63,694 (18,640) 170,297 (6,784) 163,513 (18,972) 63,008 193,383 (18,069) 175,314 (7,516) 167,798 (14,455) 65,893 (151,054) (150,942) (149,058) (156,283) (4,978) 4,954 1,115 — 60,525 13,618 — 58,491 11,772 $ 3,839 $ 46,907 $ 46,719 $ — 62,953 11,122 51,831 84,924 Pre-tax, pre-provision (PTPP) profit (te) (a) (b) 70,333 83,917 84,247 Period end balance sheet data Total assets Earning assets Loans Deposits Stockholders' equity Average balance sheet data Total assets Earning assets Loans Deposits Stockholders' equity Ratios Return on average assets Return on average common equity Net interest margin (te) (a) Earnings per share: Basic Diluted Cash dividends per common share Market data: High sales price Low sales price Period-end closing price Trading volume $ 22,809,370 $ 23,063,790 $ 23,108,730 $ 23,975,302 20,821,513 15,978,124 18,656,150 2,421,040 21,037,622 16,035,796 18,816,869 2,463,365 21,085,398 16,070,821 18,885,477 2,489,127 21,881,520 16,752,151 19,424,266 2,719,768 $ 22,932,515 $ 23,138,591 $ 23,202,790 $ 23,437,530 20,910,668 15,848,770 18,281,754 2,431,747 21,147,029 16,059,846 18,717,755 2,430,005 21,197,406 16,023,458 18,710,236 2,472,398 21,462,188 16,323,897 18,912,155 2,517,418 $ $ $ $ 0.07% 0.64% 3.23% 0.05 $ 0.05 $ 0.24 $ 0.82% 7.76% 3.25% 0.59 $ 0.59 $ 0.24 $ 0.80% 7.52% 3.20% 0.59 $ 0.59 $ 0.24 $ 25.84 $ 27.84 $ 32.94 $ 20.01 22.96 56,319 21.93 26.11 41,668 24.49 32.43 42,809 0.88% 8.19% 3.26% 0.64 0.64 0.24 45.50 31.73 43.10 43,664 (a)(cid:3) (b)(cid:3) Tax-equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using a marginal federal income tax rate of 35%. Net interest income (te) and noninterest income less noninterest expense. Management believes that PTPP profit is a useful financial measure because it enables investors to assess the Company’s ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through a credit cycle. 67 Summary of Quarterly Results (continued) (Unaudited) (in thousands, except per share data) First Second Third Fourth 2015 Interest income (te) (a) Interest expense Net interest income (te) (a) Taxable equivalent adjustment Net interest income Provision for loan losses Noninterest income Operating expense Nonoperating expense items Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income $ 172,043 $ 168,008 $ 174,633 $ (10,929) 161,114 (2,956) 158,158 (6,154) 56,546 (13,129) 154,879 (3,088) 151,791 (6,608) 60,874 (14,499) 160,134 (3,304) 156,830 (10,080) 60,211 178,550 (15,915) 162,635 (4,240) 158,395 (50,196) 59,653 (146,201) (149,990) (151,193) (156,030) (7,314) 55,035 14,876 (8,927) 47,140 12,311 — 55,768 14,602 $ 40,159 $ 34,829 $ 41,166 $ — 11,822 (3,485) 15,307 66,258 Pre-tax, pre-provision (PTPP) profit (te) (a) (b) 64,145 56,836 69,152 Period end balance sheet data Total assets Earning assets Loans Deposits Stockholders' equity Average balance sheet data Total assets Earning assets Loans Deposits Stockholders' equity Ratios Return on average assets Return on average common equity Net interest margin (te) (a) Earnings per share Basic Diluted Cash dividends per common share Market data: High sales price Low sales price Period-end closing price Trading volume $ 20,718,739 $ 21,532,824 $ 21,602,793 $ 22,833,605 18,568,037 13,924,386 16,860,485 2,425,098 19,409,963 14,344,752 17,301,788 2,430,040 19,526,150 14,763,050 17,439,948 2,453,561 20,753,095 15,703,314 18,348,912 2,413,143 $ 20,441,975 $ 20,869,407 $ 21,475,943 $ 22,171,216 18,315,839 13,869,397 16,485,259 2,447,870 18,780,771 14,138,904 16,862,088 2,430,710 19,433,337 14,511,474 17,313,433 2,439,068 20,140,432 15,198,232 17,821,484 2,453,480 $ $ $ $ 0.80% 6.65% 3.55% 0.49 $ 0.49 $ 0.24 $ 0.67% 5.75% 3.30% 0.44 $ 0.44 $ 0.24 $ 0.76% 6.70% 3.28% 0.52 $ 0.52 $ 0.24 $ 31.13 $ 32.98 $ 32.47 $ 24.96 29.86 51,866 28.02 31.91 40,162 25.20 27.05 44,705 0.27% 2.48% 3.21% 0.19 0.19 0.24 30.96 23.35 25.17 48,789 (a)(cid:3) (b)(cid:3) Tax-equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using a marginal federal income tax rate of 35%. Net interest income (te) and noninterest income less noninterest expense. Management believes that PTPP profit is a useful financial measure because it enables investors to assess the Company’s ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through a credit cycle. 68 MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING The management of Hancock Holding Company has prepared the consolidated financial statements and other information in our Annual Report in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and is responsible for its accuracy. The financial statements necessarily include amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgments. In meeting its responsibility, management relies on internal accounting and related control systems. The internal control systems are designed to ensure that transactions are properly authorized and recorded in the Company’s financial records and to safeguard the Company’s assets from material loss or misuse. Such assurance cannot be absolute because of inherent limitations in any internal control system. The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in the Rule 13(a)–15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management also conducted an assessment of requirements pertaining to Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act. This section relates to management’s evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, including controls over the preparation of financial statements in accordance with the instructions to the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y- 9C) and in compliance with laws and regulations. Our evaluation included a review of the documentation of controls, evaluations of the design of the internal control system and tests of the effectiveness of internal controls. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 was audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their accompanying report which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. Based on the Company’s evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013), management concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2016. John M. Hairston President & Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) February 24, 2017 Michael M. Achary Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) February 24, 2017 69 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Hancock Holding Company: In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, of shareholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hancock Holding Company and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Management's assessment and our audit of Hancock Holding Company's internal control over financial reporting also included controls over the preparation of financial statements in accordance with the instructions to the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C) to comply with the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA). A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. /s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP New Orleans, Louisiana February 24, 2017 70 Hancock Holding Company and Subsidiaries Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands, except per share data) Assets: Cash and due from banks Interest-bearing bank deposits Federal funds sold Securities available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $2,562,000 and $2,086,745) Securities held to maturity (fair value of $2,470,117 and $2,375,851) Loans held for sale Loans Less: allowance for loan losses Loans, net Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $231,127 and $209,763 Prepaid expense Other real estate, net Accrued interest receivable Goodwill Other intangible assets, net Life insurance contracts FDIC loss share receivable Deferred tax asset, net Other assets Total assets Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity: Deposits: Noninterest-bearing Interest-bearing Total deposits Short-term borrowings Long-term debt Accrued interest payable Other liabilities Total liabilities Stockholders' equity: Common stock Capital surplus Retained earnings Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net Total stockholders' equity Total liabilities and stockholders' equity Common shares authorized (par value of $3.33 per share) Common shares issued Common shares outstanding See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. December 31, 2016 2015 $ 372,689 $ 77,235 942 2,516,908 2,500,220 34,064 16,752,151 (229,418) 16,522,733 361,612 18,038 18,884 65,887 621,193 87,757 480,406 16,219 104,435 176,080 23,975,302 $ 7,658,203 $ 11,766,063 19,424,266 1,225,406 436,280 9,574 160,008 21,255,534 291,358 1,698,253 850,689 (120,532) 2,719,768 23,975,302 $ 350,000 87,495 84,235 $ $ $ 303,874 564,671 884 2,093,404 2,370,388 20,434 15,703,314 (181,179) 15,522,135 377,015 17,560 26,256 54,068 621,193 107,538 434,550 29,868 75,830 213,937 22,833,605 7,276,127 11,072,785 18,348,912 1,423,644 490,145 6,609 151,152 20,420,462 291,346 1,424,448 777,944 (80,595) 2,413,143 22,833,605 350,000 87,491 77,496 71 Hancock Holding Company and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Income Years Ended December 31, 2015 2016 2014 (in thousands, except per share data) Interest income: Loans, including fees Loans held for sale Securities-taxable Securities-tax exempt Short-term investments Total interest income Interest expense: Deposits Short-term borrowings Long-term debt Total interest expense Net interest income Provision for loan losses Net interest income after provision for loan losses Noninterest income: Service charges on deposit accounts Trust fees Bank card and ATM fees Investment and annuity fees Secondary mortgage market operations Insurance commissions and fees Amortization of loss share receivable Other income Securities transactions Total noninterest income Noninterest expense: Compensation expense Employee benefits Personnel expense Net occupancy expense Equipment expense Data processing expense Professional services expense Amortization of intangibles Telecommunications and postage Deposit insurance and regulatory fees Other real estate expense, net Other expense Total noninterest expense Income before income taxes Income taxes Net income Earnings per common share - basic Earnings per common share - diluted Dividends paid per share Weighted average shares outstanding-basic Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 72 $ $ $ $ $ 625,023 1,022 91,099 13,222 1,801 732,167 48,934 4,065 20,052 73,051 659,116 110,659 548,457 74,187 46,589 47,427 18,477 16,282 4,501 (5,918) 47,482 1,754 250,781 287,783 55,884 343,667 41,296 13,663 58,619 29,561 19,781 13,146 23,499 (3,481) 72,564 612,315 186,923 37,627 149,296 1.87 1.87 0.96 77,850 77,949 $ 583,751 678 90,522 3,447 1,248 679,646 $ 601,466 708 85,806 3,873 960 692,813 33,876 1,078 19,518 54,472 625,174 73,038 552,136 72,813 45,627 46,480 20,669 12,579 8,567 (5,747) 35,961 335 237,284 278,661 54,880 333,541 44,842 15,494 55,590 40,198 24,184 14,127 16,736 2,740 72,203 619,655 169,765 38,304 $ 131,461 1.64 $ 1.64 $ 0.96 $ 78,197 78,307 23,223 2,361 12,535 38,119 654,694 33,840 620,854 77,006 44,826 45,031 20,291 8,036 9,473 (12,102) 35,438 — 227,999 276,881 51,415 328,296 43,596 16,953 51,369 33,221 26,797 14,676 11,872 2,758 77,128 606,666 242,187 66,465 $ 175,722 2.10 $ 2.10 $ 0.96 $ 81,804 82,034 Hancock Holding Company and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (in thousands) Net income Other comprehensive income before income taxes Net change in unrealized (loss) gain on available for sale securities and hedges Reclassification of net losses realized and included in earnings Valuation adjustment of employee benefit plans Amortization of unrealized net loss on securities transferred to held to maturity $ Other comprehensive loss before income taxes Income tax benefit Other comprehensive loss net of income taxes Comprehensive income See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. $ Years Ended December 31, 2015 131,461 $ 2016 149,296 $ 2014 175,722 (57,346) 4,016 (12,748) (21,270) 3,010 (33,971) 3,830 (62,248) (22,311) (39,937) 109,359 $ 3,530 (48,701) (18,180) (30,521) 100,940 $ 14,821 390 (41,244) 3,297 (22,736) (8,041) (14,695) 161,027 73 Hancock Holding Company and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity Common Stock Shares Issued Amount Capital Surplus Retained Earnings Comprehensive Loss, net Accumulated Other $ 291,034 — — — $ 1,541,248 — — — 628,166 $ 175,722 — 175,722 $ (35,379) — (14,695) (14,695) $ $ $ 87,398 — — — — 82 — 87,480 — — — — 11 — 87,491 — — — — 4 — $ $ — 273 — 291,307 — — — — 39 — 291,346 — — — — 12 — — (80,392) 14,043 — $ (47,618) 1,507,673 — — — — 723,496 $ 131,461 — 131,461 — (77,013) 12,388 — $ (95,613) 1,424,448 — — — — 777,944 $ 149,296 — 149,296 — (76,551) 12,991 1,515 — — — $ 850,689 $ Total 2,425,069 175,722 (14,695) 161,027 (80,392) 14,316 (47,618) 2,472,402 131,461 (30,521) 100,940 (77,013) 12,427 (95,613) 2,413,143 149,296 (39,937) 109,359 (76,551) 13,003 1,515 $ $ — — — (50,074) — (30,521) (30,521) — — — (80,595) — (39,937) (39,937) — — — — 87,495 $ — 291,358 $ 259,299 1,698,253 — (120,532) $ 259,299 2,719,768 (in thousands, except per share data) Balance, December 31, 2013 Net income Other comprehensive income Comprehensive Income Cash dividends declared ($0.96 per common share) Common stock activity, long-term incentive plan Purchase of common stock under stock buyback program (2,120 shares) Balance, December 31, 2014 Net income Other comprehensive income Comprehensive Income Cash dividends declared ($0.96 per common share) Common stock activity, long-term incentive plan Purchase of common stock under stock buyback program (3,305 shares) Balance, December 31, 2015 Net income Other comprehensive income Comprehensive Income Cash dividends declared ($0.96 per common share) Common stock activity, long-term incentive plan Issuance of stock from dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan Common stock issued in public stock offering (6,325 shares) Balance, December 31, 2016 See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 74 Hancock Holding Company and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands) CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization Provision for loan losses (Gain) loss on other real estate owned Deferred tax (benefit) expense Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance contracts Writedowns on closed branch transfers to other real estate owned (Gain) loss on disposal of other assets Net (increase) decrease in loans held for sale Net amortization of securities premium/discount Amortization of intangible assets Amortization of FDIC loss share receivable Stock-based compensation expense Increase (decrease) in interest payable and other liabilities Net payments (to) from FDIC for loss share claims Decrease in FDIC loss share receivable Decrease (increase) in other assets Other, net Net cash provided by operating activities Years Ended December 31, 2015 2016 2014 $ 149,296 $ 131,461 $ 175,722 28,363 110,659 (4,444) (7,839) (11,112) — (9,594) (14,267) 29,048 19,781 5,918 14,266 7,137 (3,134) 5,667 15,197 5,795 340,737 28,763 73,038 635 16,685 (9,789) — 1,815 (289) 21,105 24,184 5,747 12,944 (8,107) 14,051 6,407 (94,816) 8,511 232,345 30,310 33,840 (105) 23,537 (11,774) 2,132 (1,282) 18,234 16,977 26,797 12,102 13,958 (15,235) 14,395 5,723 10,393 (3,296) 352,428 75 Hancock Holding Company and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—(Continued) (in thousands) CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale Purchases of securities available for sale Proceeds from maturities of securities held to maturity Purchases of securities held to maturity Net decrease (increase) in short-term investments Net increase in loans Purchase of life insurance contracts Purchases of property and equipment Proceeds from sales of property and equipment Proceeds from sales of other real estate Other, net Net cash used in investing activities CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Net increase in deposits Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings Repayments of long-term debt Issuance of long-term debt Dividends paid Repurchase of common stock Proceeds from exercise of stock options Proceeds from issuance of common stock in public offering Proceeds from dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan Net cash provided by financing activities NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS, BEGINNING CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS, ENDING SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION Income taxes paid Interest paid SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION FOR NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES Assets acquired in settlement of loans See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. $ Years Ended December 31, 2015 2016 2014 173,215 $ 408,311 (1,071,869) 425,453 (563,661) 487,378 (1,153,480) (40,000) (19,272) 7,445 24,624 825 (1,321,031) 9,289 $ 842,114 (1,323,853) 538,777 (749,102) 237,393 (1,865,015) — (23,804) 14,259 47,115 (3,604) (2,276,431) 1,455 283,982 (512,088) 442,559 (1,031) (534,108) (1,622,867) (30,000) (20,449) 12,235 59,752 10,101 (1,910,459) 1,075,370 (198,238) (21,271) 6,838 (76,551) — 2,147 259,299 1,515 1,049,109 68,815 303,874 372,689 $ 1,776,081 272,071 (157,933) 273,565 (77,013) (95,613) 347 — — 1,991,505 (52,581) 356,455 303,874 $ 1,212,315 493,613 (35,360) 21,000 (80,392) (47,618) 2,488 — — 1,566,046 8,015 348,440 356,455 30,184 $ 69,624 31,896 $ 51,201 24,114 38,268 $ $ $ 16,314 $ 15,462 $ 31,371 76 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS Hancock Holding Company (Hancock or the Company) is a financial services company that provides a comprehensive network of full-service financial choices to the Gulf South region through its bank subsidiary, Whitney Bank, “the Bank,” a Mississippi state bank. Whitney Bank operates under brands: “Hancock Bank” in Mississippi, Alabama and Florida and “Whitney Bank” in Louisiana and Texas. Whitney Bank operates a loan production office in Nashville, Tennessee under both the Hancock and Whitney Bank brands. Hancock was organized in 1984 as a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. In 2002, the Company qualified as a financial holding company giving it broader powers. The corporate headquarters of the Company is in Gulfport, Mississippi. The Bank offers a broad range of traditional and online community banking services to commercial, small business and retail customers, providing a variety of transaction and savings deposit products, treasury management services, investment brokerage services, secured and unsecured loan products, (including revolving credit facilities), and letters of credit and similar financial guarantees. The Bank also provides trust and investment management services to retirement plans, corporations and individuals. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (U.S. GAAP) and those generally practiced within the banking industry. The following is a summary of the more significant accounting policies. Basis of Presentation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all other entities in which the Company has a controlling interest. Significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. The presentation of loan disclosures has been modified from prior filings as discussed in Note 3 – Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses. Effective January 1, 2016, the Company retrospectively adopted accounting guidance intended to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs by requiring that costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability. Historically, debt issuance costs were reported in the “Other Assets” line items in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Statements of Cash Flows. Select Stockholders’ Equity line items in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity have been modified to simplify the presentation. Fair value disclosures related to the Company’s pension plan have also been modified to conform with new accounting guidance. These changes in presentation and adoption of this new accounting guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or operating results. Use of Estimates The accounting principles the Company follows and the methods for applying these principles conform with U.S. GAAP and with general practices followed by the banking industry. These accounting principles and practices require management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Fair Value Accounting U.S. GAAP requires the use of fair values in determining the carrying values of certain assets and liabilities in the financial statements, as well as for specific disclosures about certain assets and liabilities. Accounting guidance established a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to these valuation techniques used to measure fair value giving preference to quoted prices in active markets (level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs such as a reporting entity’s own data or information or assumptions developed from this data (level 3). Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, observable inputs other than quoted prices, such as interest rates and yield curves, and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. 77 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Acquisition Accounting Acquisitions are accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Purchased assets, including identifiable intangibles, and assumed liabilities are recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values. If the fair value of net assets purchased exceeds the consideration given, a bargain purchase gain is recognized. If the consideration given exceeds the fair value of the net assets received, goodwill is recognized. Fair values are subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of an acquisition as information relative to closing date fair values becomes available. Purchased loans acquired in a business combination are recorded at estimated fair value on their purchase date with no carryover of the related allowance for loan losses. All identifiable intangible assets that are acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value on the acquisition date. Identifiable intangible assets are recognized separately if they arise from contractual or other legal rights or if they are separable (i.e., capable of being sold, transferred, licensed, rented, or exchanged separately from the entity). Securities Securities are classified as trading, held to maturity or available for sale. Management determines the appropriate classification of debt and equity securities at the time of purchase and re-evaluates this classification periodically as conditions change that could require reclassification. Available for sale securities are stated at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and unrealized holding losses, other than those determined to be other than temporary, are reported net of tax in other comprehensive income and in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) until realized. Securities that the Company both positively intends and has the ability to hold to maturity are classified as securities held to maturity and are carried at amortized cost. The intent and ability to hold are not considered satisfied when a security is available to be sold in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment rates, liquidity needs or other reasons as part of an overall asset/liability management strategy. Premiums and discounts on securities, both those held to maturity and those available for sale, are amortized and accreted to income as an adjustment to the securities’ yields using the effective interest method. Realized gains and losses on securities, including declines in value judged to be other than temporary, are reported net as a component of noninterest income. The cost of securities sold is specifically identified for use in calculating realized gains and losses. Loans Loans held for investment Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are considered loans held for investment and reported as “Loans” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and in the related footnote disclosures. Loans held for investment include loans originated for investment and loans acquired in purchase transactions. Originated loans are reported at the principal balance outstanding net of unearned income. Interest on loans and accretion of unearned income, including net deferred loan fees, are computed in a manner that approximates a level yield on recorded principal. Interest on loans is recognized in income as earned. The accrual of interest on an originated loan is discontinued when, in management’s opinion, it is probable that the borrower will be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. When accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed and payments subsequently received are applied first to recover principal. Interest income is recognized for payments received after contractual principal has been satisfied. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest contractually due are brought current and future payment performance is reasonably assured. Loans that are acquired in purchase transactions are recorded at estimated fair value at the acquisition date with no carryover of the related allowance for loan losses. Acquired loans are segregated between those considered to be performing (“purchased credit performing”) and those with evidence of credit deterioration (“purchased credit impaired”) based on such factors as past due status, nonaccrual status and credit risk ratings (rated substandard or worse). Purchased credit performing loans are accounted for under Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 310-20 and purchased credit impaired loans are accounted for under ASC 310-30. The acquired loans are further segregated into loan pools designed to facilitate the development of expected cash flows to be used in estimating fair value to facilitate purchase accounting. The pools are based on common risk characteristics such as market area, loan 78 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS type, credit risk ratings, contractual interest rate and repayment terms. Loan types can include commercial and industrial loans not secured by real estate, construction and land development loans, commercial real estate loans, residential mortgage loans, and consumer loans, with further segregation within certain loan types as needed. Expected cash flows, both principal and interest, from each pool are estimated based on key assumptions covering such factors as prepayments, default rates, and severity of loss given a default. These assumptions are developed using both historical experience and the portfolio characteristics at acquisition as well as available market research. The fair value estimate for each pool is based on the estimate of expected cash flows from the pool discounted at prevailing market rates. The difference at the acquisition date between the fair value and the contractual amounts due for each purchased credit performing loan pool (the “fair value discount”) is accreted into income over the estimated life of the pool. Purchased credit performing loans are placed on nonaccrual status and reported as nonperforming or past due using the same criteria applied to the originated portfolio. The excess of estimated cash flows expected to be collected from each purchased credit impaired loan pool over the pool’s carrying value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income using an effective yield method over the expected life of the pool. Each pool of purchased credit impaired loans is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows. Purchased credit impaired loans in pools with an accretable yield and expected cash flows that are reasonably estimable are considered to be accruing and performing even though collection of contractual payments on loans within the pool may be in doubt. Purchased credit impaired loans are generally not subject to individual evaluation for impairment and are not reported with impaired loans or troubled debt restructurings even if they would otherwise qualify for such treatment. Loans Held for Sale Residential mortgage loans originated for sale are classified as loans held for sale and carried at the lower of cost or market. Forward sales commitments on a best-efforts basis are entered into with third parties concurrently with rate lock commitments made to prospective borrowers. At times, management may decide to sell loans that were not originated for that purpose. Those loans are reclassified as held for sale when that decision is made and also carried at the lower of cost or market. Impaired Loans The Company considers a loan to be impaired when, based upon current information and events, it believes it is probable all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loans agreement will not be collected. A loan is not considered impaired due to a delay in payment if all amounts due, including interest accrued at the contractual interest rate of the period of delay, is expected to be collected. Impaired loans include loans on nonaccrual and troubled debt restructurings (defined below), both performing and nonperforming. Purchased credit impaired loans accounted for in pools with an accretable yield are considered performing and excluded from impaired loans as this accounting methodology takes into consideration expected future credit losses. Troubled Debt Restructurings Troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) occur when a borrower is experiencing, or is expected to experience, financial difficulties in the near-term and a modification in loan terms is granted that would otherwise not have been considered. Troubled debt restructurings can result in loans remaining on nonaccrual, moving to nonaccrual, or continuing to accrue, depending on the individual facts and circumstances of the borrower. All loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR, including both commercial and retail loans, are initially considered “impaired.” When measuring impairment on a TDR, the loan’s value is determined by either the present value of expected cash flows calculated using the loan’s effective interest rate before the restructuring, or the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the value as determined is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the difference is charged off through the allowance for loan and lease losses. Modified acquired-impaired loans are not removed from their accounting pool and accounted for as a TDR even if those loans would otherwise be deemed TDRs. Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses The Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (ALLL) is a valuation account available to absorb losses on loans. The ALLL is established and maintained at an amount sufficient to cover estimated credit losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolios of the Company as of the date of the determination. Credit losses arise not only from credit risk, but also from other risks inherent in the lending process including, but not limited to, collateral risk, operational risk, concentration risk, and economic risk. As such, all related risks of lending are considered when assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Quarterly, management estimates inherent losses in the portfolio based on a number of factors, including the Company’s past loan loss and delinquency experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrowers’ ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral and current economic conditions. 79 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The analysis and methodology for estimating the ALLL include two primary elements. A loss rate analysis which incorporates a historical loss rate as updated for current conditions is used for loans collectively evaluated for impairment, and a specific reserve analysis is used for loans individually evaluated for impairment. For the loss rate analysis, the Company segments loans into commercial non-real estate, commercial real estate – owner occupied, commercial real estate – income producing, construction and land development, residential mortgage and consumer, with further segmentation as deemed appropriate. Both quantitative and qualitative factors are applied at the detailed portfolio segments. Commercial loans (commercial non-real estate, commercial real estate – owner occupied, commercial real estate – income producing and construction and land development), are further subdivided by risk rating, while retail loans (residential mortgage and consumer) are further subdivided by delinquency. The Company uses loss emergence periods developed based on historical experience, which is currently eighteen-months for commercial loans and twelve- months for retail loans. Historical loss rates are calculated using a weighted average of the most recent three loss emergence periods. As circumstances dictate, management will make adjustments to the overall loss rate to reflect differences in current conditions as compared to those during the historical loss period. Conditions to be considered include problem loan trends, current business and economic conditions, credit concentrations, lending policies and procedures, lending staff, collateral values, loan profiles and volumes, loan review quality, and changes in competition and regulations. When a loan is determined to be impaired, the amount of impairment is recognized by creating a specific allowance for any shortfall between the loan’s value and its recorded investment. The loan’s value is measured by either the loan’s observable market price, the fair value of the collateral of the loan (less liquidation costs) if it is collateral dependent, or by the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Any loans individually analyzed for impairment are not incorporated into the pool analysis to avoid double counting. The Company limits the specific reserve analysis to include all impaired commercial and residential mortgage loans with balances of $1 million or greater and all loans classified as troubled debt restructurings. The monitoring of credit risk also extends to unfunded credit commitments, such as unused commercial credit lines and letters of credit, and management establishes reserves as needed for its estimate of probable losses on such commitments. It is the policy of the Company to promptly charge off all commercial and residential mortgage loans, or portions of loans, when available information reasonably confirms that they are wholly or partially uncollectible. Prior to recognizing a loss, asset value is established based on an assessment of the value of the collateral securing the loan, the borrower’s and the guarantor’s ability and willingness to pay and the status of the account in bankruptcy court, if applicable. Consumer loans are generally charged down when the loan is 90 days past due for unsecured loans or 120 days past due for secured loans, unless the loan is clearly both well secured and in the process of collection. Loans are charged down to the fair value of the collateral, if any, less estimated selling costs. Loans are charged off against the allowance for loan losses with subsequent recoveries added back to the allowance. Allowance for purchased credit performing loans is evaluated at each reporting date subsequent to acquisition. An allowance is determined for each loan pool using a methodology similar to that described above for originated loans and then compared to the remaining fair value discount for that pool. If the allowance is greater than the discount, the excess is recognized as an addition to the allowance through a provision for loan losses. If the allowance is less than the discount, no additional allowance is recognized. For purchased credit-impaired loans, estimated cash flows expected to be collected are recast at each reporting date for each loan pool. These evaluations require the continued use and updating of key assumptions and estimates such as default rates, loss severity given default and prepayment speed assumptions, similar to those used for the initial fair value estimate. Management judgment must be applied in developing these assumptions. If the present value of expected cash flows for a pool is less than its carrying value, impairment is recognized by an increase in the allowance for loan losses and a charge to the provision for loan losses. If the present value of expected cash flows for a pool is greater than its carrying value, any previously established allowance for loan losses is reversed and any remaining difference increases the accretable yield which will be taken into interest income over the remaining life of the loan pool. Property and Equipment Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is charged to expense over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are up to 39 years for buildings and three to ten years for most furniture and equipment. Amortization expense for software is generally charged over three years, or seven years for core systems. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the terms of the respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. Gains and losses related to retirement or disposition of property and equipment are recorded in other income under noninterest income on the consolidated statements of income. The Company continually evaluates whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate that such long-lived assets have been impaired. Measurement of any impairment of such long-lived assets is based on those assets’ fair values. 80 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Other Real Estate Other real estate owned includes real property that has been acquired in satisfaction of loans and property no longer used in the Bank’s business. These assets are recorded at the estimated fair value less the estimated cost of disposition and carried at the lower of either cost or market. Fair value is based on independent appraisals and other relevant factors. Any initial reduction in the carrying amount of a loan to the fair value of the collateral received less selling costs is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Other real estate is revalued on an annual basis or more often if market conditions necessitate. Subsequent losses on the periodic revaluation of the property are charged to current earnings, as are revenues from and costs of operating and maintaining the properties and gains or losses recognized on their disposition. Improvements made to properties are capitalized if the expenditures are expected to be recovered upon the sale of the properties. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets Goodwill, which represents the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets of an acquired business, is not amortized but is assessed for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment. The impairment test compares the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its net book value. The Company has assigned all goodwill to one reporting unit that represents overall banking operations. The fair value of the reporting unit is based on valuation techniques that market participants would use in an acquisition of the whole unit, such as estimated discounted cash flows, the quoted market price of Hancock’s stock adjusted for a control premium and observable average price-to-earnings and price-to-book multiples of our competitors. If the unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value, an estimate of the implied fair value of the goodwill is compared to the goodwill’s carrying value and any impairment recognized. Other identifiable intangible assets with finite lives, such as core deposit intangibles and trade name, are initially recorded at fair value and are generally amortized over the periods benefited. These assets are evaluated for impairment similar to long-lived assets. Bank-Owned Life Insurance Bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) is long-term life insurance on the lives of certain current and past employees where the insurance policy benefits and ownership are retained by the employer. Its cash surrender value is an asset that the Company uses to partially offset the future cost of employee benefits. The cash value accumulation on BOLI is permanently tax deferred if the policy is held to the insured person’s death and certain other conditions are met. FDIC Loss Share Receivable Loans purchased in the 2009 acquisition of Peoples First Community Bank (Peoples First) were covered by two loss share agreements between the FDIC and the Company. The loss share receivable is measured separately from the related covered loans as it is not contractually embedded in the loans and is not transferrable should the loans be sold. The fair value of the loss share receivable at acquisition was estimated by discounting expected reimbursements for losses from the loans covered by the loss share agreements, including appropriate consideration of possible true-up payments to the FDIC at the expiration of the agreements. The loss share receivable is reviewed and updated prospectively as loss estimates related to covered loan pools change. Increases in expected reimbursements under the loss sharing agreement will lead to an increase in the loss share receivable. A decrease in expected reimbursements is reflected first as a reversal of any previously recorded increase in the loss share receivable on the covered loan pool with the remainder reflected as a reduction in the loss share receivable’s accretion rate. Increases and decreases in the loss share receivable related to changes in loss estimates result in reductions in or additions to the provision for loan losses, which serves to offset the impact on the provision from impairments or impairment reversals recognized on the underlying covered loan pool. The excess (or shortfall) of expected claims as compared to the carrying value of the loss share receivable is accreted (amortized) into noninterest income over the shorter of the remaining life of the covered loan pool or the life of the loss share agreement. The impact on operations of a reduction in the loss share receivable’s accretion rate is associated with an increase in the accretable yield on the underlying loan pool. The loss share receivable is reduced as cash is received from the FDIC related to losses incurred on covered assets. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities The Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow 81 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. Changes in the fair value of derivatives to which hedge accounting does not apply are recognized immediately in earnings, otherwise it is included in other comprehensive income. Note 9 describes the derivative instruments currently used by the Company and discloses how these derivatives impact Hancock’s financial position and results of operations. Stockholder’s Equity Common stock reflects shares issued at par value. Repurchase of the Company’s common stock (treasury stock) is recorded at cost as a reduction to stockholders’ equity and included in capital surplus in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and the Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity. When treasury shares are subsequently reissued, treasury stock is reduced by the cost of such stock using the first-in-first-out method, with the difference recorded in capital surplus or retained earnings, as applicable. Income Taxes Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Current tax liabilities or assets are recognized for the estimated income taxes payable or refundable on tax returns to be filed with respect to the current year. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are based on temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be realized or settled. Valuation allowances are established against deferred tax assets if, based on all available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the assets will not be realized. The benefit of a position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return is recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on its technical merits. The Company invests in projects that yield tax credits issued under the Qualified Zone Academy Bonds (QZAB), Qualified School Construction Bonds (QSCB), Federal and State New Market Tax Credit (NMTC), and Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) programs. Returns on these investments are generated through the receipt of federal and state tax credits. The tax credits are recorded as a reduction to the income tax provision in the year that they are earned. Tax credits from QZAB and QSCB bonds are generally earned over the life of the bonds in lieu of interest income. Credits on Federal NMTC investments are earned over the 7 year compliance period beginning with the year of investment. Credits on State NMTC investments are generally earned over a 3 to 5 year period depending upon the specific state program. Tax credits are earned over a 10 year period for Low-Income Housing investments beginning with the year in which rental activity begins. These tax credits, if not used in the tax return for the year when the credits are first available for use, can be carried forward for 20 years. For those investments where the return of the principal is not expected, the equity investment is amortized over the life of the tax compliance period as a component of noninterest expense. Retirement Benefits The Company sponsors defined benefit pension plans and certain other defined benefit postretirement plans for eligible employees. The amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements with respect to these plans are based on actuarial valuations that incorporate various assumptions regarding future experience under the plans. Note 15 discusses the actuarial assumptions and provides information about the liabilities or assets recognized for the funded status of the Company’s obligations under these plans, the net benefit expense charged to current operations, and the amounts recognized as a component of other comprehensive income and AOCI. Share-Based Payment Arrangements The grant date fair value of equity instruments awarded to employees and directors establishes the cost of the services received in exchange, and the cost associated with awards that are expected to vest is recognized over the requisite service period. Share-based compensation for service-based awards that contain a graded vesting schedule is recognized over on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. See Note 16 – Share-Based Payment Arrangements for additional information. Revenue Recognition The largest source of revenue for the Company is interest revenue. Interest revenue is recognized on an accrual basis driven by written contracts, such as loan agreements or securities contracts. Loan origination fees are recognized over the life of the loan as an adjustment to yield. Other credit-related fees, including letter of credit fees, are recognized in noninterest income when earned. The Company recognizes commission revenue and brokerage, exchange and clearance fees on a trade-date basis. Other types of noninterest revenue such as service charges on deposits and trust revenues are accrued and recognized into income as services are provided and the amount of fees earned can be reasonably determined. 82 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Earnings Per Share The Company calculates earnings per share using the two-class method. The two-class method allocates net income to each class of common stock and participating security according to the common dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Participating securities currently consist of unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents. Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing income applicable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the applicable period. Shares outstanding exclude treasury shares and unvested share-based payment awards under long-term incentive compensation plans and directors’ compensation plans. Diluted earnings per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding increased by the number of shares in which employees would vest under performance-based stock awards and stock unit awards based on expected performance factors and by the number of additional shares that would have been issued if potentially dilutive stock options were exercised, each as determined using the treasury stock method. Statements of Cash Flows The Company considers only cash on hand, cash items in process of collection and balances due from financial institutions as cash and cash equivalents for purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows. Reportable Segment Disclosures Accounting standards require that information be reported about a company’s operating segments using a “management approach.” Reportable segments are identified in these standards as those revenue-producing components for which discrete financial information is produced internally and which are subject to evaluation by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources to segments. Due to the fact that the Company has one state bank charter and its stated strategy is focused on providing a consistent package of community banking products and services throughout a coherent market area, the Company has identified its overall banking operations as its only reportable segment. Because the overall banking operations comprise substantially all of the consolidated operations, no separate segment disclosures are presented. Other Assets held by the Bank in a fiduciary capacity are not assets of the Bank and are not included in the consolidated balance sheets. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS Accounting Standards Adopted in 2016 In February 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2015-02 “Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis” that changed the analysis that a reporting entity must perform to determine whether it should consolidate certain types of legal entities. The amendments in this ASU (1) modify the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities (VIEs) or voting interest entities; (2) eliminate the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership; (3) affect the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs, particularly those that have fee arrangements and related party relationships; and (4) provide a scope exception from consolidation guidance for reporting entities with interests in legal entities that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements that are similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 for registered money market funds. The amendments in this update were effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company performed the consolidation analysis using the new guidelines effective as of January 1, 2016. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, “Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs to simplify presentation of debt issuance costs by requiring that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The guidance in this ASU does not address presentation or subsequent measurement of debt issuance costs related to line- of-credit arrangements. Therefore, the FASB issued ASU 2015-15, “Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30) - Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements (Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Announcement at June 18, 2015 EITF Meeting)” to clarify the SEC staff position that they would not object to an entity deferring and presenting debt issuance costs as an asset and subsequently amortizing the deferred debt issuance costs ratably 83 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. We adopted ASU 2015-03 and ASU 2015-15 on the first day of 2016 as required by the guidance and applied it retrospectively to the first day of 2012. Our adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. We retrospectively adjusted the balance sheet, statement of cash flows, and long-term debt note. The effect of the change on the financial statement line items of Other Assets and Long-term Debt was immaterial (See Note 8). In May 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-07, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosures for Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or Its Equivalent)” that removed the requirement to categorize within the fair value hierarchy all investments for which fair value is measured using the net asset value per share practical expedient and remove the requirement to make certain disclosures for all investments that are eligible to be measured at fair value using the net asset value per share practical expedient. The amendments in this update were effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company early adopted this guidance with the issuance of its benefit plan financials and revised the fair value footnote disclosures (see Note 15). The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16 “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments” that eliminates the requirement to restate prior period financial statements for measurement period adjustments. The new guidance requires that the cumulative impact of a measurement period adjustment (including the impact on prior periods) be recognized in the reporting period in which the adjustment is identified. The new standard should be applied prospectively to measurement period adjustments that occur after the effective date. The amendments in this update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted this guidance and it did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. Issued but Not Yet Adopted Accounting Standards In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment,” which simplifies the manner in which an entity is required to test goodwill for impairment by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Under the amendments in this ASU, an entity should (1) perform its annual or interim goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, and (2) recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, with the understanding that the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Additionally, ASU No. 2017-04 removes the requirements for any reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount to perform a qualitative assessment and, if it fails such qualitative test, to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. This ASU is effective for public business entities that are SEC filers for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The ASU should be applied using a prospective method. The Company is currently assessing this pronouncement and the impact of adoption, but it is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805) – Clarifying the Definition of a Business,” which addresses stakeholders’ concerns that the current definition of a business is applied too broadly and analyzing transactions under the current definition is difficult and costly. Under the amended guidance, a transaction is initially subject to a screening process to determine whether a “set” (i.e. an integrated set of assets and activities) does not qualify as a business. Under the screen, if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired (or disposed of) is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or in a group of similar identifiable assets, the set is deemed not to be a business. Further evaluation is required only if the transferred set does not meet the screen. Under the further evaluation, to be considered a business, a set must include, at a minimum, an input and a substantive process that, together, significantly contribute to the ability to create output. The amendment also narrows the definition of the term “output” so that it is consistent with the manner in which outputs are described in Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those periods. Early application is permitted under certain circumstances. The amendments should be applied prospectively on or after the effective date. The Company is currently assessing this pronouncement and the impact of adoption. In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16, “Income Taxes (Topic 740) – Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory,” which addresses stakeholders’ concerns that the limited amount of authoritative guidance has led to diversity in practice and is a source of complexity in financial reporting and results in an unfaithful representation of the economics of an intra-entity asset transfer. The amendment eliminates the exception to the United States generally accepted accounting principle (“U.S. GAAP”) of comprehensive recognition of current and deferred income taxes that prohibits recognizing current and deferred income tax consequences for an intra-equity asset transfer (excluding the transfer of inventory) until the asset has been sold to an outside party. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those annual reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The amendments should be applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented. The Company is currently assessing this pronouncement and the impact of adoption; 84 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS however, the adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments,” to address diversity in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The amendments provide guidance on eight specific cash flow issues, including debt prepayment or extinguishment costs, settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies (including bank-owned), life insurance policies, distributions received from equity method investees, beneficial interests in securitization transactions, and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. The amendments are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The amendments should be applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented. This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credits Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments,” to improve financial reporting by requiring timelier recording of credit losses on loans and other financial instruments held by financial institutions and other organizations. The ASU, more commonly referred to as Current Expected Credit Losses, or CECL, requires the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Financial institutions and other organizations will now use forward-looking information to better inform their credit loss estimates. Many of the loss estimation techniques applied today will still be permitted, although the inputs to those techniques will change to reflect the full amount of expected credit losses. Organizations will continue to use judgment to determine which loss estimation method is appropriate for their circumstances. In addition, the ASU amends the accounting for credit losses on debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. The ASU is effective for SEC filers for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019, with a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption. Early application is permitted for all organizations for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company has begun the process of implementation and currently is not planning to early adopt. The Company expects the guidance will result in an increase in the allowance for loan losses given the change from covering losses inherent in the portfolio to covering losses over the remaining expected life of the portfolio and the nonaccretable difference on purchased credit impaired loans moving to an allowance (offset by an increase in the carrying value of the related loans). The guidance will also result in the establishment of an allowance for credit loss on held to maturity debt securities. The amount of the increase in these allowances will be impacted by the portfolio composition and quality at the adoption date as well as economic conditions and forecasts at that time. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share- Based Payment Accounting” to improve the accounting for employee share-based payments. Several aspects of the accounting for share- based payment award transactions are simplified, including income tax consequences; classification of awards as either equity or liabilities; and classification on the statement of cash flows. The amendments are effective for public business entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations upon adoption; however, the revised standard requires all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies during the period to be recognized in income (rather than in equity) on a prospective basis, which could result in volatility of future earnings, depending on changes in stock prices. In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 “Leases (Topic 842)” that provides new lease accounting guidance. Under the guidance, lessees (with the exception of short-term leases) will be required to recognize a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Lessor accounting is largely unchanged. Lessees will need to recognize almost all leases on their balance sheet as a right-of-use asset and a lease liability. Lessees will no longer be provided with a source of off-balance sheet financing. Public business entities should apply the amendments for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently assessing this pronouncement and the impact of adoption by reviewing its existing lease contracts and service contracts that may include embedded leases. The Company expects a gross-up of its Consolidated Balance Sheets as a result of recognizing lease liabilities and right of use assets; the extent of such is under evaluation. The Company does not expect material changes to the recognition of operating lease expense in its consolidated results of operations. In January 2016, the FASB issued an ASU 2016-01 “Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” that improves the recognition and measurement of financial instruments through targeted 85 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS changes to existing GAAP. It requires equity investments (except those that are accounted for under the equity method of accounting or result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income. It also requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes. The amendments in this update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently assessing this pronouncement; however, the adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” affecting any entity that enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards. The core principle of this standard is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Most revenue associated with financial instruments, including interest and loan origination fees, is outside the scope of the guidance. Gains and losses on investment securities, derivatives, and sales of financial instruments are also excluded from the scope. Subsequent to issuance of the revenue recognition guidance, the FASB has issued several updates that deferred by one year the effective date for revenue recognition guidance; clarified its guidance for performing the principal-versus-agent analysis; clarified guidance for identifying performance obligations allowing entities to ignore immaterial promised goods and services in the context of a contract with a customer and other clarifying guidance and technical corrections. Entities can elect to adopt the guidance either on a full or modified retrospective basis. Full retrospective adoption will require a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented. Modified retrospective adoption will require a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the reporting period in which the entity first applies the new guidance. The standard will be effective for the Company for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is still in process of gathering an inventory and evaluating all contracts with customers and does not plan to early adopt the guidance. The Company is also in the process of evaluating the transition method election and the impact of the guidance to noninterest income and on presentation and disclosures. The preliminary analysis suggests this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. Note 2. Securities The amortized cost and fair value of securities classified as available for sale and held to maturity follow: Securities Available for Sale (in thousands) U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Residential mortgage-backed securities Commercial mortgage-backed securities Collateralized mortgage obligations Corporate debt securities Equity securities December 31, 2016 Gross Gross Unrealized Unrealized Losses Gains Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost December 31, 2015 Gross Gross Unrealized Unrealized Losses Gains Fair Value $ 56,751 $ 253,228 — $ 113 1,923 $ 11,186 54,828 $ 242,155 135 $ 39,410 — $ 235 1 $ 38 134 39,607 1,620,191 10,592 19,428 1,611,355 1,750,168 19,387 11,182 1,758,373 425,750 — 23,159 402,591 — — — — 202,580 3,500 — 2,562,000 $ 490 — — 11,195 $ 591 — — 56,287 $ 202,479 3,500 — 2,516,908 $ 291,085 3,500 2,447 2,086,745 $ 140 — 358 20,120 $ 2,192 — 48 13,461 $ 289,033 3,500 2,757 2,093,404 $ 86 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Securities Held to Maturity (in thousands) U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Residential mortgage-backed securities Commercial mortgage-backed securities Collateralized mortgage obligations December 31, 2016 Gross Gross Unrealized Unrealized Losses Gains Amortized Cost Fair Value Amortized Cost December 31, 2015 Gross Gross Unrealized Unrealized Losses Gains Fair Value $ 50,000 $ 648,093 — $ 2,147 44 $ 20,175 49,956 $ 630,065 50,000 $ 185,890 — $ 3,475 410 $ 1,166 49,590 188,199 862,162 4,329 3,068 863,423 1,014,135 15,585 1,589 1,028,131 75,739 — 4,038 71,701 — — — — 864,226 2,500,220 $ $ 1,420 7,896 $ 10,674 37,999 $ 854,972 2,470,117 $ 1,120,363 2,370,388 $ 2,244 21,304 $ 12,676 15,841 $ 1,109,931 2,375,851 The following tables present the amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2016 by contractual maturity. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because of rights to call or repay obligations with or without penalties and scheduled and unscheduled principal payments on mortgage-backed securities and collateral mortgage obligations. (in thousands) Debt Securities Available for Sale Due in one year or less Due after one year through five years Due after five years through ten years Due after ten years Total available for sale debt securities (in thousands) Debt Securities Held to Maturity Due in one year or less Due after one year through five years Due after five years through ten years Due after ten years Total held to maturity debt securities Amortized Cost Fair Value $ $ 4,523 (cid:3) $ 42,881 (cid:3) 992,327 (cid:3) 1,522,269 (cid:3) 2,562,000 $ 4,536 43,424 964,119 1,504,829 2,516,908 Amortized Cost Fair Value $ 6,727 (cid:3) $ 135,187 (cid:3) 691,248 (cid:3) 1,667,058 (cid:3) 2,500,220 $ $ 6,740 136,268 668,507 1,658,602 2,470,117 The Company held no securities classified as trading at December 31, 2016 or 2015. The details for securities classified as available for sale with unrealized losses as of December 31, 2016 follow: Available for sale (in thousands) U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Residential mortgage-backed securities Commercial mortgage-backed securities Collateralized mortgage obligations $ Losses < 12 months Losses 12 months or > Total Gross Gross Gross Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses 54,788 $ 228,588 1,087,644 402,591 83,701 $ 1,857,312 $ 1,923 $ 11,186 19,359 23,159 591 56,218 $ — $ — 3,738 — — 3,738 $ 87 54,788 $ — $ — 69 — — 69 $ 1,861,050 $ 228,588 1,091,382 402,591 83,701 1,923 11,186 19,428 23,159 591 56,287 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The details for securities classified as available for sale with unrealized losses as of December 31, 2015 follow: Available for sale (in thousands) U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Residential mortgage-backed securities Collateralized mortgage obligations Equity securities $ Losses < 12 months Gross Fair Value Unrealized Losses Losses 12 months or > Gross Fair Value Unrealized Losses Total Gross Fair Value Unrealized Losses — $ 8,296 831,156 208,397 20 $ 1,047,869 $ — $ 38 8,257 1,257 1 9,553 $ 82 $ — 116,126 33,138 1,473 150,819 $ 82 $ 1 $ — 2,925 935 47 8,296 947,282 241,535 1,493 3,908 $ 1,198,688 $ 1 38 11,182 2,192 48 13,461 The details for securities classified as held to maturity with unrealized losses as of December 31, 2016 follow: Held to maturity (in thousands) U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Residential mortgage-backed securities Commercial mortgage-backed securities Collateralized mortgage obligations $ Losses < 12 months Losses 12 months or > Total Gross Gross Gross Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses 49,956 $ 494,470 278,369 71,701 618,739 $ 1,513,235 $ 44 $ 19,706 3,068 4,038 7,296 34,152 $ — $ — $ 49,956 $ 11,750 — — 115,375 127,125 $ 469 — — 3,378 3,847 $ 1,640,360 $ 506,220 278,369 71,701 734,114 44 20,175 3,068 4,038 10,674 37,999 The details for securities classified as held to maturity with unrealized losses as of December 31, 2015 follow: Held to maturity (in thousands) U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Residential mortgage-backed securities Collateralized mortgage obligations $ $ Losses < 12 months Losses 12 months or > Total Gross Gross Gross Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses — $ — $ 45,590 $ 22,652 349,635 516,330 934,207 $ 410 $ 301 1,589 2,894 5,194 $ 48,727 — 370,756 419,483 $ 865 — 9,782 45,590 $ 71,379 349,635 887,086 10,647 $ 1,353,690 $ 410 1,166 1,589 12,676 15,841 The unrealized losses primarily relate to changes in market rates on fixed-rate debt securities since the respective purchase date. In all cases, the indicated impairment on these debt securities would be recovered no later than the security’s maturity date or possibly earlier if the market price for the security increases with a reduction in the yield required by the market. None of the unrealized losses relate to the marketability of the securities or the issuer’s ability to meet contractual obligations. The Company believes it has adequate liquidity and, therefore, does not plan to and, more likely than not, will not be required to sell these securities before recovery of the indicated impairment. Accordingly, the unrealized losses on these securities have been determined to be temporary. Proceeds from sales of securities were approximately $173.2 million in 2016, $9.3 million in 2015, and $1.5 million in 2014. Gross gains of approximately $2.0 million and gross losses of approximately $0.2 million were recognized on sales of securities in 2016. Gross gains and losses recognized on sales of securities in 2015 were insignificant. 88 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Securities with carrying values totaling approximately $3.8 billion at December 31, 2016 and $3.5 billion at December 31, 2015 were pledged primarily to secure public deposits or sold under agreements to repurchase. Note 3. Loans The presentation of loan disclosures has been modified from prior filings to eliminate segmentation of Acquired (2011 Whitney Holding Corporation transaction) and FDIC Acquired (2009 Peoples First Community Bank transaction) due to the significantly reduced size of these portfolios. The revised presentation reflects purchased credit impaired (“PCI”) loan information in select tables. PCI loans include the total FDIC Acquired portfolio and the portion of the Acquired portfolio deemed credit impaired at acquisition. In addition, the revised presentation includes further segmentation of the commercial real estate portfolio between owner occupied and income producing loans due to the significant differences in risk characteristics of these loans and to conform more closely to regulatory concentration segments and general industry practices. All prior period information has been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. The Company generally makes loans in its market areas of south Mississippi, southern and central Alabama, south Louisiana, the Houston, Texas areas and the northern, central and panhandle regions of Florida. Loans, net of unearned income, consisted of the following: (in thousands) Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer Total loans December 31, 2016 7,613,917 $ 1,906,821 9,520,738 2,013,890 1,010,879 2,146,713 2,059,931 16,752,151 $ 2015 6,995,824 1,859,469 8,855,293 1,553,082 1,151,950 2,049,524 2,093,465 15,703,314 $ $ The Bank makes loans in the normal course of business to directors and executive officers of the Company and the Bank and to their associates. Loans to such related parties are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral requirements, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties and do not involve more than normal risk of collectability when originated. Balances of loans to the Company’s directors, executive officers and their associates at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were approximately $15.3 million and $17.4 million, respectively. Related party loan activity for 2016 includes new loans of $25.5 million and repayments of $27.6 million. The Bank has a line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas that is secured by blanket pledges of certain qualifying loan types. The Bank had borrowings on this line of $865 million and $900 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 89 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The following schedules show activity in the allowance for loan losses for 2016 and 2015 by portfolio segment and the corresponding recorded investment in loans as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate- owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate- income producing Construction and land development Year Ended December 31, 2016 Residential mortgages Consumer Total $ 109,428 $ 9,858 $ 119,286 $ 6,041 $ 5,642 $ 25,353 $ 24,857 $ 181,179 (in thousands) Allowance for loan losses: Beginning balance Purchased credit impaired activity Charge-offs Recoveries Net provision for loan losses (Decrease) increase in FDIC loss share receivable Non-purchased credit impaired activity: Charge-offs Recoveries Net provision for loan losses $ — 115 (44) (31) (28) 269 (440) — (28) 384 (484) (31) (1) 2 (462) — (18) 361 (594) (323) 36 1,876 (8) 189 (1,740) (378) 972 (1,404) — (4,209) 283 (3,957) (42,620) 3,969 76,235 147,052 $ (1,819) 480 2,763 11,083 $ (44,439) 4,449 78,998 158,135 $ (346) 989 7,286 13,509 $ (964) 1,725 119 6,271 $ (1,040) 859 2,809 25,361 $ (26,099) 5,809 22,851 26,142 $ (72,888) 13,831 112,063 229,418 Ending balance Ending balance: Allowance: Individually evaluated for impairment Amounts related to purchased credit impaired loans Collectively evaluated for impairment Total allowance Loans: Individually evaluated for impairment Purchased credit impaired loans Collectively evaluated for impairment Total loans $ 28,187 $ 246 $ 28,433 $ 466 $ 38 $ 91 $ 267 $ 29,295 486 894 1,380 253 406 15,043 1,271 18,353 $ 118,379 147,052 $ 9,943 11,083 $ 128,322 158,135 $ 12,790 13,509 $ 5,827 6,271 $ 10,227 25,361 $ 24,604 26,142 $ 181,770 229,418 $ 271,262 $ 6,268 $ 277,530 $ 15,376 $ 1,938 $ 4,347 $ 2,154 $ 301,345 11,368 13,323 24,691 7,928 5,271 141,992 11,033 190,915 $ 7,331,287 7,613,917 $ 1,887,230 1,906,821 $ 9,218,517 9,520,738 $ 1,990,586 2,013,890 $ 1,003,670 1,010,879 $ 2,000,374 2,146,713 $ 2,046,744 2,059,931 $ 16,259,891 16,752,151 90 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate- owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate- income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer Total Year Ended December 31, 2015 $ 51,169 $ 13,536 $ 64,705 $ 7,546 $ 6,421 $ 28,660 $ 21,430 $ 128,762 (in thousands) Allowance for loan losses: Beginning balance Purchased credit impaired activity Charge-offs Recoveries Net provision for loan losses Increase (decrease) in FDIC loss share receivable Non-purchased credit impaired activity: Charge-offs Recoveries Net provision for loan losses $ (1,427) 1,704 (1,018) (390) 971 (1,848) (1,817) 2,675 (2,866) (2,353) 21 822 (410) 910 (845) (772) 84 1,147 (143) 196 (1,313) (5,495) 3,886 (3,055) 276 (396) (120) 919 (6) (3,405) (188) (2,800) (6,934) 3,342 62,316 109,428 $ (1,002) 1,663 (2,676) 9,858 $ (7,936) 5,005 59,640 119,286 $ (480) 742 (1,176) 6,041 $ (2,424) 2,179 (183) 5,642 $ (1,635) 687 587 25,353 $ (16,688) 4,338 17,225 24,857 $ (29,163) 12,951 76,093 181,179 $ 19,031 $ 23 $ 19,054 $ 1,382 $ 392 $ 127 $ 33 $ 20,988 446 1,093 1,539 714 657 17,663 2,547 23,120 89,951 109,428 $ 8,742 9,858 $ 98,693 119,286 $ 3,945 6,041 $ 4,593 5,642 $ 7,563 25,353 $ 22,277 24,857 $ 137,071 181,179 81,622 $ 5,409 $ 87,031 $ 11,122 $ 14,226 $ 895 $ 152 $ 113,426 12,004 17,431 29,435 9,193 12,103 162,268 12,839 225,838 6,902,198 6,995,824 $ 1,836,629 1,859,469 $ 8,738,827 8,855,293 $ 1,532,767 1,553,082 $ 1,125,621 1,151,950 $ 1,886,361 2,049,524 $ 2,080,474 2,093,465 $ 15,364,050 15,703,314 $ $ $ Ending balance Ending balance: Allowance: Individually evaluated for impairment Amounts related to purchased credit impaired loans Collectively evaluated for impairment Total allowance Loans: Individually evaluated for impairment Purchased credit impaired loans Collectively evaluated for impairment Total loans Impaired Loans The following table shows the composition of nonaccrual loans by portfolio class. Purchased credit impaired loans accounted for in pools with an accretable yield are considered to be performing and are excluded from the table. (in thousands) Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer Total loans December 31, 2016 249,037 $ 14,413 263,450 13,954 4,550 23,665 12,351 317,970 $ 2015 88,743 10,001 98,744 10,815 17,294 23,799 9,061 159,713 $ $ Nonaccrual loans include loans modified in troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) of $81.9 million and $8.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016 and 2015. Total TDRs, both accruing and nonaccruing, were $121.7 million at December 31, 2016 and $13.1 million at December 31, 2015. 91 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The table below details the TDRs that occurred during 2016 and 2015 by portfolio segment. All are individually evaluated for impairment. ($ in thousands) Troubled Debt Restructurings: Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer Total loans Years Ended 2016 Outstanding Recorded Investment 2015 Outstanding Recorded Investment Number of Contracts Pre- Modification Post- Modification Number of Contracts Pre- Modification 38 $ 1 39 1 — 7 — 47 $ 128,449 $ 148 128,597 2,943 — 694 — 132,234 $ 128,449 148 128,597 2,943 — 694 — 132,234 1 $ — 1 1 — 4 1 7 $ Post- Modification 4,420 — 4,420 482 — 185 20 5,107 4,420 $ — 4,420 485 — 195 20 5,120 $ The TDRs during the twelve months ended December 31, 2016 reflected in the table above include $108.9 million of loans with extended amortization terms or other payment concessions, $22.8 million of loans with significant covenant waivers and $0.5 million with other modifications. The TDRs during the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 include $5.0 million of loans with extended terms or other payment concessions and $0.1 million of other modifications. No TDRs subsequently defaulted within twelve months of modification for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. The tables below present loans that are individually evaluated for impairment disaggregated by class at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Loans individually evaluated for impairment include TDRs and loans that are determined to be impaired and have aggregate relationship balances of $1 million or more. (in thousands) Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer Total loans December 31, 2016 Recorded investment without an allowance Recorded investment with an allowance Unpaid principal balance Related allowance $ $ 150,650 $ 4,261 154,911 10,447 1,106 2,877 — 169,341 $ 120,612 $ 2,007 122,619 4,929 832 1,470 2,154 132,004 $ 295,445 $ 6,646 302,091 15,708 2,903 4,865 2,155 327,722 $ 28,187 246 28,433 466 38 91 267 29,295 92 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS December 31, 2015 (in thousands) Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer Total loans (in thousands) Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer Total loans Aging Analysis Recorded investment without an allowance Recorded investment with an allowance Unpaid principal balance Related allowance 34,788 $ 4,747 39,535 3,038 12,461 — — 55,034 $ 46,834 $ 661 47,495 8,085 1,765 895 152 58,392 $ 84,988 $ 5,931 90,919 11,363 14,784 1,405 152 118,623 $ 19,031 23 19,054 1,382 392 127 33 20,988 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 Years Ended Average Recorded Investment Interest income recognized Average Recorded Investment Interest income recognized 211,324 $ 6,151 217,475 9,347 6,366 2,109 716 236,013 $ 1,164 $ 44 1,208 106 1 10 5 1,330 $ 41,274 $ 14,269 55,543 11,396 5,508 1,618 119 74,184 $ 11 54 65 85 66 22 4 242 $ $ $ $ The following table presents the age analysis of past due loans at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. Purchased credit impaired loans with an accretable yield are considered to be current in the following delinquency table: December 31, 2016 (in thousands) Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied $ Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer Total loans $ 30-59 days past due 60-89 days past due Greater than 90 days past due Total past due Current Total Loans Recorded investment > 90 days and accruing 19,722 $ 3,008 22,730 838 694 24,599 18,621 67,482 $ 1,909 $ 581 2,490 50 171 8,816 7,441 18,968 $ 68,505 $ 6,310 74,815 90,136 $ 9,899 100,035 7,523,781 $ 1,896,922 9,420,703 7,613,917 $ 1,906,821 9,520,738 5,026 5,300 14,369 9,147 108,657 $ 5,914 6,165 47,784 35,209 195,107 $ 2,007,976 1,004,714 2,098,929 2,024,722 16,557,044 $ 2,013,890 1,010,879 2,146,713 2,059,931 16,752,151 $ 384 52 436 216 1,563 1 823 3,039 93 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS December 31, 2015 (in thousands) 30-59 days past due 60-89 days past due Greater than 90 days past due Total past due Current Total Loans Recorded investment > 90 days and accruing Commercial non-real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied $ Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Residential mortgages Consumer Total loans $ 17,406 $ 5,898 23,304 871 19,886 18,657 16,309 79,027 $ 1,468 $ 802 2,270 603 436 4,360 4,432 12,101 $ 25,007 $ 6,646 31,653 6,382 4,043 11,840 8,645 62,563 $ 43,881 $ 13,346 57,227 6,951,943 $ 1,846,123 8,798,066 6,995,824 $ 1,859,469 8,855,293 7,856 24,365 34,857 29,386 153,691 $ 1,545,226 1,127,585 2,014,667 2,064,079 15,549,623 $ 1,553,082 1,151,950 2,049,524 2,093,465 15,703,314 $ 3,060 535 3,595 499 1,230 163 2,166 7,653 Credit Quality Indicators The following table presents the credit quality indicators of the Company’s various classes of loans at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. (in thousands) Grade: Pass Pass-Watch Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total (in thousands) Grade: Pass Pass-Watch Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total (in thousands) Performing Nonperforming Total Commercial non- real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Total commercial December 31, 2016 $ $ 6,364,348 $ 203,311 181,763 846,793 17,702 7,613,917 $ 1,719,114 $ 47,676 40,299 99,732 — 1,906,821 $ 8,083,462 $ 250,987 222,062 946,525 17,702 9,520,738 $ 1,873,644 $ 78,309 22,492 39,434 11 968,505 $ 22,592 4,142 15,640 — 2,013,890 $ 1,010,879 $ 10,925,611 351,888 248,696 1,001,599 17,713 12,545,507 Commercial non- real estate Commercial real estate - owner occupied Total commercial & industrial Commercial real estate - income producing Construction and land development Total commercial December 31, 2015 $ 6,260,863 $ 168,589 211,230 355,098 44 1,718,725 $ 31,764 41,147 67,833 — 7,979,588 $ 200,353 252,377 422,931 44 1,502,484 $ 14,717 5,905 29,960 16 1,095,296 $ 6,841 12,297 37,516 — $ 6,995,824 $ 1,859,469 $ 8,855,293 $ 1,553,082 $ 1,151,950 $ 10,577,368 221,911 270,579 490,407 60 11,560,325 December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 Residential mortgage Consumer $ $ 2,123,048 $ 23,665 2,146,713 $ 2,046,757 $ 13,174 2,059,931 $ Total 4,169,805 $ 36,839 4,206,644 $ Residential mortgage Consumer 2,025,563 $ 23,961 2,049,524 $ 2,082,238 $ 11,227 2,093,465 $ Total 4,107,801 35,188 4,142,989 Below are the definitions of the Company’s internally assigned grades: Commercial: (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) Pass - loans properly approved, documented, collateralized, and performing which do not reflect an abnormal credit risk. Pass - Watch - credits in this category are of sufficient risk to cause concern. This category is reserved for credits that display negative performance trends. The “Watch” grade should be regarded as a transition category. 94 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) Special mention - a criticized asset category defined as having potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date, result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects for the credit or the institution’s credit position. Special mention credits are not considered part of the Classified credit categories and do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification. Substandard - an asset that is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Doubtful - an asset that has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified Substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection nor liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. Loss - credits classified as Loss are considered uncollectable and are charged off promptly once so classified. Residential and Consumer: (cid:120)(cid:3) (cid:120)(cid:3) Performing - loans on which payments of principal and interest are less than 90 days past due. Nonperforming - a nonperforming loan is a loan that is in default or close to being in default and there are good reasons to doubt that payments will be made in full. All loans rated as nonaccrual loans are also classified as nonperforming. Credit Review uses a risk-focused continuous monitoring program that provides for an independent, objective and timely review of credit risk within the Company. Purchased Credit Impaired Loans Changes in the carrying amount of acquired-impaired loans and accretable yield are presented in the following table for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015: (in thousands) Balance at beginning of period Payments received, net Accretion Increase (decrease) in expected cash flows based on actual cash flow and changes in cash flow assumptions Net transfers from nonaccretable difference Years Ended December 31, 2016 December 31, 2015 Carrying Amount of Loans $ 225,838 $ (55,194) 20,271 Accretable Yield 129,488 $ (11,024) (20,271) Carrying Amount of Loans 313,685 $ (115,847) 28,000 Accretable Yield 187,456 (21,978) (28,000) — 5,358 — (4,238) to accretable yield Balance at end of period — 190,915 $ 10,135 113,686 $ — 225,838 $ (3,752) 129,488 $ Loans acquired in an FDIC-assisted transaction and the related FDIC loss share receivable Loans purchased in the 2009 acquisition of Peoples First Community Bank were covered by two loss share agreements between the FDIC and the Company. The loss share agreement covering the non-single family portfolio expired in December 2014 and is now in a three year recovery period where 80% of recoveries on reimbursed losses are due to the FDIC. The loss share agreement covering the single family portfolio expires in December 2019. As of December 31, 2016, $149 million of purchased credit impaired loans were covered by the single family loss share agreement, providing considerable protection against credit risk. 95 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The receivable arising from the loss-sharing agreements (referred to as the “FDIC loss share receivable” on our consolidated statements of financial condition) is measured separately from the covered loans because the agreements are not contractually part of the loans and are not transferable should the Company choose to dispose of the loans. The following schedule shows activity in the FDIC loss share receivable for 2016 and 2015: (in thousands) Balance, January 1 Amortization Charge-offs, write-downs and other (recoveries) losses External expenses qualifying under loss share agreement Changes due to changes in cash flow projections FDIC resolution of denied claims Net payments to (from) FDIC Balance, December 31 Residential Mortgage Loans in Process of Foreclosure Years Ended December 31, 2015 2016 29,868 $ (5,918) (8,264) 1,356 (3,957) — 3,134 16,219 $ 60,272 (5,747) (8,072) 2,677 (2,800) (2,411) (14,051) 29,868 $ $ Included in loans are $10.1 million and $7.4 million of consumer loans secured by single family residential mortgage real estate that are in process of foreclosure as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Of these loans, $4.9 million and $4.1 million, respectively, are covered by an FDIC loss share agreement that provides significant protection against losses. Loans in process of foreclosure include those for which formal foreclosure proceedings are in process according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. In addition to the single family residential real estate loans in process of foreclosure, the Company also held $3.1 million and $9.3 million of foreclosed single family residential properties in other real estate owned as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Of these foreclosed properties, $0.9 million and $1.6 million as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, are also covered by the FDIC loss share agreement. Loans Held for Sale Loans held for sale totaled $34.1 million and $20.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2016 and 2015. Substantially all loans held for sale are residential mortgage loans originated on a best-efforts basis, whereby a commitment by a third party to purchase the loan has been received concurrent with the Bank’s commitment to the borrower to originate the loan. Note 4. Property and Equipment Property and equipment consisted of the following. (in thousands) Land and land improvements Buildings and leasehold improvements Furniture, fixtures and equipment Software Assets under development Accumulated depreciation and amortization Property and equipment, net December 31, 2016 79,412 $ 335,566 96,565 70,370 10,826 592,739 (cid:3) (231,127) 361,612 $ 2015 81,940 339,309 95,364 65,383 4,782 586,778 (209,763) 377,015 $ $ Depreciation and amortization expense was $28.4 million, $28.8 million and $30.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 96 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Note 5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration exchanged over the fair value of the net assets acquired in purchase business combinations. The carrying amount of goodwill was $621.2 million at both December 31, 2016 and 2015. The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test as of September 30, 2016 and concluded that there was no impairment of goodwill. The Company used multiple approaches to measure its fair value at September 30, 2016. These included an income approach using the discounted net present value of estimated future cash flows, a price to earnings ratio approach using the estimated 2017 EPS multiplied by the Company’s current peer group average PE ratio and adjusted for a control premium, a transaction or price-to-book multiple approach using the actual price paid by similar companies in recent acquisition transactions, and a market capitalization approach using the Company’s actual market capitalization. The results from each of the approaches were relatively similar with little disparity and were combined and weighted to derive an estimated fair market value for the Company. Equal weightings were given to all of the approaches. The weighted approach resulted in a fair market value approximately 23% higher than book at September 30, 2016. Each of the valuation techniques used by the Company requires significant assumptions. Depending upon the specific approach, assumptions are made concerning the economic environment, expected net interest margins, growth rates, discount rates for cash flows, control premiums, price-to-earnings multiples, and price-to-book multiples. Also, assumptions are made to determine the appropriate individual weighting to be used for each approach in determining the fair market value. Changes to any one of these assumptions could result in significantly different results. No goodwill impairment charges were recognized during 2016, 2015, or 2014. Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over the periods benefited and are evaluated for impairment similar to other long-lived assets. In 2015, the Company eliminated the $1.1 million remaining carrying value of CDI in conjunction with the sale of four Houston, Texas branches on March 27, 2015. The carrying value of intangible assets subject to amortization was as follows. (in thousands) Core deposit intangibles Credit card and trust relationships Merchant processing relationships (in thousands) Core deposit intangibles Credit card and trust relationships Trade name Merchant processing relationships December 31, 2016 Purchase Value 190,655 $ 22,400 10,000 223,055 $ Accumulated Amortization Carrying Value 113,436 $ 14,907 6,955 135,298 $ 77,219 7,493 3,045 87,757 December 31, 2015 Purchase Value 190,655 $ 22,400 11,722 10,000 234,777 $ Accumulated Amortization Carrying Value 97,026 $ 12,735 11,722 5,756 127,239 $ 93,629 9,665 — 4,244 107,538 $ $ $ $ 97 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (in thousands) Aggregate amortization expense for: Core deposit intangibles Credit card and trust relationships Value of insurance business acquired Non-compete agreements Trade name Merchant processing relationships 2016 Years Ended December 31, 2015 2014 $ $ 16,411 $ 2,172 — — — 1,198 19,781 $ 18,031 $ 2,369 — — 2,388 1,396 24,184 $ 19,897 2,566 34 100 2,605 1,595 26,797 The weighted-average remaining life of core deposit intangibles is 9 years. The weighted-average remaining life of other identifiable intangibles is 6 years. The following table shows estimated amortization expense of other intangible assets for the five succeeding years and thereafter, calculated based on current amortization schedules. (in thousands) 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Thereafter Note 6. Time Deposits The maturity of time deposits at December 31, 2016 follows. (in thousands) 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Thereafter Total time deposits Certificates of deposits of more than $250,000 totaled approximately $623 million at December 31, 2016. $ $ 17,815 16,062 13,747 10,124 8,452 21,557 87,757 $ $ 2,070,390 312,165 87,587 18,087 15,513 6,402 2,510,144 98 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Note 7. Short-Term Borrowings The following table presents information concerning short-term borrowings. (in thousands) Federal funds purchased: Amount outstanding at period-end Average amount outstanding during period Maximum amount at any month-end during period Weighted-average interest at period-end Weighted-average interest rate during period Securities sold under agreements to repurchase: Amount outstanding at period-end Average amount outstanding during period Maximum amount at any month-end during period Weighted-average interest at period-end Weighted-average interest rate during period FHLB borrowings: Amount outstanding at period-end Average amount outstanding during period Maximum amount at any month-end during period Weighted-average interest at period-end Weighted-average interest rate during period December 31, 2016 2015 $ 2,275 $ 14,052 59,475 0.38% 0.50% 358,131 $ 454,571 579,099 0.04% 0.03% 865,000 $ 943,570 1,175,000 0.54% 0.41% $ $ 10,100 15,992 13,675 0.13% 0.26% 513,544 539,169 609,671 0.03% 0.03% 900,000 469,973 900,000 0.32% 0.18% Federal funds purchased represent unsecured borrowings from other banks, generally on an overnight basis. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) are funds borrowed on a secured basis by selling securities under agreements to repurchase, mainly in connection with treasury-management services offered to deposit customers. The customer repurchase agreements mature daily and were secured by agency securities. As the Company maintains effective control over assets sold under agreements to repurchase, the securities continue to be carried on the consolidated statements of financial condition. Because the Company acts as borrower transferring assets to the counterparty, and the agreements mature daily, the Company’s risk is very limited. The $865 million of FHLB borrowings at December 31, 2016, consist of three $225 million and one $190 million variable-rate term notes, $415 million maturing in 2017 and $450 million maturing in 2020. These notes re-price monthly. At the Company’s option, the notes may be re-paid, either in whole or in-part, on any monthly re-pricing date subject to a two week advanced notice requirement, and therefore are classified as short-term borrowings. 99 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Note 8. Long-Term Debt Effective January 1, 2016, the Company retrospectively adopted accounting guidance intended to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs by requiring that costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability. Historically, debt issuance costs were reported in the “Other Assets” line items in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Statements of Cash Flows. All historical periods have been restated to reflect the revised presentation and new required disclosures are reflected below. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or operation results. Long-term debt consisted of the following. (in thousands) Subordinated notes payable, maturing June 2045 Subordinated notes payable, maturing April 2017 Term note payable, maturing December 2018 Other long-term debt Less unamortized debt issuance costs Total long-term debt (in thousands) Subordinated notes payable, maturing June 2045 Subordinated notes payable, maturing April 2017 Term note payable, maturing December 2018 Other long-term debt Total December 31, 2016 150,000 $ 95,511 107,100 89,196 (5,527) 436,280 $ 2015 150,000 98,011 125,000 122,988 (5,854) 490,145 Unamortized Debt Issuance Costs Principal 150,000 $ 95,511 107,100 89,196 441,807 $ 4,956 — 571 — 5,527 $ $ $ $ On March 9, 2015, the Company completed the issuance of subordinated notes payable with an aggregate principal amount of $150 million, maturing on June 15, 2045. These notes accrue interest at a fixed rate of 5.95% per annum, with quarterly interest payments which began in June 2015. Subject to prior approval by the Federal Reserve, the Company may redeem the notes in whole or in part on any interest payment date on or after June 15, 2020. This debt qualifies as Tier 2 capital in the calculation of certain regulatory capital ratios. The subordinated notes payable maturing April 2017 accrue interest at a fixed rate of 5.875% per annum. As of December 31, 2015, 20% of the balance of these notes qualified as Tier 2 capital in the calculation of certain regulatory capital ratios. The notes no longer qualified as Tier 2 capital as of April 1, 2016. On December 18, 2015, the Company entered into a senior unsecured single-draw term loan facility totaling $125 million, all of which was borrowed on the closing date. Amounts borrowed under the loan facility bear interest at a variable rate based on LIBOR plus 1.50% per annum. The loan agreement requires quarterly principal payments of $4.5 million, and outstanding borrowings may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time prior to the December 18, 2018 maturity date without premium or penalty, subject to reimbursement of certain lenders’ costs. The Company must satisfy certain financial covenants on the term note payable and is subject to other restrictions customary in financings, none of which are expected to adversely impact the operations of the Company. Financial covenants cover, among other things, the maintenance of minimum levels for regulatory capital ratios, consolidated net worth, consolidated return on assets, and holding company liquidity and dividend capacity, and specify a maximum ratio of consolidated nonperforming assets to consolidated total loans and other real estate, calculated without FDIC-covered assets. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2016. Substantially all of the other long-term debt consists of borrowings associated with tax credit fund activities. Although these borrowings have indicated maturities through 2053, they are expected to be paid off at the end of the seven-year compliance period for the related tax credit investments. 100 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Note 9. Derivatives Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives The Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage risks related to differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments, currently related to select pools of variable rate loans. The Bank has also entered into interest rate derivative agreements as a service to certain qualifying customers. The Bank manages a matched book with respect to these customer derivatives in order to minimize their net risk exposure resulting from such agreements. The Bank also enters into risk participation agreements under which they may either sell or buy credit risk associated with a customer’s performance under certain interest rate derivative contracts related to loans in which participation interests have been sold to or purchased from other banks. Fair Values of Derivative Instruments on the Balance Sheet The table below presents the notional amounts and fair values of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. (in thousands) Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: Interest rate swaps Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: Interest rate swaps (2) Risk participation agreements Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans Interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans Foreign exchange forward contracts Type of Hedge Notional Amounts December 31, Assets December 31, Liabilities December 31, 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 Fair Values (1) Cash Flow $ 1,100,000 $ $ 1,100,000 $ 500,000 $ 500,000 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 7,787 $ 7,787 $ 281 281 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A $ 979,391 $ 84,732 780,871 $ 83,430 18,405 $ 20,622 $ 50 83 18,362 $ 105 21,007 162 75,676 55,128 900 263 221 336 46,840 38,853 189 243 228 167 56,152 44,068 $ 1,242,791 $ 1,002,350 $ 771 20,315 $ 2,040 23,251 $ 729 19,645 $ 2,015 23,687 (1)(cid:3) (2)(cid:3) Derivative assets and liabilities are reported with other assets or other liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets. The notional amount represents both the customer accommodation agreements and offsetting agreements with unrelated financial institutions Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk The Company is party to various interest rate swap agreements designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges of the Company’s forecasted variable cash flows for pools of variable rate loans. For each agreement, the Company receives interest at a fixed rate and pays at a variable rate. The swap agreements expire as follows: notional amount of $500 million in 2017; $200 million in 2018; $200 million in 2019; and $200 million in 2020. During the term of the swap agreements, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments are recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”) and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the periods that the hedged forecasted variable-rate interest payments affects earnings. The impact on AOCI is reflected in Note 10. There was no ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivative recognized directly in earnings. 101 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Derivatives Not Designated as Hedges Customer interest rate derivative program The Bank enters into interest rate derivative agreements, primarily rate swaps, with commercial banking customers to facilitate their risk management strategies. The Bank enters into offsetting agreements with unrelated financial institutions, thereby mitigating its net interest rate risk exposure resulting from such transactions. Because the interest rate derivatives associated with this program do not meet hedge accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer derivatives and the offsetting derivatives are recognized directly in earnings. Risk participation agreements The Bank also enters into risk participation agreements under which it may either assume or sell credit risk associated with a borrower’s performance under certain interest rate derivative contracts. In those instances where the Bank has assumed credit risk, it is not a direct counterparty to the derivative contract with the borrower and have entered into the risk participation agreement because it is a party to the related loan agreement with the borrower. In those instances in which the Bank has sold credit risk, it is the sole counterparty to the derivative contract with the borrower and has entered into the risk participation agreement because other banks participate in the related loan agreement. The Bank manages its credit risk under risk participation agreements by monitoring the creditworthiness of the borrower, based on the Bank’s normal credit review process. Mortgage banking derivatives The Bank also enters into certain derivative agreements as part of their mortgage banking activities. These agreements include interest rate lock commitments on prospective residential mortgage loans and forward commitments to sell these loans to investors on a best efforts delivery basis. Customer foreign exchange forward contract derivatives The Bank enters into foreign exchange forward derivative agreements, primarily forward currency contracts, with commercial banking customers to facilitate their risk management strategies. The Bank manages its risk exposure from such transactions by entering into offsetting agreements with unrelated financial institutions. Because the foreign exchange forward contract derivatives associated with this program do not meet hedge accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer derivatives and the offsetting derivatives are recognized directly in earnings. Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Income Statement Derivative income consisting primarily of customer interest rate swap fees, net of fair value adjustments, is reflected in the income statement in other noninterest income, totaling $5.2 million, $2.7 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The impact to interest income from cash flow hedges was $2.3 million, $2.1 million, and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. Credit Risk-Related Contingent Features Certain of the Bank’s derivative instruments contain provisions allowing the financial counterparty to terminate the contracts in certain circumstances, such as the downgrade of the Bank’s credit ratings below specified levels, a default by the Bank on its indebtedness, or the failure of the Bank to maintain specified minimum regulatory capital ratios or its regulatory status as a well- capitalized institution. These derivative agreements also contain provisions regarding the posting of collateral by each party. As of December 31, 2016, the aggregate fair value of derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that were in a net liability position was $22.1 million, for which the Bank had posted collateral of $19.1 million. 102 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Offsetting Assets and Liabilities The Bank’s derivative instruments to certain counterparties contain legally enforceable netting provisions that allow for net settlement of multiple transactions to a single amount, which may be positive, negative, or zero. Offsetting information in regards to derivative assets and liabilities subject to these master netting agreements at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 is presented in the following tables: As of December 31, 2016 (in thousands) Derivative Assets Derivative Liabilities As of December 31, 2015 (in thousands) Derivative Assets Derivative Liabilities (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) Gross Amounts Recognized Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position Net Amounts Presented in the Statement of Financial Position Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statement of Financial Position Financial Instruments Cash Collateral Net Amount $ $ 4,788 $ 26,846 $ — $ — $ 4,788 $ 26,846 $ 4,788 $ 4,788 $ — $ 19,095 $ — 2,963 Gross Amounts Recognized Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position Net Amounts Presented in the Statement of Financial Position Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statement of Financial Position Financial Instruments Cash Collateral Net Amount $ $ 224 $ 21,034 $ — $ — $ 224 $ 21,034 $ 224 $ 224 $ — $ 23,482 $ — (2,672) The company has excess collateral compared to total exposure due to initial margin requirements for day-to-day rate volatility. Note 10. Stockholders’ Equity The presentation of the components of shareholders’ equity was modified from prior filings to consolidate treasury stock into surplus in the consolidated balance sheets and statements of changes in shareholders’ equity in order to simplify the presentation. Additional information on treasury stock is reflected in the common shares outstanding section below. Stock Issuance On December 16, 2016, the Company completed the issuance and sale of 6.3 million shares of common stock at a purchase price of $41.00 per share for total proceeds of $259 million, net of issuance cost. Stock Repurchase Program On August 28, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase plan that authorized the repurchase of up to 5%, or approximately 3.9 million shares of its outstanding common stock, until it expired on September 2016. Under this plan, the Company repurchased 741,393 shares of its common stock at an average price of $27.44 per share. There were no shares repurchased under this plan in 2016. In March 2015, the Company completed the prior stock repurchase program that had been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors on July 16, 2014 which authorized the repurchase of up to 5%, or approximately 4.1 million shares, of its outstanding common stock. Under this plan, the Company repurchased a total of 4.1 million shares of its common stock at an average price of $30.02 per share. Common Shares Outstanding Shares outstanding exclude treasury shares of 1.3 million and 8.1 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, with a first-in- first-out cost basis of $24.1 million and $226.4 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Shares outstanding also exclude unvested restricted share awards of 2.0 million and 1.9 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 103 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) A roll forward of the components of AOCI is included as follows: (in thousands) Balance, December 31, 2013 Net change in unrealized gain (loss) Reclassification of net loss realized and included in earnings Valuation adjustment for employee benefit plans Amortization of unrealized net loss on securities transferred to held to maturity Income tax expense (benefit) Balance, December 31, 2014 Net change in unrealized (loss) gain Reclassification of net (gain) loss realized and included in earnings Valuation adjustment for employee benefit plans Amortization of unrealized net loss on securities transferred to held to maturity Income tax (benefit) expense Balance, December 31, 2015 Net change in unrealized loss Reclassification of net (gain) loss realized and included in earnings Valuation adjustment for employee benefit plans Amortization of unrealized net loss on securities transferred to held to maturity Income tax (benefit) expense Balance, December 31, 2016 Available for Sale Securities HTM Securities Transferred from AFS $ 8,263 $ 15,413 (21,189) $ — Employee Benefit Plans (22,453) $ — Cash Flow Hedges — $ (592) Total (35,379) 14,821 — — — — 390 (41,244) — — 390 (41,244) — 5,675 18,001 $ (21,581) $ 3,297 1,182 — (14,681) — (217) 3,297 (8,041) (19,074) $ — (48,626) $ — (375) $ 311 (50,074) (21,270) (165) — — — 3,175 (33,971) — (8,013) 4,268 $ (49,839) $ 3,530 1,251 — (11,532) (16,795) $ — (67,890) $ — (178) $ (7,507) — — — 114 3,010 (33,971) 3,530 (18,180) (80,595) (57,346) (1,912) — — — 5,928 (12,748) — — 4,016 (12,748) — (18,804) (28,679) $ 3,830 1,427 (14,392) $ — (2,209) (72,501) $ — (2,725) (4,960) $ 3,830 (22,311) (120,532) $ AOCI is reported as a component of stockholders’ equity. AOCI includes unrealized gains and losses on available for sale (“AFS”) securities and unrealized losses on AFS securities that were transferred to held to maturity (“HTM”) securities in the third quarter of 2013. Such amounts on the transferred securities will be amortized over the estimated remaining life of the security as an adjustment to yield, offsetting the related amortization of the net premium created in the transfer. Subject to certain thresholds, unrealized losses on employee benefit plans will be reclassified into income as pension and post retirement costs are recognized over the remaining service period of plan participants. Accumulated gains/losses on the cash flow hedge of the variable-rate loans described in Note 9 will be reclassified into income over the life of the hedge. Gains (losses) in AOCI are net of deferred income taxes. 104 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The following table shows the line items in the consolidated income statements affected by amounts reclassified from AOCI: Amount reclassified from AOCI (a) (in thousands) Gain on sale of AFS securities Tax effect Net of tax Amortization of unrealized net loss on securities transferred to HTM Tax effect Net of tax Amortization of defined benefit pension and post-retirement items (b) Tax effect Net of tax Total reclassifications, net of tax Year Ended December 31, 2015 2016 (cid:3) Increase (decrease) in affected line item in the income statement $ $ $ $ 1,912 $ (694) 1,218 (3,830) $ 1,427 (2,403) (5,928) $ 1,920 (4,008) (5,193) $ 165 Securities gains (58) Income taxes 107 Net income (3,530) Interest income 1,236 Income taxes (2,294) Net income (3,175) Employee benefits expense 1,111 Income taxes (2,064) Net income (4,251) Net income (a)(cid:3) (b)(cid:3) Amounts in parenthesis indicate reduction in net income. These AOCI components are included in the computation of net periodic pension and post-retirement cost that is reported with employee benefits expense (see footnote 15 for additional details). Regulatory Capital Measures of regulatory capital are an important tool used by regulators to monitor the financial health of financial institutions. The primary quantitative measures used to gauge capital adequacy are Common equity tier 1, Tier 1 and Total regulatory capital to risk- weighted assets (risk-based capital ratios) and the Tier 1 capital to average total assets (leverage ratio). Both the Company and the Bank subsidiary are required to maintain minimum risk-based capital ratios of 8.0% total capital, 4.5% Tier 1 Common Equity, and 6.0% Tier 1 capital. The minimum leverage ratio is 3.0% for bank holding companies and banks that meet certain specified criteria, including having the highest supervisory rating. All others are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4.0%. To evaluate capital adequacy, regulators compare an institution’s regulatory capital ratios with their agency guidelines, as well as with the guidelines established as part of the uniform regulatory framework for prompt corrective supervisory action toward financial institutions. The framework for prompt corrective action categorizes capital levels into one of five classifications rating from well- capitalized to critically under-capitalized. For an institution to be eligible to be classified as well capitalized its total risk-based capital ratios must be at least 10.0% for total capital, 6.5% for Tier 1 Common Equity and 8.0% for Tier 1 capital, and its leverage ratio must be at least 5.0%. In reaching an overall conclusion on capital adequacy or assigning a classification under the uniform framework, regulators also consider other subjective and quantitative measures of risk associated with an institution. The Company and the Bank were deemed to be well capitalized based upon the most recent notifications from their regulators. There are no conditions or events since those notifications that management believes would change the classifications. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company and the Bank were in compliance with all of their respective minimum regulatory capital requirements. 105 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Following is a summary of the actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios for the Company and the Bank together with corresponding regulatory capital requirements at December 31, 2016 and 2015: ($ in thousands) At December 31, 2016 Tier 1 leverage capital Company Whitney Bank Common equity tier 1 (to risk weighted assets) Company Whitney Bank Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) Company Whitney Bank Total capital (to risk weighted assets) Company Whitney Bank At December 31, 2015 Tier 1 leverage capital Company Whitney Bank Common equity tier 1 (to risk weighted assets) Company Whitney Bank Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets) Company Whitney Bank Total capital (to risk weighted assets) Actual Required for Minimum Capital Adequacy Required To Be Well Capitalized Amount Ratio % Amount Ratio % Amount Ratio % $ 2,184,812 2,011,719 9.56 8.83 $ 2,184,812 2,011,719 11.26 10.39 $ $ 914,520 911,091 4.00 4.00 $ 1,143,150 1,138,864 873,192 871,361 4.50 4.50 $ 1,261,277 1,258,633 $ 2,184,812 2,011,719 11.26 10.39 $ 1,164,256 1,161,815 6.00 6.00 $ 1,552,341 1,549,086 5.00 5.00 6.50 6.50 8.00 8.00 $ 2,564,230 2,241,137 13.21 11.57 $ 1,552,341 1,549,086 8.00 8.00 $ 1,940,427 1,936,358 10.00 10.00 $ 1,844,992 1,965,332 8.55 9.16 $ 1,844,992 1,965,332 9.96 10.64 $ $ 863,289 858,551 4.00 4.00 $ 1,079,111 1,073,189 833,216 830,985 4.50 4.50 $ 1,203,534 1,200,312 $ 1,844,992 1,965,332 9.96 10.64 $ 1,110,954 1,107,980 6.00 6.00 $ 1,481,272 1,477,306 5.00 5.00 6.50 6.50 8.00 8.00 Company Whitney Bank $ 2,195,913 2,166,253 11.86 11.73 $ 1,481,272 1,477,306 8.00 8.00 $ 1,851,590 1,846,633 10.00 10.00 Regulatory Restrictions on Dividends Regulatory policy statements provide that generally bank holding companies should pay dividends only out of current operating earnings and that the level of dividends must be consistent with current and expected capital requirements. Dividends received from its subsidiary banks have been the primary source of funds available to the Company for the payment of dividends to Hancock’s stockholders. Federal and state banking laws and regulations restrict the amount of dividends the Bank may distribute to Hancock without prior regulatory approval, as well as the amount of loans it may make to the Company. Dividends paid by the Bank are subject to approval by the Commissioner of Banking and Consumer Finance of the State of Mississippi. 106 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Note 11. Other Noninterest Income and Other Noninterest Expense The components of other noninterest income and other noninterest expense are as follows: (in thousands) Other noninterest income: Income from bank-owned life insurance Credit-related fees Income from derivatives Gain on sales of assets Safety deposit box income Other miscellaneous income Total other noninterest income Other noninterest expense: Advertising Ad valorem and franchise taxes Printing and supplies Insurance expense Travel Entertainment and contributions Tax credit investment amortization Other miscellaneous expense Total other noninterest expense Note 12. Income Taxes 2016 Years Ended December 31, 2015 2014 $ $ $ $ 13,596 9,926 5,196 7,814 1,696 9,254 47,482 10,938 8,741 4,422 3,275 4,268 7,122 4,263 29,535 72,564 $ $ $ $ 10,881 11,057 2,745 186 1,758 9,334 35,961 11,225 10,498 4,851 3,482 5,331 6,723 8,513 21,580 72,203 $ $ $ $ 10,314 11,121 1,645 1,279 1,830 9,249 35,438 8,937 10,492 4,550 3,919 4,066 5,762 8,817 30,585 77,128 Income tax expense included in net income consisted of the following components: (in thousands) Included in net income Current federal Current state Total current provision Deferred federal Deferred state Total deferred provision Total included in net income Years Ended December 31, 2016 2015 2014 $ $ 43,777 $ 1,689 45,466 (6,127) (1,712) (7,839) 37,627 $ 17,378 $ 4,241 21,619 15,457 1,228 16,685 38,304 $ 41,441 1,487 42,928 21,483 2,054 23,537 66,465 Income tax expense does not reflect the tax effects of amounts recognized in other comprehensive income and in AOCI, a separate component of stockholder’s equity. These amounts include unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale or transferred to held to maturity, unrealized gains and losses on derivatives and hedging transactions, and valuation adjustments of defined benefit and other post-retirement benefit plans. Refer to Note 10 for additional information on stockholder’s equity and AOCI. Income tax expense(benefit) resulting from stock transactions under the company’s stock based compensation plans are reflected in capital surplus, a component of stockholder’s equity. The amounts impacting capital surplus for the years 2016, 2015 and 2014 were a decrease of $0.4 million, an increase of $0.2 million and an increase of $0.9 million, respectively. Temporary differences arise between the tax bases of assets or liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. The expected tax effects when these differences are resolved are recorded currently as deferred tax assets or liabilities. 107 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows: (in thousands) Deferred tax assets: Allowance for loan losses Employee compensation and benefits Loan purchase accounting adjustments Tax credit carryforward Securities State net operating loss Other Gross deferred tax assets State valuation allowance Subtotal valuation allowance Net deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities: Fixed assets & intangibles FDIC indemnification asset Other Gross deferred tax liabilities Net deferred tax asset December 31, 2016 2015 89,120 $ 28,401 12,047 29,085 23,169 1,690 14,583 198,095 (1,690) (1,690) 196,405 (74,518) (6,293) (11,159) (91,970) 104,435 $ 72,940 26,853 18,977 42,850 5,038 1,910 10,928 179,496 (1,910) (1,910) 177,586 (80,389) (10,688) (10,679) (101,756) 75,830 $ $ Reported income tax expense differed from amounts computed by applying the statutory income tax rate of 35% to earnings before income taxes. The primary differences are due to tax-exempt income and federal and state tax credits. The main source of tax credits has been investments in tax-advantaged securities and tax credit projects. These investments are made primarily in the markets the Company serves and are directed at tax credits issued under the Qualified Zone Academy Bonds (QZAB), Qualified School Construction Bonds (QSCB), as well as Federal and State New Market Tax Credit (NMTC) and Low-Income Housing Tax Credit (LIHTC) programs. The investments generate tax credits which reduce current and future taxes and are recognized when earned as a benefit in the provision for income taxes. A summary of the factors that impacted income tax expense follows: ($ in thousands) Taxes computed at statutory rate Increases (decreases) in taxes resulting from: State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit Tax-exempt interest Bank owned life insurance Tax credits Other, net Income tax expense Years Ended December 31, 2016 2015 2014 Amount % Amount % Amount $ 65,423 35.0 % $ 59,418 35.0 % $ 84,766 % 35.0 % 1,917 (14,497) (4,833) (10,518) 135 37,627 1.0 (7.8) (2.6) (5.6) 0.1 20.1 % $ 2,595 (7,849) (3,798) (12,495) 433 38,304 1.5 (4.6) (2.2) (7.4) 0.3 22.6 % $ 4,649 (6,301) (3,554) (16,577) 3,482 66,465 1.9 (2.6) (1.5) (6.8) 1.4 27.4 % $ As of December 31, 2016, the Company had approximately $29 million in federal and state tax credit carryforwards that originated in the tax years from 2013 through 2016. The federal and state carryforwards begin expiring in 2035 and 2020, respectively. These carryforwards are primarily from investments in federal and state NMTC projects. The Company had approximately $33 million in state net operating loss carryforwards that originated in the tax years 2004 through 2016 and that begin expiring in 2019. A valuation allowance has been established for the state net operating loss carryforwards. The impact of this valuation allowance is immaterial to the financial statements. The Company recognized benefits from federal and state NMTC, LIHTC, QZAB, and QSCB. The tax benefit of a position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return should be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on its technical merits. The liability for unrecognized tax benefits was immaterial at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. The Company does not expect the liability for unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly during 2017. Hancock recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to income tax matters in income tax expense, and the amounts recognized during 2016, 2015 and 2014 were insignificant. 108 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return, as well as filing various state returns. Generally, the returns for years prior to 2013 are no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities. Note 13. Earnings Per Share Hancock calculates earnings per share using the two-class method. The two-class method allocates net income to each class of common stock and participating security according to common dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Participating securities consist of unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents. A summary of the information used in the computation of earnings per common share follows: ($ in thousands, except per share data) Numerator: Net income to common shareholders Net income allocated to participating securities -- basic and diluted Net income allocated to common shareholders - basic and diluted Denominator: Weighted-average common shares - basic Dilutive potential common shares Weighted average common shares - diluted Earnings per common share: Basic Diluted 2016 Years Ended December 31, 2015 2014 $ $ 149,296 $ 3,598 145,698 $ 131,461 $ 2,895 128,566 $ 175,722 3,631 172,091 77,850 99 77,949 78,197 110 78,307 $ $ 1.87 $ 1.87 $ 1.64 $ 1.64 $ 81,804 230 82,034 2.10 2.10 Potential common shares consist of employee and director stock options, unvested performance share awards, and deferred restricted units. These potential common shares do not enter into the calculation of diluted earnings per share if the impact would be anti- dilutive, i.e., increase earnings per share or reduce a loss per share. Weighted-average anti-dilutive potential common shares totaled 572,512 for the year ended December 31, 2016, 798,623 for the year ended December 31, 2015, and 621,327 for the year ended December 31, 2014. Note 14. Segment Reporting Accounting standards require that information be reported about a company’s operating segments using a “management approach.” Reportable segments are identified in these standards as those revenue-producing components for which discrete financial information is produced internally and which are subject to evaluation by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources to segments. On March 31, 2014, the Company combined its two state bank charters into one charter. Due to the charter change and consistent with its stated strategy that is focused on providing a consistent package of community banking products and services across all markets, the Company has identified its overall banking operations as its only reportable segment. Because the overall banking operations comprise substantially all of the consolidated operations, no separate segment disclosures are presented. Note 15. Retirement Benefit Plans The Company offers a qualified defined benefit pension plan covering all eligible associates. Eligibility is based on minimum age and service-related requirements. The Company makes contributions to this pension plan in amounts sufficient to meet funding requirements set forth in federal employee benefit and tax laws, plus such additional amounts as the Company may determine to be appropriate. The Company does not anticipate making a contribution to the pension plan during 2017. Certain associates who were designated executive officers of Whitney Holding Company and/or Whitney National Bank before the acquisition by the Company are also covered by an unfunded nonqualified defined benefit pension plan. The benefits under this nonqualified plan were designed to supplement amounts to be paid under the defined benefit plan previously maintained for employees of Whitney Holding Company and/or Whitney National Bank (the “Whitney Pension Plan”), and are calculated using the Whitney Pension Plan’s formula, but without applying the restrictions imposed on qualified plans by certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. Accrued benefits under this plan were frozen as of December 31, 2012 in connection with the merger of the Whitney Pension Plan into the Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plan, and no future benefits will be accrued under this plan. 109 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The Company also offers a defined contribution retirement benefit plan (401(k) plan) that covers substantially all associates who have been employed 60 days and meet a minimum age requirement and employment classification criteria. The Company matches 100% of the first 1% of compensation saved by a participant, and 50% of the next 5% of compensation saved. Newly eligible associates are automatically enrolled at an initial 3% savings rate unless the associate actively opts out of participation in the plan. The expense of the Company’s matching contributions to the 401(k) plan was $7.7 million in 2016, $7.4 million in 2015, and $7.1 million in 2014. The Company also sponsors defined benefit postretirement plans for certain associates. The Hancock postretirement plans are available only to associates hired by the Company prior to January 1, 2000. The Hancock plans provide health care and life insurance benefits to retiring associates who participate in medical and/or group life insurance benefit plans for active associates and have reached 55 years of age with ten years of service, at the time of retirement. The postretirement health care plan is contributory, with retiree contributions adjusted annually and subject to certain employer contribution maximums. The Whitney postretirement plans are available only to former employees of Whitney Holding Company and/or Whitney National Bank who meet the eligibility requirements, and offer health care and life insurance benefits for eligible retirees and their eligible dependents. Participant contributions are required under the health plan. These plans restrict eligibility for postretirement health benefits to retirees already receiving benefits as of the plan amendments in 2007 and to those active participants who were eligible to receive benefits as of December 31, 2007 (i.e., were age 55 with ten years of credited service). Life insurance benefits are currently only available to associates who retired before December 31, 2007. The Company assumed certain trends in health care costs in the determination of the benefit obligations. At December 31, 2016, the plans assumed a 7.0% increase in the pre- and post-Medicare age health costs for 2017, declining over a period of four years to a 5.0% annual rate. At December 31, 2016, the mortality assumption was based on the Revised RP-2014 Employee Health Annuitants Bottom Quartile Table for Males and Females, with projected improvement MP-2016. At December 31, 2015, the mortality assumption was based on the Adjusted RP -2014 Bottom Quartile Table, with improvement using Scale MP-2015 Fully Generational Projection. In 2016, the post-retirement benefit plan was amended to change post-65 coverage resulting in a re-measurement of the benefit obligation. 110 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The following tables detail the changes in the benefit obligations and plan assets of the defined benefit for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 as well as the funded status of the plans at each year end and the amounts recognized in the Company’s balance sheets. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for all defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans. 2016 2015 2016 2015 (cid:3) (cid:3) (in thousands) Change in benefit obligation Benefit obligation: at beginning of year Service cost Interest cost Plan participants' contributions Plan amendments Net actuarial (gain) loss Benefits paid Benefit obligation, end of year Change in plan assets Fair value of plan assets: at beginning of year Actual return on plan assets Employer contributions Plan participants' contributions Benefit payments Expenses Fair value of plan assets, end of year Funded status at end of year - net asset (liability) Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss Unrecognized loss: at beginning of year Net actuarial loss (gain) Unrecognized loss at end of year Projected benefit obligation Accumulated benefit obligation Fair value of plan assets Pension Benefits (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) 462,819 (cid:3) $ $ 14,098 (cid:3) 16,907 (cid:3) — (cid:3) — (cid:3) 16,944 (cid:3) (31,487) (cid:3) 479,281 491,550 40,375 16,123 — (31,487) (1,006) 456,911 $ 13,511 18,635 — — (8,154) (18,084) 462,819 438,708 (14,421) 86,123 — (18,084) (776) (cid:3) (cid:3) Other Post- retirement Benefits (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) 22,281 (cid:3) $ 170 (cid:3) 773 (cid:3) 1,269 (cid:3) (1,224) (cid:3) 1,844 (cid:3) (2,632) (cid:3) 22,481 (cid:3) (cid:3) — (cid:3) — (cid:3) 1,363 (cid:3) 1,269 (cid:3) (2,632) (cid:3) — (cid:3) 28,368 117 891 1,334 — (5,905) (2,524) 22,281 — — 1,190 1,334 (2,524) — 515,555 491,550 — — $ 36,274 $ 28,731 $ (22,481) $ (22,281) $ $ $ 109,565 (cid:3) $ 6,345 115,910 $ (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) (cid:3) 72,858 $ 36,707 109,565 $ (2,553) (cid:3) $ 475 (cid:3) (2,078) $ 3,358 (5,911) (2,553) 479,281 $ 443,261 515,555 462,819 429,338 491,550 The net funded status of $36.3 million for pension benefits plans includes an excess of plan assets over the benefit obligation of $51.9 million on the defined benefit pension plan, offset by an unfunded benefit obligation of $15.6 million for the nonqualified retirement plan. 111 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The following table shows net periodic benefit cost included in expense and the changes in the amounts recognized in AOCI during 2016, 2015, and 2014. ($ in thousands) Net periodic benefit cost Service cost Interest cost Expected return on plan assets Amortization of net loss/ prior service cost Net periodic benefit cost Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income, before taxes Net (loss) gain recognized during the year Net actuarial loss (gain) Total recognized in other comprehensive income Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income Years Ended December 31, 2016 2015 Pension benefits 2014 2014 2015 2016 Other post-retirement benefits $ 14,098 $ 16,907 (34,554) 5,783 2,234 13,511 $ 18,635 (32,833) 3,169 2,482 12,920 $ 19,251 (32,222) 26 (25) 170 $ 773 — 145 1,088 117 $ 891 — 6 1,014 126 1,140 — 364 1,630 (5,783) 12,128 (3,169) 39,876 (26) 44,599 (145) 620 (6) (5,905) (364) (3,467) 6,345 36,707 44,573 475 (5,911) (3,831) $ 8,579 $ 39,189 $ 44,548 $ 1,563 $ (4,897) $ (2,201) Discount rate for benefit obligations Discount rate for net periodic benefit cost Expected long-term return on plan assets Rate of compensation increase 4.10% 4.40% 7.25% scaled * 4.40% 4.11% 7.50% scaled * 4.11% 4.73% 7.50% scaled * 3.95% 4.32% n/a n/a 4.32% 4.02% n/a n/a 4.02% 4.58% n/a n/a * Graded scale, declining from 7.00% at age 20 to 2.00% at age 60 The long term rate of return on plan assets is determined by using the weighted-average of historical real returns for major asset classes based on target asset allocations. The discount rate for the benefit obligation was calculated by matching expected future cash flows to the Wells Fargo Pension Discount Curve Liability Index. The following shows expected plan benefit payments over the next ten years: (in thousands) 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022-2026 Pension 19,978 21,016 21,887 22,907 23,818 134,294 243,900 $ $ Post- retirement 1,421 $ 1,464 1,469 1,439 1,492 6,775 14,060 $ Total 21,399 22,480 23,356 24,346 25,310 141,069 257,960 $ $ The expected benefit payments are estimated based on the same assumptions used to measure the Company’s benefit obligations at December 31, 2016. The estimated amounts of actuarial loss that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over the next year is $5.5 million. 112 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The following table illustrates the effect on the annual periodic postretirement benefit costs and postretirement benefit obligation of a 1% increase or 1% decrease in the assumed health care cost trend rates from the rates assumed at December 31, 2016: (in thousands) Aggregated service and interest cost Postretirement benefit obligation 1% Decrease in Rates Assumed Rates 1% Increase in Rates $ 866 $ 943 $ 20,821 22,481 1,036 24,483 The fair values of pension plan assets at December 31, 2016 and 2015, by asset category, are shown in the following tables. The fair value is presented based on the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s fair value hierarchy that prioritizes inputs into the valuation techniques used to measure fair value. Level 1 uses quoted prices in active markets for identical assets, Level 2 uses significant observable inputs, and Level 3 uses significant unobservable inputs. No plan assets are classified as level 3. In accordance with Subtopic 820-10 common trust funds are reported at fair value using net asset value per share (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient and are not classified in the fair value hierarchy. For all investments, the plan attempts to use quoted market prices of identical assets on active exchanges, or Level 1 measurements. Where such quoted market prices are not available, the plan will use quoted prices for similar instruments or discounted cash flows to estimate the value, reported as Level 2. Fair Value Measurements for 2015 have been restated to conform to current presentation. Fair Value Measurements by Asset Category / Fund (in thousands) Cash and equivalents Total cash and cash equivalents Fixed income securities Mutual fund-fixed income Total fixed income Domestic and foreign stock Mutual funds-equity Total equity Real assets fund Total assets at fair value Common trust fund (fixed income) Total December 31, 2016 (Level 1) (Level 2) Total $ 15,568 15,568 $ — — $ 15,568 15,568 — 48,805 48,805 104,455 157,630 262,085 27,690 354,148 — 354,148 $ 136,085 — 136,085 6 — 6 — 136,091 — 136,091 $ $ 136,085 48,805 184,890 104,461 157,630 262,091 27,690 490,239 25,316 515,555 113 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Fair Value Measurements by Asset Category / Fund (in thousands) Cash and equivalents Total cash and cash equivalents Fixed income securities Mutual fund-fixed income Total fixed income Domestic and foreign stock Mutual funds-equity Total equity Real assets fund Total assets at fair value Common trust fund (fixed income) Total December 31, 2015 (Level 1) (Level 2) Total $ 44,224 44,224 $ — — $ 44,224 44,224 — 47,453 47,453 97,895 147,051 244,946 24,653 361,276 — 361,276 $ 105,721 — 105,721 10 — 10 — 105,731 — 105,731 $ $ 105,721 47,453 153,174 97,905 147,051 244,956 24,653 467,007 24,543 491,550 The following table presents the percentage allocation of the plan assets by asset category and corresponding target allocations at December 31, 2016 and 2015. Asset category Cash and equivalents Fixed income securities Equity securities Real assets Plan Assets at December 31, 2016 2015 3 % 41 51 5 100 % 9 % 36 50 5 100 % Target Allocation at December 31, 2016 0 - 5% 25 - 65% 30 - 60% 0 - 10% 2015 0 - 5% 25 - 65% 30 - 60% 0 - 10% Plan assets are invested in long-term strategies and evaluated within the context of a long-term investment horizon. Plan assets will be diversified across multiple asset classes so as to minimize the risk of large losses. Short-term fluctuations in value will be considered secondary to long-term results. The Company employs a total return approach whereby a diversified mix of asset class investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for an acceptable level of risk. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of the plan liabilities, plan funded status and the Company’s financial condition. The investment performance of the plan is regularly monitored to ensure that appropriate risk levels are being taken and to evaluate returns versus a suitable market benchmark. The benefits investment committee meets periodically to review the policy, strategy, and performance of the plans. Note 16. Share-Based Payment Arrangements Hancock maintains incentive compensation plans that incorporate share-based payment arrangements for associates and directors. The current plan under which share-based awards may be granted, the 2014 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”), was approved by the Company’s stockholders at the 2014 annual meeting as a successor to the Company’s 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”). Certain share-based awards remain outstanding under the 2005 Plan and prior equity incentive compensation plans, but no future awards may be granted thereunder. The Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors administers the equity incentive plans, makes determinations with respect to participation by employees or directors and authorizes the share-based awards. Under the 2014 Plan, participants may be awarded stock options (including incentive stock options for associates), restricted shares, performance stock awards and stock appreciation rights, all on a stand-alone, combination or tandem basis. To date, the Committee has awarded stock options, tenure- based restricted shares and performance stock awards under the 2014 Plan and the prior equity incentive plans. Under the 2014 Plan, future awards may be granted for the issuance of an aggregate of 1,796,357 shares of the Company’s common stock, plus the number of any shares of the Company’s common stock for which awards under the 2005 Plan are cancelled, expired, forfeited or settled in cash. The 2014 Plan limits the number of shares for which awards may be granted to any participant during any 114 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS calendar year to 100,000 shares. The Company may use authorized unissued shares or shares held in treasury to satisfy awards under the 2014 Plan. At December 31, 2016 there were 1.0 million shares available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (including 108,766 shares under the Company’s 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan). For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 total share-based compensation recognized in income was $14.3 million, $12.9 million and $14.0 million, respectively. The total recognized tax benefit related to the share-based compensation was $5.2 million, $4.8 million and $4.9 million for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. A summary of option activity for 2016 is presented below: Options Outstanding at January 1, 2016 Exercised Cancelled/Forfeited Expired Outstanding at December 31, 2016 Exercisable at December 31, 2016 Number of Shares 745,806 $ (67,251) (71,450) (150,847) 456,258 $ 434,989 $ Weighted- Average Exercise Price ($) 37.55 31.93 35.30 46.06 35.91 36.22 Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years) Aggregate Intrinsic Value ($000) $ 3.5 $ 3.4 $ — 508 12 — 3,734 3,449 The number of shares subject to the outstanding options reflected above includes shares to be issued upon the exercise of options that were assumed by the Company in the acquisition of Whitney Holding Corporation. The exercise price for stock options is set at the closing market price of the Company’s stock on the date immediately preceding the date of grant, except for the exercise price of certain options granted to major stockholders which is set at 110% of the market price. Option awards generally vest equally over five years of continuous service and have ten-year contractual terms. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2016 was $0.5 million. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2015 and 2014 was $0.02 million, and $0.4 million, respectively. A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested restricted and performance shares as of December 31, 2016 and changes during 2016 are presented below: Nonvested at January 1, 2016 Granted Vested Cancelled/Forfeited Nonvested at December 31, 2016 Number of Shares 2,196,145 $ 541,008 (298,917) (286,117) 2,152,119 $ Weighted- Average Grant-Date Fair Value ($) 30.97 36.14 30.72 32.25 32.12 As of December 31, 2016, there was $46.1 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested restricted shares expected to vest. This compensation is expected to be recognized in expense over a weighted-average period of 3.6 years. The total fair value of shares which vested during 2016 and 2015 was $11.5 million and $12.2 million, respectively. In 2016, Hancock granted 35,587 performance shares subject to a total shareholder return (“TSR”) performance metric with a grant date fair value of $24.42 per share and 35,587 performance shares subject to a core earnings per share performance metric with a grant date fair value of $22.58 per share to key members of executive management. The number of performance shares subject to TSR that ultimately vest at the end of the three-year performance period, if any, will be based on the relative rank of the Company’s three-year TSR among the TSRs of a peer group of 44 regional banks. The fair value of the performance shares subject to TSR at the grant date was determined using a Monte Carlo simulated method. The number of performance shares subject to core earnings per share that 115 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ultimately vest will be based on the Company’s attainment of certain core earnings per share goals over the two-year performance period. The maximum number of performance shares that could vest is 200% of the target award. Compensation expense for these performance shares will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the three-year service period. Note 17. Commitments and Contingencies Credit Related In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into financial instruments, such as commitments to extend credit and letters of credit, to meet the financing needs of their customers. Such instruments are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements until they are funded, although they expose the Bank to varying degrees of credit risk and interest rate risk in much the same way as funded loans. Commitments to extend credit include revolving commercial credit lines, non revolving loan commitments issued mainly to finance the acquisition and development or construction of real property or equipment, and credit card and personal credit lines. The availability of funds under commercial credit lines and loan commitments generally depends on whether the borrower continues to meet credit standards established in the underlying contract and has not violated other contractual conditions. Loan commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee by the borrower. Credit card and personal credit lines are generally subject to cancellation if the borrower’s credit quality deteriorates. A number of commercial and personal credit lines are used only partially or, in some cases, not at all before they expire, and the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements of the Company. A substantial majority of the letters of credit are standby agreements that obligate the Bank to fulfill a customer’s financial commitments to a third party if the customer is unable to perform. The Bank issues standby letters of credit primarily to provide credit enhancement to their customers’ other commercial or public financing arrangements and to help them demonstrate financial capacity to vendors of essential goods and services. The contract amounts of these instruments reflect the Company’s exposure to credit risk. The Company undertakes the same credit evaluation in making loan commitments and assuming conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments and may require collateral or other credit support. These off-balance sheet financial instruments are summarized below: (in thousands) Commitments to extend credit Letters of credit Legal Proceedings December 31, $ 2016 5,878,290 $ 338,014 2015 5,937,701 375,227 The Company is party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Management does not believe that loss contingencies, if any, arising from pending litigation and regulatory matters will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or liquidity of the Company. Lease Commitments The Company currently is obligated under a number of non-cancelable operating leases for buildings and equipment. Certain of these leases have escalation clauses and renewal options. Future minimum lease payments for non-cancelable operating leases with initial terms in excess of one year were as follows at December 31, 2016: (in thousands) 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 Thereafter Total minimum lease payments 116 Operating Leases 12,728 10,737 8,918 7,240 6,074 22,669 68,366 $ $ HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Rental expense approximated $11.7 million, $13.3 million and $11.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. Note 18. Fair Value of Financial Instruments The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The FASB’s guidance also established a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to these valuation techniques used to measure fair value, giving preference to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs such as a reporting entity’s own data (level 3). Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, observable inputs other than quoted prices, such as interest rates and yield curves, and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. Fair Value of Assets Measured on a Recurring Basis The following table presents for each of the fair-value hierarchy levels the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis in the consolidated balance sheets. (in thousands) Assets Available for sale debt securities: U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Corporate debt securities Residential mortgage-backed securities Commercial mortgage-backed securities Collateralized mortgage obligations Total available for sale securities Derivative assets (1) Total recurring fair value measurements - assets Liabilities Derivative liabilities (1) Total recurring fair value measurements - liabilities (1)(cid:3) For further disaggregation of derivative assets and liabilities, see Note 9 – Derivatives. (in thousands) Assets Available for sale debt securities: U.S. Treasury and government agency securities Municipal obligations Corporate debt securities Residential mortgage-backed securities Collateralized mortgage obligations Equity securities Total available for sale securities Derivative assets (1) Total recurring fair value measurements - assets Liabilities Derivative liabilities (1) Total recurring fair value measurements - liabilities (1)(cid:3) For further disaggregation of derivative assets and liabilities, see Note 9 – Derivatives. 117 December 31, 2016 Level 1 Level 2 Total — $ — — — — — — — — $ 54,828 $ 242,155 3,500 1,611,355 402,591 202,479 2,516,908 20,315 2,537,223 $ 54,828 242,155 3,500 1,611,355 402,591 202,479 2,516,908 20,315 2,537,223 — $ — $ 27,432 $ 27,432 $ 27,432 27,432 December 31, 2015 Level 1 Level 2 Total — $ — — — — 2,757 2,757 — 2,757 $ 134 $ 39,607 3,500 1,758,373 289,033 — 2,090,647 23,251 2,113,898 $ 134 39,607 3,500 1,758,373 289,033 2,757 2,093,404 23,251 2,116,655 — $ — $ 23,968 $ 23,968 $ 23,968 23,968 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Securities classified as level 1 within the valuation hierarchy include equity securities with fair value measurements obtained from quoted market prices on an active market. Level 2 classified securities include obligations of U.S. Government agencies and U.S. Government-sponsored agencies, residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations that are issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies, and state and municipal bonds. The level 2 fair value measurements for investment securities are obtained quarterly from a third-party pricing service that uses industry-standard pricing models. Substantially all of the model inputs are observable in the marketplace or can be supported by observable data. The Company invests only in securities of investment grade quality with a targeted duration, for the overall portfolio, generally between two and five years. Company policies generally limit investments to agency securities and municipal securities determined to be investment grade according to an internally generated score which generally includes a rating of not less than “Baa” or its equivalent by a nationally recognized statistical rating agency. There were no transfers between valuation hierarchy levels during the periods shown. The fair value of derivative financial instruments, which are predominantly customer interest rate swaps, is obtained from a third-party pricing service that uses an industry-standard discounted cash flow model that relies on inputs, LIBOR swap curves, Overnight Index swap rate curves, observable in the marketplace. To comply with the accounting guidance, credit valuation adjustments are incorporated in the fair values to appropriately reflect nonperformance risk for both the Company and the counterparties. Although the Company has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value the derivative instruments fall within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the credit value adjustments utilize level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads. The Company has determined that the impact of the credit valuation adjustments is not significant to the overall valuation of these derivatives. As a result, the Company has classified its derivative valuations in their entirety in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company’s policy is to measure counterparty credit risk quarterly for all derivative instruments subject to master netting arrangements consistent with how market participants would price the net risk exposure at the measurement date. The Company also has certain derivative instruments associated with the Bank’s mortgage-banking activities. These derivative instruments include interest rate lock commitments on prospective residential mortgage loans and forward commitments to sell these loans to investors on a best efforts delivery basis. The fair value of these derivative instruments is measured using observable market prices for similar instruments and is classified as a level 2 measurement. Fair Value of Assets Measured on a Nonrecurring Basis Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Collateral-dependent impaired loans are level 2 assets measured at the fair value of the underlying collateral based on independent third-party appraisals that take into consideration market- based information such as recent sales activity for similar assets in the property’s market. Other real estate owned, including both foreclosed property and surplus banking property, are level 3 assets that are adjusted to fair value, less estimated selling costs, upon transfer to other real estate owned. Subsequently, other real estate owned is carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less estimated selling costs. Fair values are determined by sales agreement or third-party appraisals as discounted for estimated selling costs, information from comparable sales, and marketability of the property. The following table presents for each of the fair value hierarchy levels the Company’s financial assets that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis: (in thousands) Collateral dependent impaired loans Other real estate owned Total nonrecurring fair value measurements (in thousands) Collateral dependent impaired loans Other real estate owned Total nonrecurring fair value measurements December 31, 2016 Level 1 — $ — — $ Level 2 169,888 $ — 169,888 $ Level 3 — $ 13,968 13,968 $ Total 169,888 13,968 183,856 December 31, 2015 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 — $ — — $ 93,602 $ — 93,602 $ — $ 17,206 17,206 $ Total 93,602 17,206 110,808 $ $ $ $ 118 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Accounting guidance from the FASB requires the disclosure of estimated fair value information about certain on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments, including those financial instruments that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis. The significant methods and assumptions used by the Company to estimate the fair value of financial instruments are discussed below. Cash, Short-Term Investments and Federal Funds Sold – For those short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. Securities – The fair value measurement for securities available for sale was discussed earlier in the note. The same measurement techniques were applied to the valuation of securities held to maturity. Loans, Net – The fair value measurement for certain impaired loans was discussed earlier in the note. For the remaining portfolio, fair values were generally determined by discounting scheduled cash flows using discount rates determined with reference to current market rates at which loans with similar terms would be made to borrowers with similar credit quality. Loans Held For Sale – These loans are recorded at fair value and carried at the lower of cost or market. The carrying amount is considered a reasonable estimate of fair value. Deposits – The accounting guidance requires that the fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits and interest-bearing checking and savings accounts, be assigned fair values equal to amounts payable upon demand (carrying amounts). The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase, Federal Funds Purchased, and FHLB Borrowings – For these short-term liabilities, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. Long-Term Debt – The fair value is estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows using current market rates at which debt with similar terms could be obtained. Derivative Financial Instruments – The fair value measurement for derivative financial instruments was discussed earlier in the note. The following tables present the estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments by fair value hierarchy levels and the corresponding carrying amount at December 31, 2016 and 2015. (in thousands) Financial assets: Cash, interest-bearing bank deposits, and federal funds sold $ Available for sale securities Held to maturity securities Loans, net Loans held for sale Derivative financial instruments Financial liabilities: Deposits Federal funds purchased Securities sold under agreements to repurchase FHLB Borrowings Long-term debt Derivative financial instruments December 31, 2016 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Fair Value Total Carrying Amount — $ — — 16,326,961 — — 19,430,939 $ — — — — — 450,866 $ 2,516,908 2,470,117 16,496,849 34,064 20,315 450,866 2,516,908 2,500,220 16,522,733 34,064 20,315 19,430,939 $ 2,275 19,424,266 2,275 358,131 865,000 435,747 27,432 358,131 865,000 436,280 27,432 450,866 $ — — — — — — $ 2,516,908 2,470,117 169,888 34,064 20,315 $ — $ 2,275 — $ — 358,131 865,000 — — — — 435,747 27,432 119 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS December 31, 2015 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Fair Value Total Carrying Amount (in thousands) Financial assets: Cash, interest-bearing bank deposits, and federal funds sold $ Available for sale securities Held to maturity securities Loans, net Loans held for sale Derivative financial instruments Financial liabilities: Deposits Federal funds purchased Securities sold under agreements to repurchase FHLB Borrowings Long-term debt Derivative financial instruments 869,429 $ 2,757 — — — — — $ 2,090,647 2,375,851 93,602 20,434 23,251 $ — $ 10,100 513,544 900,000 — — — $ — — — 494,565 23,968 — $ — — 15,334,201 — — 18,327,425 $ — — — — — 869,429 $ 2,093,404 2,375,851 15,427,803 20,434 23,251 869,429 2,093,404 2,370,388 15,522,135 20,434 23,251 18,327,425 $ 10,100 18,348,912 10,100 513,544 900,000 494,565 23,968 513,544 900,000 495,999 23,968 Note 19. Condensed Parent Company Information The following condensed financial statements reflect the accounts and transactions of Hancock Holding Company only: Condensed Balance Sheets (in thousands) Assets: Cash Securities available for sale Investment in bank subsidiaries Investment in non-bank subsidiaries Due from subsidiaries and other assets Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity: Long term debt Other liabilities Stockholders' equity December 31, 2016 2015 $ $ $ $ 316,457 $ 69,210 2,547,224 11,204 27,941 2,972,036 $ 36,364 83,835 2,534,299 3,051 31,168 2,688,717 251,573 $ 695 2,719,768 2,972,036 $ 275,000 574 2,413,143 2,688,717 120 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Condensed Statements of Income (in thousands) Operating Income From subsidiaries Cash dividends received from bank subsidiaries Equity in earnings of subsidiaries greater than dividends received Total operating income Other expense, net Income tax benefit Net income Other comprehensive loss, net of tax Comprehensive income Years Ended December 31, 2016 2015 2014 $ 120,000 $ 31,000 $ 124,000 39,293 159,293 (16,614) (6,617) 149,296 $ (39,937) 109,359 $ 111,424 142,424 (17,297) (6,334) 131,461 $ (30,521) 100,940 $ 58,358 182,358 (10,035) (3,399) 175,722 (14,695) 161,027 $ $ Condensed Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands) Cash flows from operating activities - principally dividends received from subsidiaries Net cash provided by operating activities Cash flows from investing activities Contribution of capital to subsidiary Proceeds from principal paydowns of securities available for sale Other, net Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities Cash flows from financing activities: Proceeds from issuance of long term debt Repayment of long term debt Dividends paid to stockholders Repurchase of common stock Proceeds from issuance of common stock Other, net Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities Net increase (decrease) in cash Cash, beginning of year Cash, end of year 2016 Years Ended December 31, 2015 2014 $ 119,350 $ 119,350 30,527 $ 30,527 126,491 126,491 (21,000) 13,827 — (7,173) — (17,900) (77,012) — 262,961 (133) 167,916 280,093 36,364 316,457 $ (90) 12,863 1,629 14,402 269,004 (149,600) (77,474) (95,613) 347 — (53,336) (8,407) 44,771 36,364 $ — 12,664 — 12,664 — (35,200) (80,392) (47,618) 2,488 — (160,722) (21,567) 66,338 44,771 $ 121 Note 20. Subsequent Event On December 30, 2016, the Company announced that its banking subsidiary, Whitney Bank, signed a purchase agreement to acquire approximately $1.3 billion in loans, nine branch locations with approximately $500 million in transaction and savings deposits, and to assume approximately $600 million in FHLB borrowings from First NBC Bank Holding Company’s banking subsidiary First NBC Bank (“First NBC”). The Company will pay a $44 million premium to First NBC for the earnings stream acquired. As part of the transaction, the Company acquired approximately $260 million in loans from First NBC in January 2017 with the remaining portion of the transaction expected to close on March 10, 2017. ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures The term “disclosure controls and procedures” is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act). The rules refer to our controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (1) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and (2) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, has performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and based on that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2016. Internal Control Over Financial Reporting The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act, designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s management, with the participation of its principal executive and principal financial officers, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 based on the framework set forth in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management also conducted an assessment of requirements pertaining to Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act. This section relates to management’s evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, including controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in accordance with the instructions to the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form Y-9 C) and compliance with specific laws and regulations. Our evaluation included a review of the documentation of controls, evaluations of the design of the internal control system and tests of the effectiveness of internal controls. PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Company’s financial statements included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which is included in Item 8. Based on the foregoing evaluation, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2016. There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2016 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 122 ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION Hancock Holding Company will hold its Annual Meeting of Shareholders of common stock on Wednesday, April 26, 2017, at 11:00 a.m. local time at One Hancock Plaza, 2510 14th Street, Gulfport, Mississippi. PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Information concerning our directors will appear in our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for our 2017 annual meeting of shareholders under the caption “Information About Directors.” Information concerning compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act will appear in our proxy statement under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.” Information concerning our code of business ethics for officers and associates, our code of ethics for financial officers, and our code of ethics for directors will appear in our proxy statement under the caption “Transactions with Related Persons.” Information concerning our audit committee will appear in our proxy statement under the caption “Board of Directors and Corporate Governance – Board Committees – Audit Committee.” The information set forth under each such caption is incorporated herein by reference. The information required by Item 10 of this Report regarding our executive officers appears in a separately captioned heading in Item 1 of this Report. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION Information concerning our executive and director compensation will appear in our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2017 annual meeting of shareholders under the caption “Executive Compensation,” “Compensation of Directors,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” and “Shareholder Proposals for the 2018 Annual Meeting.” Information concerning our compensation committee interlocks and insider participation and our compensation committee report will appear in our proxy statement under the caption “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee Report,” respectively. Such information is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS Information concerning ownership of certain beneficial owners and management will appear in our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2017 annual meeting of shareholders under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.” The information set forth under each such caption is incorporated herein by reference. Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) (3) Plan Category (a) (b) (c) Equity compensation plans approved by security holders Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders Total 616,017 (1) $ 37,834 (4) 653,851 34.18 (2) 55.11 (4) 1,021,948 — 1,021,948 (1)(cid:3) Includes 81,902 shares potentially issuable upon the vesting of outstanding restricted share units and 44,603 shares potentially issuable upon the vesting of outstanding performance share units that represent awards deferred into our Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan. This includes 71,088 performance stock awards at 100% of target. If the highest level of performance conditions is met, the total performance shares would be 141,641 and the total performance shares units would be 89,206. (2)(cid:3) The weighted average exercise price relates only to the exercise of outstanding options included in column (a) (3)(cid:3) Includes 913,182 shares remaining available for issuance under the 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan and 108,766 shares remaining available for issuance under the Company’s 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended. (4)(cid:3) Represents securities to be issued upon the exercise of options that were assumed by the Company in the acquisition of Whitney Holding Corporation. 123 ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions will appear in our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2017 annual meeting of shareholders under the caption “Transactions with Related Persons.” Information concerning director independence will appear in our proxy statement under the caption “Board of Directors and Corporate Governance.” The information set forth under each such caption is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES Information concerning principal accountant fees and services will appear in our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2017 annual meeting of shareholders under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference. PART IV ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report: 1. The following consolidated financial statements of Hancock Holding Company and subsidiaries are filed as part of this Report under Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data: Consolidated balance sheets – December 31, 2016 and 2015 Consolidated statements of income – Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 Consolidated statements of other comprehensive income – Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity– Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 Consolidated statements of cash flows –Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 Notes to consolidated financial statements – December 31, 2016 (pages 80 to 126) 2. Financial schedules required to be filed by Item 8 of this Report, and by Item 15(d) below: The schedules to the consolidated financial statements set forth by Article 9 of Regulation S-X are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted. 3. Exhibits required to be filed by Item 601 of Regulation S-K, and by Item 15(b) below. (b) Exhibits: All other financial statements and schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the required information is presented in the consolidated financial statements or related notes. (a) 3. Exhibits: 124 Exhibit Number 2.1 **3.1 **3.2 4.1 4.2 4.3 *10.2 *10.3 *10.4 *10.6 *10.9 *10.10 *10.11 10.12 EXHIBIT INDEX Description Purchase Agreement by and between Whitney Bank and First NBC Bank, dated as of December 30, 2016 (filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-36872) filed with the Commission on January 1, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference). Composite Articles of Incorporation of the Company. Amended and Restated Bylaws. Specimen stock certificate of the Company (reflecting change in par value from $10.00 to $3.33, effective March 6, 1989) (filed as Exhibit 4 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-11831) filed with the Commission on September 12, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference). By executing this Form 10-K, the Company hereby agrees to deliver to the Commission upon request copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the Company or its consolidated subsidiaries or its unconsolidated subsidiaries for which financial statements are required to be filed, where the total amount of such securities authorized thereunder does not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Shareholder Rights Agreement, dated February 21, 1997, between the Company and Hancock Bank, as Rights Agent (filed as Exhibit 1 to the Company’s registration statement on Form 8-A12G (File No. 0-13089) filed with the Commission on February 27, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference) as extended by Amendment No. 1 to Rights Agreement, dated February 19, 2007, between the Company and Hancock Bank (filed with the Commission as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 0-13089) filed with the Commission on February 20, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference). Amended and Restated 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan dated December 18, 2008 and effective January 1, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (File No. 0-13089) filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference). Amendment to Amended and Restated 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan dated May 24, 2012 and effective January 1, 2012 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (File No. 0-13089) filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference). 2014 Long Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 0-13089) filed with the Commission on April 21, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference). Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for Section 16 individuals (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (File No. 0-13089) filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference). Form of Performance Stock Award Agreement for 2014 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 0-13089) filed with the Commission on February 14, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference). Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, amended and restated effective January 1, 2015 (filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 (File No. 0-13089) filed with the Commission on February 27, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference). Addendum to Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan describing SERP benefit (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36827) filed with the Commission on August 8, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference). Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated December 18, 2009, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in its capacity as receiver of Peoples First Community Bank, Panama City Florida, Hancock Bank and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation acting in its corporate capacity (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (File No. 0-13089) filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference). 125 *10.13 *10.14 *10.18 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 5, 2011 (File No. 0-13089) and incorporated herein by reference). Amendment to 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, dated December 15, 2011 and effective January 1, 2011 (filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (File No. 0-13089) filed with the Commission and incorporated herein by reference). Form of Change in Control Employment Agreement between the Company and certain named executive officers effective June 16, 2014 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 0-13089) filed with the Commission on June 20, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference). ***10.19 Form of Change in Control Employment Agreement between the Company and Functional and Line of Business Leaders effective June 16, 2014. *10.20 10.22 10.23 10.24 *10.25 *10.26 *10.27 *10.28 10.29 Insurance Plan and Summary Plan Description, adopted by the Company effective July 1, 2014 (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 (File No. 0-13089) filed with the Commission on February 27, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference). Credit Agreement, dated December 18, 2015, among Hancock Holding Company, the lenders named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as administrative agent (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 0- 13089) filed with the Commission on December 23, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference). First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Waiver, dated as of May 3, 2016, by and among the Company and U.S. Bank National Association and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36827) filed with the Commission on May 9, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference). Retirement and Restrictive Covenant Agreement, between the Company and Clifton J. Saik, dated June 29, 2015 (Filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Hancock’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 7, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference). Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (approved in 2015) (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Form 10-K (File No. 0-13089) filed with the Commission on February 26, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference). Form of Amended Restricted Stock Award Agreement (amending awards approved in 2016) (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36827) filed with the Commission on May 9, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference). Form of Performance Stock Award Agreement (TSR) (approved in 2015) (filed as Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Form 10-K (File No. 0-13089, filed with the Commission on February 26, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference). Form of Performance Stock Award Agreement (EPS) (approved in 2015) (filed as Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Form 10-K (File No. 0-13089, filed with the Commission on February 26, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference). Separation and Restrictive Covenant Agreement, between the Company and Edward G. Francis, dated April 7, 2016 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 9, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference). *10.31 Executive Incentive Plan (2016) (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q (File No. 001-36827) filed with the commission on May 9, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference). **21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company. **23.1 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP. **31.1 **31.2 **32.1 Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 126  **32.2 Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. **101.INS XBRL Instance Document. **101.SCH XBRL Schema Document. **101.CAL XBRL Calculation Document. **101.LAB XBRL Label Link Document. **101.PRE XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document. **101.DEF XBRL Definition Linkbase Document. * ** Compensatory plan or arrangement. Filed with this Form 10-K. 127 ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY Not applicable. 128 Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. SIGNATURES February 24, 2017 Date February 24, 2017 Date HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY Registrant By: /s/ John M. Hairston John M. Hairston President & Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) By: /s/ Michael M. Achary Michael M. Achary Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. /s/ James B. Estabrook, Jr James B. Estabrook, Jr. /s/ Frank E. Bertucci Frank E. Bertucci /s/ Hardy B. Fowler Hardy B. Fowler /s/ Terence E. Hall Terence E. Hall /s/ Randall W. Hanna Randall W. Hanna /s/ James H. Horne James H. Horne /s/ Jerry L. Levens Jerry L. Levens /s/ Constantine S. Liollio Constantine S. Liollio Chairman of the Board, Director February 24, 2017 February 24, 2017 February 24, 2017 February 24, 2017 February 24, 2017 February 24, 2017 February 24, 2017 February 24, 2017 Director Director Director Director Director Director Director 129 February 24, 2017 February 24, 2017 February 24, 2017 February 24, 2017 February 24, 2017 February 24, 2017 February 24, 2017 (signatures continued) /s/ Sonya C. Little Sonya C. Little /s/ Eric J. Nickelsen Eric J. Nickelsen /s/ Thomas H. Olinde Thomas H. Olinde /s/ Christine L. Pickering Christine L. Pickering /s/ Robert W. Roseberry Robert W. Roseberry /s/ Joan C. Teofilo Joan C. Teofilo /s/ C. Richard Wilkins C. Richard Wilkins Director Director Director Director Director Director Director 130 [This page intentionally left blank] [This page intentionally left blank] 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 20 15 10 5 0 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 20 15 10 5 0 Core PTPP Income(a) (in millions) $334.8 $258.7 $267.1 $219.5 $194.0 Total Loans (in billions) $16.8 $15.7 $13.9 $11.6 $12.3 20 15 10 5 0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 20 350 20 300 15 250 15 200 10 10 150 100 5 5 50 0 0 0 2.5 20 2.0 15 1.5 10 1.0 5 0.5 0.0 0 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 Total Deposits (in billions) $19.4 $18.3 $15.7 $15.4 $16.6 Earnings Per Share – Diluted (diluted) $2.10 $1.93 $1.75 $1.87 $1.64 HANCOCK HOLDING COMPANY Financial Highlights (unaudited, amounts in thousands, except per share data) 2016 2015 INCOME DATA Net Income Net Interest Income (te)* Pre-Tax, Pre-Provision (PTPP) Profit (te) (core)*(a) 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 S N O I L L I M $ $350 $300 $250 $200 $150 $100 $50 $0 YTD ACTUAL 2016 GOAL +25% 334.8 323.4 258.7 267.1 $90 Core PTPP Income(a) (in millions) S $80 N O I L L I M $ $70 $258.7 $267.1 $219.5 $194.0 $60 PER COMMON SHARE DATA Net Income – Diluted Book Value (End of Period) Tangible Book Value (End of Period) Total Loans +28% (in billions) PERIOD-END BALANCE SHEET DATA $15.7 $16.8 $334.8 Cash Dividends Paid 2014 2015 2016 1Q14 2Q14 3Q14 4Q14 1Q15 2Q15 3Q15 4Q15 1Q16 2Q16 3Q16 4Q16 $13.9 Total Securities $12.3 $11.6 Total Loans Total Earning Assets Total Assets Total Deposits Core PTPP Income(a) (in millions) $334.8 $258.7 $267.1 $219.5 $194.0 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 Core PTPP Income(a) Total Loans Total Deposits (in billions) (in millions) (in billions) $334.8 $19.4 $16.8 $18.3 $16.6 $258.7 $267.1 $15.7 $13.9 $15.7 $219.5 $11.6 $15.4 $12.3 $194.0 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 KEY RATIOS Return on Average Assets Return on Average Common Equity Total Loans Net Interest Margin (te)* (in billions) Earnings Per Share – Diluted Core Net Interest Margin (te)*(b) (diluted) Efficiency Ratio (c) $2.10 $16.8 $1.87 $15.7 $1.64 Tangible Common Equity Ratio $1.93 $12.3 $1.75 $11.6 Leverage Ratio Allowance for Loan Losses to Period-End Loans $13.9 $149,296 $684,955 $334,813 $131,461 $638,762 $267,140 $1.87 $32.29 $23.87 $0.96 $1.64 $31.14 $21.74 $0.96 $5,017,128 $4,463,792 $16,752,151 $15,703,314 $21,881,520 $20,753,095 $23,975,302 $22,833,605 $19,424,266 $18,348,912 0.64% 6.06% 3.23% 3.14% 62.79% 1.37% 8.64% 9.56% 0.62% 5.38% 3.33% 3.14% 66.12% 1.15% 7.62% 8.55% Total Common Stockholders’ Equity $2,719,768 $2,413,143 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2012 2012 2012 2013 2013 2013 2014 2014 2014 2015 2015 2015 2016 2016 2016 2012 2012 2013 2013 2014 2014 2015 2015 2016 2016 Total Deposits (in billions) $19.4 $18.3 $15.7 $15.4 $16.6 N (diluted) $200 O I S L L I M $2.10 $16.6 $ $150 $18.3 $19.4 $1.87 $1.64 $15.7 $1.75 $1.93 $15.4 YTD ACTUAL 2016 GOAL +25% 334.8 323.4 Total Deposits Earnings Per Share – Diluted (in billions) 258.7 267.1 Earnings Per Share – Diluted $80 +28% *Tax Equivalent (te) amounts are calculated using a marginal federal income tax rate of 35%. $ $1.93 $1.75 $1.87 (a) Net interest income (te) and noninterest income less noninterest expense adjusted for nonoperating $1.64 expenses and purchase accounting adjustments. Management believes that core PTPP profit is a useful financial measure because it enables investors to assess the company’s ability to generate 1Q14 2Q14 3Q14 4Q14 1Q15 1Q16 2Q16 3Q16 4Q16 2Q15 3Q15 4Q15 2014 2015 2016 capital to cover credit losses though a credit cycle. (b) Reported net interest income (te) excluding net purchase accounting adjustments, expressed as a percentage of average earning assets. (c) Noninterest expense to total net interest income and noninterest income, excluding amortization of 0.0 purchased intangibles and nonoperating expense items. 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2012 2012 2013 2013 2014 2014 2015 2015 2016 2016 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 YTD ACTUAL 2016 GOAL +25% 334.8 323.4 $350 $90 YTD ACTUAL 2016 GOAL +25% 334.8 323.4 258.7 267.1 $80 258.7 267.1 +28% +28% (diluted) O I $2.10 S N L L I M $90 $70 $60 S N O I L L I M $ $90 $80 $70 $60 $350 $300 $250 $100 $50 $0 $300 $250 S N O I L L I M $ S N $200 O I L L I $150 M $ $100 $50 $70 $0 $60 S N O I L L I M $ $350 $300 $250 $200 $150 $100 $50 $0 2014 2015 2016 1Q14 2Q14 3Q14 4Q14 1Q15 2Q15 3Q15 4Q15 1Q16 2Q16 3Q16 4Q16 2014 2015 2016 1Q14 2Q14 3Q14 4Q14 1Q15 2Q15 3Q15 4Q15 1Q16 2Q16 3Q16 4Q16 20 15 10 5 0 20 2.5 2.0 15 1.5 10 1.0 5 0.5 0 0.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 Corporate Information ANNUAL MEETING The annual meeting of stockholders will be held at 11:00 a.m. Central Time, FINANCIAL INFORMATION Copies of Hancock Holding Company financial reports, including the Annual Wednesday, April 26, 2017, One Hancock Plaza, Gulfport, Mississippi. Report to the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 10-K, are available CORPORATE OFFICES One Hancock Plaza 2510 14th Street Gulfport, MS 39501 228-868-4000 800-522-6542 AFFILIATE COMPANIES Hancock Investment Services, Inc. Harrison Finance Company Whitney Bank* Whitney Equipment Finance without charge upon request to: Trisha Voltz Carlson Senior Vice President Investor Relations Manager Hancock Holding Company Post Office Box 4019 Gulfport, MS 39502-4019 trisha.carlson@hancockwhitney.com Earnings releases and other information on the company are available on the company’s IR website, www.hancockwhitney.com/investors. *Doing business as Hancock Bank in Mississippi, Alabama, and Florida and Whitney Bank in Louisiana and Texas COMMON STOCK The company’s Common Stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market BOARD OF DIRECTORS James B. Estabrook, Jr.* Constantine “Dean” S. Liollio under the symbol HBHC. STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION Stockholders seeking information may call the Transfer Agent at 888-490-1239, email info@astfinancial.com, access on the website www.astfinancial.com, or write: American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC 6201 15th Avenue Brooklyn, NY 11219 Frank E. Bertucci Hardy B. Fowler John M. Hairston Terence E. Hall Randall W. Hanna James H. Horne Jerry L. Levens Sonya C. Little Eric J. Nickelsen Thomas H. Olinde Christine L. Pickering Robert W. Roseberry Joan C. Teofilo C. Richard Wilkins Stockholders may also contact the company directly by emailing shareholderservices@hancockwhitney.com. DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT AND STOCK PURCHASE PLAN Stockholders seeking full details about the plan may call 888-490-1239, email info@astfinancial.com, access on the website www.astfinancial.com, or write: American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC 6201 15th Avenue Brooklyn, NY 11219 CASH DIVIDEND DIRECT DEPOSIT Stockholders may elect to have their Hancock Holding Company dividends directly deposited into a checking, savings, or money market account. This service provides a safe, convenient method of receiving dividends and is offered at no cost to stockholders. To obtain more information and an enrollment form, call 888-490-1239, email info@astfinancial.com, access on the website www.astfinancial.com, or write: American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC 6201 15th Avenue Brooklyn, NY 11219 CORPORATE & AFFILIATE BANK OFFICERS John M. Hairston President & CEO Michael M. Achary Chief Financial Officer Joseph S. Exnicios President, Whitney Bank D. Shane Loper Chief Operating Officer Stephen E. Barker Chief Accounting Officer Cindy S. Collins Chief Compliance Officer Michael K. Dickerson Subsidiary Business Lines Executive Alan M. Ganucheau Treasurer Samuel B. Kendricks Chief Credit Risk Officer Cecil “Chip” W. Knight, Jr. Chief Banking Officer Miles S. Milton Chief Wealth Management Officer Michael Otero Chief Internal Auditor Joy Lambert Phillips General Counsel & Corporate Secretary Joseph S. Schwertz, Jr. Chief Risk Officer Suzanne C. Thomas Chief Credit Officer Rudi Hall Wetzel Chief Human Resources Officer *Independent Chairman of the Board Building on Momentum B u i l d i n g o n M o m e n t u m H a n c o c k H o l d i n g C o m p a n y 2 0 1 6 A n n u a l R e p o r t HONOR & INTEGRITY | STRENGTH & STABILITY | COMMITMENT TO SERVICE | TEAMWORK | PERSONAL RESPONSIBILITY 2 0 1 6 A N N U A L R E P O R T hancockwhitney.com 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above